1
Zen Garcia. All rights reserved. © July 28th, 2017 In honor of my Father, Manuel Pedro Garcia born 7/28/1943 and Mother, Myong Hwa Garcia born 9/6/1943. No part of this book may be reproduced in any form or by any electronic or mechanical means including information storage and retrieval systems, without permission in writing from the author. The only exception is by a reviewer, who may quote excerpts in review. Zen Garcia
[email protected] www.ZenGarcia.com His website: www.FallenAngels.TV www.FallenAngels.TV Current Radio Broadcasts: Momentary Zen Revolution Radio Studio B www.freedomslips.com Wednesday 8:00-10:00 pm Eastern Secrets Revealed www.TruthFrequencyRadio.com Thursdays 9:00- 11:00 pm Eastern Archive of Older Shows 2008-2014: www.blogtalkradio.com/fallenangelstv Printed in the United States of America
Cover by Arthur George – https://www.facebook.com/AGBattoworks/ https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCJ27Lb4oU2wklNOs10nTmEQ 1st Printing: July 2017 ISBN - 978-1-365-79595-4
www.sacredWordpublishing.net 520 Embassy Walk Winder, GA 30680 2
Index
3
Preface by Pastor Dean Odle Like most true born-again Christians (who honestly believe and know that the Bible is the inspired and infallible Word of the God of gods, our Creator Yahweh), I had never considered the possibility that I really did not believe ALL of the Bible. I was born again in 1979 but fell away in my teenage years. In the summer of 1987 I repented and fully rededicated my life to the Lord Jesus Christ, becoming a diligent student of the Bible and history. Since that time, I have served as a youth pastor, single’s 4
pastor, evangelist, teacher, church planter, and senior pastor of several churches. I have seen many saved, healed, baptized in the Holy Spirit, and delivered from demons in my 30 years of ministry. I have endeavored to do what the Bible says since 1987. Had anyone told me that I did not believe and preach everything written in the Bible, I would have vehemently denied that accusation. However, on October 24, 2015, a Christian friend sent me a link to a video and asked, "Does firmament earth ring a bell?" I must admit that I didn't have any idea what he was talking about. I watched the video and it didn't take long before I could sense the Holy Spirit moving upon me. As I saw the evidence and Scriptures presented, I could not deny that I had allowed myself to be blind to Satan’s most elaborate and well-planned deception. That day my eyes were opened to some Biblical truths that had been common knowledge in the days of the Hebrew prophets. Until that day it had never entered my mind that the accepted shape of the Earth as a sphere and our modern understanding of the universe might be completely wrong. I have never accepted foolish scientific theories like evolution, panspermia, or alien progenitors, and yet I was trusting these same misguided scientists about the nature of our cosmos. Obviously, the continual brainwashing from childhood about the "Blue Marble" Earth flying around the sun in a infinite “outer space” had worked. Those lies were so deeply rooted in my psyche that even after three decades of intense Bible study, I was blinded to what the Bible was saying regarding the true shape of the Earth and the true nature of our "universe.” Of course, just the mention of the term "Flat Earth" causes an immediate knee-jerk reaction in most people. I'm sure that some people incredulously think, "Flat Earth?!! Surely this idiot does not believe the Earth is flat in 2017?" However, that is exactly what I believe now. My eyes were opened to one of the most important truths of mankind: mankind: the Bible DOES say the Earth is a FLAT circle circle with an outer edge or boundary that is covered by a molten glasslike dome called the “Firmament.” 5
Over the next several months, I continued to study my Bible and research these truths about creation. The more I studied the Bible and researched NASA’s many lies and fake pictures, I only became more convinced that the Earth is truly FLAT! The first verse that I saw illustrate the Earth as a flat disk was Job 38:14. Then, on July 2, 2016, while preparing to preach a message on the Marriage Supper and the Millennial Reign, the Lord Jesus opened my eyes to another confirming passage about the shape of the Earth. As I read Revelation 20:9 I noticed an odd word used to describe the Earth. It was a word that I had never looked up in the Strong's Greek Dictionary until that day. John by the Holy Spirit wrote: "And they went up on the BREADTH of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them."
I thought to myself, "Why didn't he just say 'they went up on the earth?" So I looked up the word "breadth" in the Strong's Greek Dictionary. It is #4114 which is the Greek word “platos.” I immediately recognized the similarity to our word “plateau.” The Strong's defines “platos” as "width or breadth." However, the Strong's Greek Dictionary also says "platos" comes from the root #4116 which is the Greek word "platys" (pronounced pla-toos). “Platys” is defined as "SPREAD OUT FLAT (plot) i.e. broad: --wide." I then looked up the etymology of the word “plateau” and found, “elevated tract of relatively LEVEL land, from French plateau table-land, from Old French platel (12c.) FLAT piece of metal, wood, etc., diminutive of plat FLAT SURFACE OR THING, noun use of adjective plat FLAT STRETCHED OUT (12c.), perhaps from Vulgar Latin *plattus, from Greek platys flat, wide, broad." So the word “plateau” which means “flat land” originates from the Greek word “platys” used in Revelation 20:9 to describe the Earth. We find a similar occurrence in Revelation 6 when translators chose the word “pale” to describe the horse when the best translation would have been “green horse.” But who has ever heard 6
of a green horse, right? So just like the "pale horse" of Revelation 6 should have been translated "green horse,” Revelation 20:9 should read, "And they went up on the FLAT EARTH." After my discovery one person accused me of not being honest with the text because they said the use of the Greek word “ge” for “Earth” could simply mean “land.” But according to the Greek lexicon based on Thayer's and Smith's Bible Dictionary, this word “ge” (pronounced (pronounced “ghay”) “ghay”) means – “1) arable arable land 2) the ground, ground, the earth as a standing place 3) the main land as as opposed to the sea or water water 4) THE EARTH AS AS A WHOLE 5) the earth as as opposed to the heavens 6) the inhabited earth, the abode of men and animals 7) a country, land enclosed enclosed within within fixed boundaries, a tract of land, territory, region.” The word “ge” was used 252 times in the KJV New Testament and was translated “Earth” 188 of those times. It was translated “land” only 42 times. And this Greek word “ge” is the word the translators of the Septuagint used for the Hebrew word “erets” or “Earth” in Genesis 1 and elsewhere. According to the Brown-Driver-Briggs Lexicon “erets” means, “…the whole Earth as opposed to part.” This is how it was used in Genesis 1 at the creation of the entire Earth. Thus, I believe it is safe to say that “FLAT EARTH” is a legitimate translationdefinition of the phrase “…breadth of the Earth” in Revelation 20:9. The Bible says, “In the mouth of two or three witnesses shall every word be established” (2 Corinthians 13:1). Most scholars believe that Job was one of the first books of the Bible to be written. The Book of Job has a lot of information about the true nature of creation, the attributes of God, and the angelic host. It also confirms the shape of the earth and how God formed it. "Then the LORD answered Job out of the whirlwind, and said, ‘Who is this that darkeneth counsel by words without knowledge? Gird up now thy loins like a man; for I will demand of thee, and answer thou me. Where wast thou when I laid the foundations of the earth? declare, if thou hast understanding’" (Job 38:1-4). 7
The clear context of Job 38 is God speaking about when He created the Earth. And in God's questioning of Job, He gives some clues about the creation of the Earth: "That it might take hold of the ends of the earth, that the wicked might be shaken out of it? It (the earth) is turned as (Job 38:13-14). clay to the seal; and they stand as a garment" (Job
The Complete Jewish Bible translates Job 38:14 this way: "Then the earth is changed like clay under a seal, until its colors are fixed like those of a garment."
The Amplified Bible translates Job 38:14 this way: "The earth is changed like clay into which a seal is pressed; And the things [of the earth] stand out like a [multi-colored] garment."
All of these translations are correct because the Hebrew word "haphak" (“turned”) means "changed.” For example, “I turned or changed these potatoes into potato pancakes by mashing them down.” I did a word study through multiple lexicons on how this word was used in other verses in the Bible. For instance, the Gesenius’s Hebrew-Chaldee Lexicon says “haphak” or “turn” means to convert or to change. It uses Leviticus 13:3 as an example of “haphak” meaning to change something as when “…the hair in the plague is TURNED white.” So, the word “turned” or “haphak” means to change something when the rest of the verse denotes something changing forms or character. The word for "seal" in the original Hebrew is “chowtham” which means "a signature-ring, seal or signet." The Gesenius’s Lexicon defines it as a “…a seal, a seal-ring.” Seal-rings were used to mash a piece of clay or wax FLAT on a document to seal it and leave distinct features standing out in the impression to identify the originator. Thus, in Job 38:14, God gave the description to Job of how He formed/shaped the Earth during creation. God said the Earth was changed as a lump of clay under a signet ring. That is a word picture that illustrates the Earth being pressed down flat with 8
the contours of the ring standing out (even the detail of an upturned edge as a border). God gave me another confirmation of this flat Earth with the upturned edge when a family in our church shared about a TV commercial their children had seen for Hennessy cognac. The commercial featured the Swiss/Belgium physicist, inventor, and explorer Dr. Auguste Piccard as he ascended high into the sky inside an aluminum capsule being elevated by a balloon. It showed Dr. Piccard viewing the Earth from a very high altitude through a porthole in the capsule. Suddenly his capsule breaks through a barrier (the firmament maybe?) into water and then the scene transitions to Piccard’s grandson exploring the ocean depths. The Hennessy commercial caught the attention of the children in this family because they had heard my first message about God’s firmament and the waters above in November 2015. When I saw the commercial I was amazed. The Illuminati in the media were once again tipping their hand. Their message in the imagery of the Hennessey commercial was clear, “We know the Earth is flat and covered by the firmament dome. And we know that there is water above the firmament and not an empty vacuum of space.” In
reality, Dr. Piccard and his assistant Paul Kipfer did not break through the firmament. But they were the first people to reach the stratosphere setting a record height of 51,775 feet or almost 10 miles above the Earth on May 27, 1931. I started researching Dr. Auguste Piccard that afternoon. That is when I came across a short article in Popular Science Magazine from August 1931 about Piccard’s ascent to the stratosphere. It was entitled, Ten Miles High in an Airtight Balloon. As I read the article, I discovered the most amazing part of the story, “The story of their adventure surpasses fiction. During the ascent, the aluminum ball began to leak. They plugged it desperately with Vaseline and cotton waste, stopping the leak. In the first half hour, the balloon shot upward nine miles. Through portholes, the observers saw the earth through copper-colored, then bluish, haze. IT SEEMED A FLAT 9
DISK WITH AN UPTURNED EDGE . At the ten-mile level the sky appeared a deep, dark blue. With observations complete, the observers tried to descend, but couldn't. While their oxygen tanks emptied, they floated aimlessly over Germany, Austria, and Italy. Cool evening air contracted the balloon's gas and brought them down on a glacier near OberGurgl, Austria, with one hour's supply of oxygen to spare.”
I could hardly believe what I was reading. A famous scientist, inventor, explorer (who was the first man to reach that height) described the shape of the Earth as “…a flat disk with an upturned edge.” The “upturned edge” testimony absolutely proves that Piccard did not see any curvature of the Earth toward the shape of a ball. I was so amazed by Dr. Piccard’s testimony of the shape of the Earth that I immediately did an internet search for a copy of the August 1931 edition of Popular Science Magazine. I found one for sale on eBay for $15.00 plus shipping. I bought it and within a week I had a copy of that magazine and the article about Piccard in my hands. After I shared this story and showed the copy of my Popular Science Magazine in my first Flat Earth YouTube video, the Auguste Piccard story and description of the Earth went viral. I realized that people are hungry for the truth. One truth found in the Flat Earth model is that the North Pole is the only magnetic center of the circle (not for the reasons you have been taught) and Antarctica is the ice wall circle boundary that holds the oceans at the edge or ends of the earth. Many Bible passages confirm these truths as the Word of God uses phrases like "…the ends of the earth" or the "…bounds (boundary limit) of their habitation" or as it is referred to in Proverbs 8, "...habitable part of His earth." All of these specifically indicate in the original Hebrew and Greek an edge, boundary, or extremity of the Earth. And these passages reveal that there is more land or earth beyond that boundary. From studying these Scriptures and others, I believe that God formed the Earth originally as a square cube-like structure just like the description of New Jerusalem in Revelation. Then, God drew/engraved the circle boundary into the flat surface of that cube. 10
There is much that can be said about Biblical cosmology and the evidence to prove it, but as far as I can tell, Zen Garcia has done the most extensive research on these subjects. His books The Firmament Vaulted Dome of the Earth and The Flat Earth as Key to Decrypt the Book of Enoch are excellent and are examples of his diligent study and desire to share the truth. Zen really is a “researcher of researchers.” He is a Scribe in the kingdom of God, and a historian who is trying to bring back much lost information and history to a generation who (for the most part) has had a very edited, anti-Bible, anti-truth education. Zen pulls from many sources both Biblical and non-canonical writings, but his foundation is the Bible and that Jesus Christ of Nazareth is the One True God, Creator, and Savior of Mankind. He believes in the atoning death and resurrection of Jesus as the only way to forgiveness of sin and eternal life in heaven. And both Zen and I agree that the truths of Flat Earth, the dome firmament, and the true nature of the sun, moon, and stars all point back to the Bible and prove that the Word of God had it right all along. The many testimonies coming from people who have found the Messiah and returned to God after their eyes were opened to the truth about creation is the fruit of this important revelation. Zen Garcia’s latest book, Paradise: Sides of the North and the Mount of the Congregation, is yet another Biblical and historical truth that escaped our education system and most churches. I personally started studying this about two years ago. I always wondered why the Bible talks about the mount of the congregation in the sides of the north and connected that to heaven: “How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! For , I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt thou hast said in thine heart my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north : I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit” (Isaiah 14:12-
15).
11
Until one understands the Biblical Flat Earth model, you cannot grasp the significance of the North Pole being the only magnetic center of the Earth, the “sides of the north” and its connection to heaven. Once we understand that God’s throne is at the apex of the circular dome firmament (Ezekiel 1) just above the stars of God that are inside the firmament (according to Genesis 1), then the passage in Isaiah 14 fits perfectly. In my studies I came across the story of Olaf Jensen and his voyage with his father to the inner sea around the magnetic mountain at the North Pole. Their adventure seems too amazing to be true, but their description of what they experienced there for several years confirms many ancient accounts of other voyages to that mysterious region. It also explains why many ancient cultures claim that paradise is in the north and that it is the actual cradle of humanity. It was not long after my introduction to Olaf Jensen that Zen told me that he was writing this book. I put off even preaching on this subject until I could read Zen’s investigation and findings on this subject. Needless to say, this is a fascinating subject that helps us understand many passages in the Bible that do not make sense in a heliocentric, spherical earth construct. And whether you agree with everything that Zen puts forth in this new book or not, there is a wealth of information and many truths to be gleaned from his diligent research. Don’t let personal bias or minor disagreements keep you from big picture: God Almighty of the Bible is using His servants like Zen Garcia to reveal hidden things from history and the Word of God to awaken a deceived generation to find their Creator. Pastor Dean Odle deanodle.org
All I leave behind me is only what I found… - Robert Hunter 12
Introduction This book concludes three years of in-depth research on the topics of flat Earth and the firmament began in June 2015, when the Most High led me to a revelation which as key allowed me to decrypt chapters 70-82 of the book on the courses of the heavenly luminaries. Because most are are still locked locked into the Copernican Copernican heliocentric worldview accepted accepted by the majority, the riddle of that portion of the Book of of Enoch had remained remained lost and unresolvable unresolvable for the last half a millennium. Only by embracing embracing the earth as described by August Piccard in the August, 1931 publication of Popular Science, Science, "It seemed seemed a flat disc with upturned upturned edge.” Can one apply knowledge of a biblical geocentric cosmology to deciphering Enoch’s description of the motions of the heavenly luminaries as I published in the release of my ninth book, Flat Earth As Key To To Decrypt The Book Book Of Enoch. It was these two cryptic passages which I could not initially comprehend. 13
The sun sets in heaven, and, returning by the north, to proceed towards the east, is conducted so as to enter by that gate, and illuminate the face of heaven. – The Book of Enoch 71:8 In the orb of the sun there is a seventh portion of light, which is added to it from the moon. By measure it is put in, until the seventh portion of the light of the sun is departed. They set, enter into the western gate, circuit by the north, and through the eastern gate go forth over the Enoch 77:4 face of heaven. – The Book of Enoch
Entertaining the circle of the earth as a clock’s face, I was in the early summer of 2015 able to apply context of this visualization to unlocking the many verses and chapters within that portion of the text which describe in great detail the circular revolutions of the sun, moon, ‘planets’, and other celestial hosts. “Shortly after accepting the flat earth as model for world, I decided to revisit those chapters to see if my new understanding would somehow mirror what Enoch was sharing as motion for the sun and moon. As I read through chapters 71-82, I found to my utter amazement that I was indeed able to grasp those passages. I knew then that the vision that the angel Uriel had shown to Enoch could only be deciphered deciphered if one were to imagine his description description of the 14
revolutions of the sun and the moon as seen from above. That Enoch must have been taken up to where Polaris is centered above the North Pole, and while looking down upon the backdrop of the earth, was in that way instructed on the motions of the sun, moon, and stars. Without such conception, it is, in my opinion, impossible to apply the descriptions of their motions to model of the earth as a spherical planet.” - Excerpt Introduction of The Flat Earth As Key To Decrypt The Book Of Enoch That particular revelation led to the August, 2016 follow-up publication of my 10 10th book, the Firmament: Vaulted Dome Of The Earth. This my 14th book, Paradise: Sides Of The North And The Mount Of Congregation, represents the cumulative and final installment of the last three years of my research on the enclosed world system. It decrypts the mythology of what lies at the Northern Pole and identifies the exact exact location of the the throne of God as it relates to Eden, the sides of the north, and the mount of the congregation. congregation. It also connects connects to and explains how the legends of Atlantis, Asgard, Avalon, Hyperborea, Shambala, Thule, and other mystical accounts associate to the mention of this location. Portions of this book were initially contained contained within my firmament book, however because inclusion of them would’ve pushed the page count of that manuscript to in excess of 700 pages, I decided to separate the chapters focused on Paradise from that book for publication of its own. This manuscript represents the labor of those efforts and includes an abundance of newly discovered material, much of which I believe will astound the the audience perusing this title. I would have liked to included a detailed commentary on Olaf Jansen’s story of the Smoky God as it pertains to this topic but as with the Firmament, I ran out of space space for such inclusion. inclusion. I do recommend people study it for clues on those things which I will be bringing forth throughout this book. Having I believe succeeded in affirming the topic of the geocentric flat earth cosmology as biblical truth within the other two books of this trilogy. In this manuscript, I will detail the specifics of how God’s enclosed system is structured, works, and 15
maintains itself. For as it says in the Targum Targum on Genesis Genesis “let them be for signs and for festival times, and for the numbering by them the account of days, and for the sanctifying of the beginning of months, and the beginning of years, the passing away of months, and the passing away away of years.” years.” The luminaries as contained within the raqiya form a magnificent self-perpetuating self-perpetuating electromagnetic electromagnetic clock. Its mechanism initiated by the Most High God during the first week of creation, has precisely regulated such functionality since its manifestation. Over the time that I have dedicated to research of these topics, I have witnessed among among many researchers researchers a grand awakening. awakening. The world consciousness has been alerted to the truth of the geocentric cosmology. With that many are being similarly led to the realization that the Bible and so many other extra-biblical texts, are all encoded with a depiction of the earth as a nonmoving flat circular plane which inscribed upon the waters of the deep was encapsulated by a vaulted dome. Acceptance of this ideology had been the predominant predominant worldview of ancient ancient peoples, though though lost to modern contemplation. contemplation. Knowledge on this forgotten structure structure has been concealed concealed within the biblical manuscripts manuscripts for thousands thousands of years even though a scientific revolution headed by Jesuit Freemasonic conspirators 500 years ago, successfully overthrew the Geocentric model for understanding understanding world. Yahuah is bringing to the forefront the roots of this deception and forcing the world and His people to reconsider whether the earth or the sun was the eternal focus of the creation established for us by Yah. Subjectively replaced by the Darwinian Copernican heliocentric perspective, this deception deception was propped propped up in perpetuation perpetuation specifically to discredit the knowledge that the Holy Bible is the inerrant inspired word of God and that it’s assertions accurately describe the exceptional nature of the earth and the uniqueness of our creation as humanity. The real real question is why why install and promote such deception? deception? In the concluding chapters chapters of the previous two books of this this trilogy, I link and identify identify the cause and and reason for such deceit to Lucifer’s self-exaltation self-exaltation and desire in Isaiah 14 to be like the highest. His attempt to install himself upon Yahuah’s seat hints to us that this throne is located above the 16
mount of the congregation in the sides of the north which I will explain in great great detail later. Isaiah tells us later later in that same chapter that rather than succeed in his usurpation, Lucifer was instead cast down to the sides of the pit and his role as adversary established in sheol. sheol. It is from there that he he and Legion contend contend with the angels of God for domination over the souls of humanity. This tidbit of information informs us that paradise resides with God in the third heaven but that hell is located within the interior of the earth. It is this structure which I will be expounding upon within the chapters of this book. For in perceiving the structural layout of our enclosed world system, one will be able to make sense as to why heaven is traditionally regarded as being placed upward in the heavens and hell downward in the earth. The ulterior motive of the New World Order and Copernican Darwinian heliocentric heliocentric worldview is to inaugurate Apollyon, Abaddon as antichrist separating people from from faith in the law and the Gospels’ inerrancy as dictated by the Holy Spirit to the prophets, patriarchs, patriarchs, and apostles. The outward public directive directive is to ‘globally’ dominate and unify the world into one people, religion, market, market, and system. system. Satan knows that inserting doubt into the conscious mind of the world’s people that this action would bring to question the Bible’s Bible’s credibility. This uncertainty would create fertile ground for him to sow the seeds of disbelief and building upon it, present present alternative theologies theologies to explain the the reality of our world situation situation and how all things came to be. This opportunity would benefit his purpose of not only further leading humanity astray, but in dividing us from relationship with Yahweh Elohim granting him the chance to deter worship of the Holy Trinity to that of himself. The final outcome and endgame is to absorb humanity into the strong delusion that the ancient aliens are our real creators. Counterfeiting the origins of humanity, the calendar system, cosmology, and holy days, Satan has layed the groundwork for the neoteric worship of Baal in modern times. Nothing new under the sun as in Elijah’s time, the establishment of this New Age scientism simply represents the ongoing battle of the prophets of 17
YHWH and Baal in challenging modern believers as to who they will choose to honor, love, revere, and serve in these times.
New Age Scientism Scientism has supposedly been established upon the methodology and principle of observable, repeatable, repeatable, and verifiable experimentation. It is meant to be founded upon sound theoretical concepts which affirmed by the scientific method had become laws by which to explain in understanding understanding the dynamics dynamics of the world. What most scientific believers do not realize is that rather than being established upon academic truth, truth, heliocentricism has has instead been built upon a foundation foundation of lies so utterly utterly preposterous, it only takes a short time of unbiased investigation to dismantle two of its core principles. 1) Earth orbits the sun at 1037.54166666667 mph and 2) that it has any amount of measurable curvature curvature by which to authenticate it as globular or spheroidal in shape. The fact that there is no rotundity nor detectable velocity, totally and completely nullifies the presumptions that the earth is a spinning orb which annually circuits the sun. A careful review of these scientific experiments confirms these facts: 1) The Michelson-Morely experiment failed to measure any orbital motion of the earth round the sun. 2) The Michelson-Gale experiment successfully determined the aether’s separate existence from that of the earth. earth. 3) “Airey’s failure” failure” to detect earth’s earth’s independent movement from that of the ether, demonstrating that the stars are moving not because of the Earth’s motion around the sun but because it is stationary. 4) The Sagnac experiment proved that light passing through the aether was measurably slowed, affirming in discovery the aether’s aether’s existence. existence. This proof annihilates the premise of Einstein’s Theory of Relativity which denies the existence of the aether so as to negate the findings of Michelson-Morley. Anyone conducting an honest unbiased examination of these and other scientific experiments must concede that their findings without a doubt completely dispel the firmly accepted notions that the aether does not exist or that it is moving in conjunction with the 18
earth. Therefore, as said earlier, no matter what one thinks about the shape of the earth, the real quantifiable, repeatable, and verifiable science easily dispels the postulation that the earth is curved or moving in any measure. Alone these details force all to further reconsider and question the theories, laws, and propaganda that we have been indoctrinated into by the various aspects of the Darwinian Copernican heliocentric worldview especially especially as it formulates the basis for I believe the endgame that the ancient aliens are the creators, benefactors, and saviors of humanity. Questioning scientism, even once militant God hating atheists, agnostics are returning in acceptance to the Bible as truthful revelation. Reinvigorated many that have never spent spent even a moment reading Scripture before are studying it now for further revelation on the geocentric enclosed enclosed world cosmology. cosmology. Many are being prompted to examine the gospel anew anew in a way that that they never would have previously. There is no single study anywhere that I am aware capable of altering the mindset of those once viciously opposed opposed to Christianity, God, or the Bible. Bible. To immediate recognition that not only is the Bible inspired but that the Author of it must without question be our Maker intelligently forming us in His image and which established the earth as a special place of habitation. Considering that some 99% of the worlds population population are still lost in the heliocentric matrix indoctrinating indoctrinating all born into its nurturance. I believe the Most Most High has commissioned commissioned me to be a scribe, to announce His warning, and reveal His truth to the people of this final final generation. Through Through not only my personal personal books but the reprint reprint of many lost, forgotten, forgotten, and forbidden texts, texts, our mission at Sacred Word Publishing, is to help awaken you to remembrance, remembrance, free you and others from the illusion of such mindset, and open all to the knowledge contained within the narrative of the Yah’s word. I realize after all these years that most adore their enslavement and have no concern of being freed from it. Thus, why Christ in returning for judgment at the end of days will find most of the world wanting but few deserving. deserving. Most people study only to verify or reaffirm the belief of what they already think they know. Most research is proposed in effort only to prop up the structure of the 19
obstacles which have imprisoned them for the entirety of their lives. I know the majority will reject what what I have learned and and that the masses of mainstream mainstream churchianity churchianity are not interested interested in truth. I know that most will not comprehend the nature of my work as they did not in the past understand the truth of the gospel. Many will deny the wide array of sources I share from numerous ancient manuscripts because they have been told that one can only trust the Canon. Realize I quote from these other sources only to help you to better understand understand the timeworn beliefs beliefs of past peoples as it applies to the various topics that I share. As they attacked Christ and the apostles, many have and will continue to attack, condemn, and criticize me for the things that I have written and continue to say or share. Yet, I know a small minority of you seeking lost paradise, hungry for answer, guidance, and direction to freedom will appreciate my efforts. The Bible says that that at the end of days the Lord God would send strong delusion because the world has no love of the truth. It is my belief that the coming revealing and reign of the antichrist is the culmination, conclusion of the counterfeit theology that is scientism. That the entire purpose for the establishment and propagation of the Darwinian Copernican system is to bring forth a false messiah, an alien redeemer redeemer as proposed by the pagan pagan theologies. The Scriptures Scriptures say that that this being will, return prior to Christ’s second advent advent and that the antichrist will proclaim proclaim to be here to save us from ourselves. ourselves. He will promise to bring peace but will unleash upon the world sudden destruction. Many currently currently believe that the extraterrestrials extraterrestrials are are coming to save us. The key to not being swept away in such delusion are found in this and the other books that I write. I pray they serve you well and help you to not bend the knee in bowing before this fake impersonator and demonic demonic imposter. As always doubt all that I say. Go forth, seek, seek, and find truth for oneself. oneself. This book as with all of my other works and efforts, are exclusively designed to magnify, glorify, praise, and honor Yahweh Elohim as the Father, Yahushua as the Son, and the Ruach HaKodesh HaKodesh as the Holy Spirit. I pray that the grace grace of the Creator bless your life, life, family, and seeking. seeking. Know that you are a wisdom-keeper, a holder of the secrets, and specially chosen for an important role in serving this final fig-tree generation. 20
The Lord God is extending to you the free-will opportunity to participate in the the great existential existential mystery that is life. life. I pray that my teachings pique your remembrance and that you accept watchmen role in leading others to the grand awakening of who we are, where we are, and what all this is really about.
21
22
Chapter 1 – The Architecture Of The World According to the ancient cosmology and all that I have studied concerning how YHWH Elohim established established the creation, the Earth has been situated between the seven levels of heaven heaven and sheol sheol as they fuse fuse in formation. formation. If one considers Christ the light of the world and the source of all things, one can easily envision that light, stepping down in vibration, frequency, and octave to become what the Hebrews describe as the various levels of the creation of the heaven, earth, and sheol. Matter is nothing more than light shifting in density to form the physicality of all manifest things. Centered between the higher eternal spiritual realms and the lower solid mortal realms, it is here upon the earth that the duality of existence, the knowledge of good and evil, right and wrong, life and death, and light and darkness overlap in reality. In this continuum the invisible and visible, ethereal and material, interdimensional and dimensional come together in creating the sensual experience of this world as proving ground established by Yahuah for those spiritual beings ordained incarnation into human physicality. Tried by the carnal temptations of this dimension, dimension, it is here in this duality that those born into the flesh determine whether they are to be worthy of a return to our first estate. Granted temporary authority to challenge humanity’s inclination inclination and whether one will be truly righteous or not. Satan as the adversarial angel of death has been appointed role to tempt the spirits born into the challenge of this lifetime. What we choose to do, how we act, what we intend with our thoughts actions and behaviors, at the end of this journey will determine the judgment of 23
whether one is to be numbered with the righteous or wicked. The two books of The Great Contest trilogy trilogy I finished earlier this year (2017) on the war in heaven and the enmity between the seed lines, cover in very great detail how and why the Earth was established as an arena, chess board, proving ground, field, or world for just such determination. determination. The lives lives we live here are the the second phase of the contest which began in heaven heaven between Christ and Satan. The Lord God had to conclude the battles which divided the the forces of light light and darkness darkness and good and evil, and which initially destroyed the earth making it without form and void in accommodation. accommodation. The rebellion of His angels lead to the Psalms 82 sentence of death levied against the sons of God, “Ye are gods and all of you are children of the Most High, but you shall die like men and fall like like one of the princes.” princes.” The war in heaven was the cause for the creation of this dimensional reality. Sit down and write all about the souls of men, those of them which are not born, and the places prepared for them them forever. 5. For every soul soul was created eternally before the foundations of the world. - The Book of the Secrets of Enoch XXIII. 4-5 21. The Evernew Tongue answered: "There was," it said, in the orbital circuit the material of the universe, to wit, cold and heat, light and darkness, heavy and weightless, wet and dry, high and low, bitterness and mildness, mildness, strength and and feebleness, roaring sea and noise of thunder, odour of flowers, chant of angels, and pillars of fire. 22. "All these, these, 24
then," quoth he, "were in the round, multiform cloud which was made of the material of the universe: and 'tis there that the stuff of hell was produced; for Hell was not made at once; not until the archangel transgressed (God's) will and forsook the law of the King who had created him, together with the innumerable crowd of the angels. Till then," quoth he, "hell was not made; but its material was stored away in the round, multiform mass out of which the universe was separated, with all the kindreds which exist therein. And if the angels who sinned had remained in the nature in which they had been created, and in the angelic radiance, the material of hell would have been turned into a beautiful, bright kingdom, like unto the kingdom of the holy angels. – The Ever New Tongue 21-22 The creation of the world, however, could not take place until God had banished banished the ruler of of the dark. "Retire," God said to him, "for I desire to create the world by means of light." Only after the light had been fashioned, fashioned, darkness arose, arose, the light ruling in the sky, the darkness on the earth. - The Legends of the Jews I With the insight of these verses and others like Isaiah 45:18 and 2 Esdras 6:38 we know the heavens and the earth of the first world age, were created perfect. perfect. That Yahuah had to entertain the conflict and insurrection of the third of His angels which followed Lucifer into rebellion, thereby dividing the celestial hosts into forces 25
of light and darkness, good and evil. This separation led to the previous conflict as clarified in The Great Contest I: War In Heaven. Heaven. Examining the original original Hebrew for for Genesis 1:2, one can interpret that passage in this manner, “And the primeval earth existed, fell out, became, came to pass, was in a state state of formlessness, formlessness, confusion, unreality, emptiness, emptiness, like a desert wasteland, wilderness, a place of chaos, vanity, and like an undistinguishable undistinguishable ruin, void, and wasted.” The world that we inhabit now is not as it was in the original state of the creation. There are ancient megalithic cities which lying at the bottoms of oceans, lakes, and under large ice sheets, confirm the reality that the Rebel Angels had already been living here on the face of the earth prior to the fall of modern humanity and that the earth had been destroyed sometime in our ancient past. Comprehending Comprehending that we have inherited a reconstructed world, one can better make sense of why in Genesis 1:2, 2 Peter III, Ezekiel 26, Isaiah 23, and Jeremiah 4, there is account of the destruction of a previous earth age and its reconstruction reconstruction into its current form. Nor is this world world inhabited inhabited by man the the first of things things earthly created by God. He made several worlds before ours, but but He destroyed destroyed them all, because because He was pleased with none until He created ours. But even this last world would have had no permanence, if God had executed His original plan of ruling it according to the principle of strict justice… When God made our present heavens and our present earth, "the new heavens and the new earth" were also brought forth, forth, yea, and the the hundred and ninety-six 26
thousand worlds which God created unto His Own glory. - The Legends of the Jews I The guardian angels are always near God's throne, but the accusing accusing ones are kept at a distance. distance. Even the the new heavens and earth, spoken of by the Prophet Isaiah (lxv. 17), were created in the six days of creation. Other worlds worlds were created and and destroyed destroyed ere this present one was decided on as a permanent one. – The Midrash, Genesis Rabba Few realize there was an age previous to the one that we are living in now and that the current epoch and world as it now exists, was reformed in shape to sustain the preadamic inhabitants which Elohim would make ʻâsâh in Genesis 1:26-28, and which the Holy Trinity would form yâtsar in Genesis 2:1-7 to inhabit as modern humanity this dimensionality. The recreation of the destroyed earth is presented in the timeline of Genesis 1:1-1:2-19 and represents the restoration, reformation of the earth as we know and experience it now during this current time. This current world age has been allotted a total existence of 7000 years. These 7000 7000 years are are connected to the seven days of creation, comprising a day as 1000 years of the modern age. This allotment allotment also also represents represents the time which the ancestors of Adam and Eve have been present within this this world. Upon being cast out of paradise, Adam was given by the Angel A ngel Raziel a book, some believe it to be the Sepher Sepher Yetzirah, the Book Book of Creation. Other accounts claim he was given multiple volumes some being, the Book of the Generations of 27
Man, “the Books of Creation i. e., the Book of Signs, and the Book of Astrology and the Book of Wars.” On the third day after he had offered up this prayer, while he was sitting on the banks of the river that flows forth out of Paradise, there appeared to him, in the heat of the day, the angel Raziel, bearing a book in his his hand. The angel addressed addressed Adam thus: "O Adam, why art thou so fainthearted? Why art thou distressed and anxious? Thy words were heard at the moment when thou didst utter thy supplication supplication and entreaties, and I have received the charge to teach thee pure words and deep understanding, understanding, to make thee wise through the contents of the sacred book in my hand, to know what will happen to thee until the day of thy death. And all thy descendants and all the later generations, generations, if they will but read this book in purity, with a devout heart heart and an humble humble mind, and obey its precepts, will become like unto thee. They, too, will foreknow what things shall happen, and in what month and on what day or in what night. All will be manifest to them--they will know and understand whether a calamity will come, a famine or wild beasts, floods or drought; whether there will be abundance of grain or dearth; whether the wicked will rule the world; whether locusts will devastate the land; whether the fruits will drop from the trees unripe; whether boils will afflict men; whether wars will prevail, or diseases or plagues among among men and cattle; cattle; whether good good is resolved upon in heaven, or evil; whether blood will flow, and the death-rattle of the slain be heard 28
in the city. And now, Adam, A dam, come and give heed unto what I shall tell thee regarding the manner of this book and its holiness." Raziel, the angel, then read from the book, and when Adam heard the words w ords of the holy volume as they issued from the mouth of the angel, he fell down affrighted. But the angel encouraged him. "Arise, Adam," he said, "be of good courage, be not afraid, take the book from me and keep it, for thou wilt draw knowledge from it thyself and become wise, and and thou wilt also also teach its contents to all those who shall be found worthy of knowing what it contains." Whatever the case, Adam foreknew and warned his sons that the earth would be destroyed by both water and fire before Yahushua Yahushua would born of of virgin flesh flesh come to redeem them and those counted among the righteous at the time of the end. The mathematical division of this current 7000-year period breaks-down breaks-down as 120 Jubilees of 50 years per Jubilee + a 1000-year 1000-year millennial millennial reign. The millennial millennial reign represents the seventh day Sabbath rest and follows, in my opinion, the earth destroyed by star-fire as preparation for for the harvest and wedding feast. In Book II of the Sybilline Oracles and The Revelation of St. John the Theologian, the world judged, is set ablaze, and purified for the second Advent. Advent. It is this endtime endtime event which settles the mountains low and elevating the seas, levels the earth into perfectly flat expanse as some Scriptures claim it had once existed. 29
The purpose of this destruction is to not only bring judgment upon upon the fallen Angels and those those which they led astray not not written into the books of life. It is also a means to restore the earth a virgin bride, cleansing her from the presence of evil, for the coming of the bridegroom. 4 Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low: and the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough places plain: plain: 5 And the glory of the LORD LORD shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together: for the mouth of the LORD hath spoken it. - Isaiah 40:4-5 And then shall be lifted up all the race of men upon clouds, as the Apostle Paul foretold. (12) Along with them we shall be snatched up in (13) clouds to meet the Lord in the air. And then shall come forth every evil spirit, both in the earth and in the abyss, wherever they are on the face of all the earth, from the rising of the sun even to the setting, and they shall be united to him that is served by the devil, that is, Antichrist, and they shall be lifted up upon the clouds. And again I said: Lord, and after that what wilt Thou do? And I heard a voice saying to me: Hear, righteous John. Then shall I send forth mine angels over the face of all the earth, and they shall burn up the earth eight thousand five hundred (1) cubits, and the great mountains shall be burnt up, and all the rocks shall be melted and shall become as dust, and every tree shall be burnt up, and every beast, 30
and every creeping thing creeping upon the earth, and every thing moving upon the face of the earth, and every flying thing flying in the air; and there shall no longer be upon the face of all the earth anything moving, and the earth shall be without motion. And again I said: Lord, and after that what wilt Thou do? And I heard a voice saying to me: Hear, righteous John. Then shall I uncover the four parts of the east, and there shall come forth four great winds, and they shall sweep (2) all the face of the earth from the one end of the earth to the other; and the Lord shall sweep sin from off the earth, and the earth shall be made white like snow, and it shall become as a leaf leaf of paper, without without cave, or mountain, or hill, or rock; but the face of the earth from the rising even to the setting of the sun shall be like a table, table, and white as as snow; and the the reins of the earth shall be consumed by fire, and it shall cry unto me, saying, I am a virgin before thee, O Lord, and there is no sin in me; as the prophet David said aforetime, Thou shall sprinkle me with hyssop, and I shall be made pure; Thou shalt wash me, and I shall be made whiter than snow. (3) And again he (4) said: Every chasm shall be filled up, and every mountain and hill brought low, and the crooked places shall be made straight, straight, and the rough rough ways into smooth; and all flesh shall see the salvation of God.
31
(5) And again I said: Lord, and after that what wilt Thou do? And I heard a voice saying to me: Hear, righteous John. Then shall the earth be cleansed from sin, and all the earth shall be filled with a sweet smell, because I am about to come down upon the earth; and then shall come forth the great and venerable sceptre, with thousands of angels worshipping it, as I said before; and then shall appear the sign of the Son of man from the heaven with power and great glory. (6) And then the worker of iniquity with his servants shall behold it, and gnash his teeth exceedingly, and all the unclean spirits shall be turned to flight. And then, seized by invisible power, having no means of flight, they shall gnash their teeth against him, saying to him: Where is thy power? How hast thou led us astray? and we have fled away, and have fallen away from the glory which we had beside Him who is coming to judge us, and the whole human race. Woe to us! because He banishes us into outer darkness. - The Revelation of St. John the Theologian 245 A mighty stream of burning fire from heaven And every place consume, earth, ocean vast, And gleaming sea, and lakes and rivers, springs, And cruel Hades and the heavenly sky. And heavenly lights shall break up into one 250 And into outward form all-desolate. For stars from heaven shall fall into all seas. And all the souls of men shall gnash their teeth Burned both by sulphur stream and force of fire In ravenous soil, and ashes hide all things. 32
255 And then of the world all the elements Shall be bereft, air, earth, earth, sea, light, light, sky, days, days, Nights; and no longer in the air shall fly Birds without number, nor shall living things That swim the sea swim any more at all, 260 Nor freighted vessel o'er the billows pass, pass, Nor kine straight-guidin straight-guidingg plow the field, nor sound Of furious winds; but he shall fuse all things4 Together, and shall pick out what is pure. But when the immortal God's eternal angels5 angels5 265 Arakiel, Ramiel, Uriel, Samiel, And Azael, they that know how many evils Anyone did before, shall from dark gloom Then lead to judgment all the souls of men Before the judgment-seat judgment-seat of the great God 270 Immortal; One only, himself the almighty, One, Who shall be judge of mortals; and to them That dwell beneath will then the heavenly One Give souls and spirit and voice, and also bones 275 Fitted with joints unto all kinds of flesh, And both the flesh flesh and sinews, sinews, veins and skin About the body, and hair hair as before; Divinely Divinely fashioned fashioned and with breathing moved Shall bodies of those on earth one day be raised. 280 And then shall Uriel, mighty angel, break The bolts of stern and lasting adamant Which, monstrous, bold the brazen gates of Hades, Straight cast them down, and unto judgment lead lead All forms that that have endured much suffering, 285 Chiefly the shapes of Titans born of old, And giants, and all whom the deluge whelmed, And all that perished in the billowy seas, And all that furnished banquet for the beasts And creeping things and fowls, these in a mass 290 Shall (Uriel) 33
summon to the judgment-seat; And also those whom flesh-devouring fire Destroyed in flame, even these shall he collect And place before the judgment-seat judgment-seat of God. And when the highthundering Lord of Sabaoth 295 Making an end of fate shall raise the dead, Sit on his heavenly throne, and firmly fix The mighty pillar, then amid the clouds Christ, who himself is incorruptible, Shall come unto the Incorruptible 300 In glory with pure angels, and shall sit At the right hand on the great judgment-seat judgment-seat To judge judge the life of pious and the the way Of impious men. And Moses, the great friend Of the Most High, shall come enrobed in flesh 305 Also great Abraham himself shall come, Isaac and Jacob, Joshua, Daniel, Elijah, Habakkuk and Jonah, and Those whom the Hebrews slew. But he'll destroy The Hebrews after Jeremiah, all 310 Who are to be judged at the judgment-seat, That worthy recompense they may receive And pay for all each did in mortal life. And then shall all pass through the burning stream Of flame unquenchable; but all the just 315 Shall be saved; and and the godless godless furthermore Shall Shall to all ages perish, all who did Evils aforetime, and committed murders, And all who are accomplices therein, Liars and thieves, and ruiners of home, 320 Crafty and terrible, and parasites, And marriage breakers pouring pouring forth vile vile words, Dread, wanton, wanton, lawless, and idolaters; And all who left the great immortal God, Became blasphemers did the pious harm, 325 Destroying faith and killing righteous men And all that with a shamelessness shamelessness deceitful 34
And double-faced rush in as presbyters And reverend ministers, who knowingly Give unjust judgments, yielding to false words 330 More hurtful than the leopards and the wolves And more vile; and ill that are grossly proud And usurers, who gains on gains amass And damage orphans and widows in each thing; And all that give to widows and to orphans 335 The fruit of unjust deeds, and all that cast Reproach in giving from their own hard toils; And all that left their parents in old age, Not paying them at all, nor offering To parents filial filial duty, and and all who 340 Were disobedient and against their sires Spoke a harsh word; and all that pledges took And then denied them; and the servants all Who were against their masters, and again Those who licentiously defiled the flesh; 345 And all who loosed the girdle of the maid For secret intercourse, and all who caused Abortions, and all who their offspring cast Unlawfully away; and sorcerers And A nd sorceresses with them, and these wrath 350 Of the heavenly and immortal God shall drive Against a pillar where shall all around In a circle flow a restless stream of fire; And deathless angels of the immortal God, Who ever is, shall bind with lasting bonds 355 In chains of flaming fire and from above Punish them all by scourge most terribly; And in Gehenna, in the gloom of night, Shall they be cast 'neath many horrid beasts Of Tartarus, where darkness is immense. 360 But when there shall be many punishments Enforced on all who had an evil heart, Yet afterward shall there a fiery wheel From a great river circle them around, Because they had 35
a care for wicked deeds. 365 And then one here, another there, shall sires, Young children, mothers, nursing babes, in tears Wail their most piteous fate. No fill of tears tears Shall be for for them, nor piteous piteous voice voice be heard Of them that moan, one one here, another another there, 370 But long worn under dark, dank Tartarus Aloud shall they cry; and they shall repay In cursed places thrice thrice as much as all all The evil work they did, did, burned with much fire; And all all of them, consumed consumed by raging thirst thirst 375 And And hunger, shall shall in anguish anguish gnash their teeth And call death beautiful, and death shall flee1 Away from them. For neither death nor night Shall ever give them rest. And many things in vain Will they ask of the God that rules on high, 380 And then will he his face turn openly Away from them. For he to erring men Gave, in seven ages for repentance, signs By the hands of a virgin undefiled. But the others, all to whom right and fair works 385 And piety and thoughts most just were dear, Shall angels, bearing through the burning stream, Lead unto light and life exempt from care, Where comes the immortal way of the great God And fountains three--of honey, wine, and milk. 390 And equal land for all, divided not By walls or fences, more abundant fruits Spontaneous shall then bear, and the course Of life be common and wealth unapportioned. unapportioned. For there no longer will be poor nor rich, 395 Tyrant nor slave, nor any great nor small, Nor kings nor leaders; all alike in common. No more at all will one say, "night has come," Nor "morrow comes," nor "yesterday has been; Nor shall there many days of anxious care, 400 Nor spring, nor winter, nor the 36
summer-heat, Nor autumn be [nor marriage, nor yet death, Nor sales, nor purchases], nor set of sun Nor rising; for for a long day will God make. And to the pious will the almighty God 405 Imperishable grant another thing, When they shall ask the imperishable imperishable God: That he will suffer men from raging fire And endless gnawing anguish to be saved; And this will he do. For hereafter he 410 Will pluck them from the restless flame, elsewhere Remove them, and for his own people's sake Send them to other and eternal life With the immortals, in Elysian field, Where move far-stretching billows of the lake 415 Of ever-flowing Acheron profound. profound. Ah, miserable woman that I am! What shall I be in that day? for I sinned-- Being busy foolishly foolishly about all all things, Caring for neither neither marriage-bond nor reason; 420 But even in my wealthy husband's house I shut the needy out; and formerly I knowingly performed unlawful things. But, Saviour, though I shameless things performed, Do thou from my tormentors rescue me, 425 A shameless woman. And I pray thee now Make me to rest a little from my song, Holy Giver of manna, King of the great realm. Shall never cease from those who are condemned. For also I might pray to have it thus, Branded with greatest scars of trespasses, Which need more kindness. But let Origen Of his presumptuous presumptuous babble be ashamed, Saying there shall be end of punishments. Sybilline Oracles II:245-425
37
[9] And they went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God out of heaven, heaven, and devoured devoured them. [ 10] And the devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet are, and shall be tormented day and and night for ever and ever. [11] And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. them. [ 12] And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works. [ 13] And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works. [14] And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This This is the the second second death. [ 15] And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into into the lake of fire. [ 1] And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea. [2] And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. [3] And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God. [ 4] And God shall wipe 38
away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away. [5] And he that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And he said unto me, Write: for these words w ords are true and faithful. [ 6] And he said unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life life freely. freely. [ 7] He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be my son. [ 8] But the fearful, and unbelieving, unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: brimstone: which is is the second death. [ 9] And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee the bride, the Lamb's wife. [10] And he carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and shewed me that great city, the holy Jerusalem, descending descending out of heaven from God, [ 11] Having the glory of God: and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal; Revelation 20:9-21:11 The current earth will be destroyed by fire in anticipation for the return of Christ and the descent of New Jerusalem for the millennial millennial age. The stars falling falling to the the earth, will set it ablaze returning it to its former smooth pristine state. Only after evil is swept away and the earth and the 39
heavens made anew, will Yahushua return for judgment. Then the bodies of all that had lived will be united with their spiritual bodies. It is then that every knee shall bow and every tongue confess. confess. As Peter said this age will be destroyed by fire. I believe this event will precede the second Advent, harvest, and judgment of the wheat and the tares for determination determination as to who w ho will be worthy to join Him for the 1000-year day of the Sabbath rest that is the millennial reign. Solomon said said the thing that has been, will be, and there is no new thing under the sun. The world moves in cycles and just as the Earth had been previously destroyed it will be so again. again. After this millennial age, there will be an eternal goodness where the former things will have passed away. There will no more be the presence of evil, death, Satan, and/or the forces of darkness to tempt the souls of humanity. The duality of those days past, we will from that time move forward in purpose to bide as angelic servants the administration administration of the Most High God. [9] The thing that hath been, it is that which shall be; and that which is done is that which shall be done: and there is no new thing under the sun. [10] Is there any thing whereof it may be said, See, this is new? it hath been already of old time, which was before us. [11] There is no remembrance of former things; neither shall there be any remembrance of things that are to come with those that shall come after. Ecclesiastes 1:9-11
40
[3] Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts,[4] And saying, Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. [5] For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and in the water: [6] Whereby the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished: [7] But the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men. [8] But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. [9] The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some some men count slackness; slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come come to repentance. [10] But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. [11] Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of persons ought ye to be in all all holy conversation and godliness, [12] Looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent fervent heat? [13] Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. – 2 Peter 3:3-13 41
To know where we are going one must understand where we have been. If interested in the destruction of the first world age, one can reference the early chapters of my 10 th and 11th books, the Firmament: Vaulted Dome Of The Earth and The Great Contest Contest I: War In Heaven. If one has a particular interest in the Dragon Lords and the Atlantean age one can refer to my 6 th book, the Sons of God for more detail on the prior times. As a follow-up to my previous two books of the flat earth and firmament trilogy, this manuscript will complete in elaboration the structure of the biblical cosmology I first began to research research and relate relate in very great detail detail within those two books. My goal is to help the reader make sense of and be able to visualize how the references to paradise, the sides of the north, north, and the the mount of the the congregation fit into the myriad scriptural references of the earth as a circular plane encapsulated encapsulated by the vaulted dome. Up to this time the earth was a plain, and wholly covered with water. Scarcely had the words w ords of God, "Let the waters be gathered together," together," made themselves heard, when mountains appeared all over and hills, and the water collected in the deep-lying basins. – The The Legends of of the Jews I According to the ancient Hebrews, the heaven, Earth, and sheol all have seven levels. These levels levels come together to form the enclosed structure of the world that we currently reside within. I have over the course of writing this trilogy, shared in exposition hundreds of ancient sources on the particulars of this biblical cosmology. 42
All of them promote in concept the postulation that the earth is the place where heaven and hell join in union. Rather than verify the geocentric cosmology cosmology as truth and disprove the heliocentric heliocentric one, my focus for this text will be to share with the readers, readers, the details details of how the enclosed world structure is situated as affirmed by my ongoing research into into the ancient ancient manuscripts. manuscripts. The overwhelming evidence describing the schematical construct of creation prove from a wide array of cultures that the premise our enclosed world system I I have brought forth forth over the many many books I’ve I’ve written now on this topic topic are truthful. truthful. Recognizing the layout layout of our our world, one will better be able to conceptualize in assimilation the innumerable allusions accounted in most if not all ancient sources as they sync in link to the particulars of this design. design. Their synthesis synthesis confirms each each as supporting witness for one another. To outline the structure of our enclosed world for this discussion discussion and manuscript, I will first share the sorted timeline and compilation of the Hebrew people’s ancient beliefs as published published in in Louis Ginzberg’s Ginzberg’s work, the the Legends of the Jews. The first book book of this set parallels parallels in elaboration the Genesis timeline but when examined closely, it clearly portrays the heavens as the uppermost home of Yahuah, the earth as His footstool, and hell as the lower domain of Satan. The details of this commentary and their explanations, will better enable one to comprehend the intricacies of YHWH Elohim’s schematics for designing the architecture of this world as revealed in the Book of the Secrets of Enoch XXIII:5XXXIII:8, which we will review in part in later chapter. 43
Though the heavens and the earth consist of entirely different elements, they were yet created as a unit, "like the pot and its cover." The heavens were fashioned from the light of God's garment, and the earth from the snow under the Divine Throne… Thus one one earth rises rises above the other, from the first to the seventh, and over the seventh earth the heavens are vaulted, from the first to the seventh, the last of them attached to the arm of God. The seven heavens form a unity, the seven kinds of earth form a unity, and the heavens and the earth together also form a unity. - The Legends of the Jews I 1 And I appointed the eighth day also, that the eighth day should be the first-created after my work, and that (the first seven) revolve in the form of the seventh thousand, and that at the beginning of the eighth thousand there should be a time of not-counting, not-counting, endless, with neither years nor months nor nor weeks nor nor days nor nor hours. 2 And now, Enoch, all that I have told you, all that you have understood, understood, all that you have seen of heavenly things, all that you have seen on earth, and all that I have written in books by my great wisdom, all these things I have devised and created from the uppermost foundation to the lower and to the end, and there is no counsellor nor inheritor to my creations. 3 I am self-eternal, not made with hands, and without change. 4 My thought is my counsellor, counsellor, my wisdom and my word are made, and my eyes observe all things how they stand here and tremble tremble with terror. terror. 5 If I turn away my face, face, 44
then all things will will be destroyed. destroyed. 6 And apply apply your mind, Enoch, and know him who is speaking to you, and take thence the books which you yourself have written. written. 7 And I give you Samuil and Raguil, Raguil, who led you up, and the books, and go down to earth, and tell your sons all that I have told you, and all that you have seen, from the lower heaven up to my my throne, and all the troops. troops. 8 For I created created all forces, and there is none that resists me or that does not subject himself to me. For all subject themselves to my monarchy, and labour for my sole rule. - The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 33:18 9 And I measured out the whole earth, its mountains, and all hills, fields, trees, stones, rivers, all existing things I wrote down, the height from earth to the seventh heaven, and downwards to the very lowest hell, and the judgment-place, and the very great, open and weeping hell. – The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 40:9
I have spent my life seeking all that's still unsung Bent my ear to hear the tune, and closed my eyes to see – Robert Hunter
45
46
Chapter 2 – Earth: The Grand Chessboard Where Heaven and Sheol Come Together The conjunction of the earth with both heaven and sheol also represents the division of the angelic forces assigned as principalities to encourage right and wrong and the reward of promised salvation or perdition. The dominion of life and death, good and evil overlap here in this earthly realm. realm. This duality duality is the grand chessboard chessboard whereby the Holy Trinity and Legion vie for control in influencing influencing the progenies connected to either the serpent or the woman Eve. Election determines whether one is birthed into into Adam’s ancestry ancestry or that of the Dragon but but eternity is associated to whether one accepts Christ as Savior Messiah. Messiah. The enmity sired between these two peoples begun begun in Genesis, Genesis, is slated continual contention contention for the 7000 7000 years duration duration of this world age. The Kenite Illuminati currently in this final generation dominate the reins of power preparing for the New World Order reign of the antichrist. This war represents the polarization of light and darkness, good and evil, life-and-death as it plays out on the world stage. stage.
47
This is the contest, these are the rewards; These are the prizes; this the gate of life And entrance into immortality, immortality, Which God in heaven unto most righteous men Appointed a reward for victory; And through this gate shall gloriously gloriously pass. Those who shall then receive the victor's crown. – The Sybilline Oracles II:185-195 I will set cohesively the premise for the layout of the varying levels of heaven, earth, and sheol as revealed in the ancient literature connected in description to the dominating struggle of good versus evil. For it is the separation of the harvest and end time judgment of whether one is numbered among the elect or the perdicious that that decides whether one in the afterlife afterlife goes upward towards paradise or downward towards hell as revealed in the story of Lazarus and the rich man.
The following chapters will elaborate upon these divisions and clarify how even the structure of the world in ancient manuscripts was established by God to differentiate in relation, the consequential consequential choices made 48
by those of of us privileged privileged the opportunity opportunity of a lifetime lifetime as to whether we respected or squandered the chance we were granted to influence our eternity.
The Design of Creation from the Legends of the Jews In the beginning, two thousand years before the heaven and the earth, seven things were created: the Torah written with black fire on white fire, and lying in the lap of God; the Divine Throne, erected in the heaven which later was over the heads of the Hayyot; Paradise on the right side of God, Hell on the left side; the Celestial Sanctuary directly in front of God, having a jewel on its altar graven with the Name of the Messiah, and a Voice that cries aloud, "Return, ye children of men." That the goodness of God may rule on earth as in heaven, the Angels of Destruction are assigned a place at the far end of the heavens, from which they may never stir, while the Angels of Mercy encircle the Throne of God, at His behest. The living creatures, living beings, or Hayyoth (Hebrew chayot, from chai, “live”) are a class of heavenly beings described in Ezekiel's vision of the heavenly chariot in the first and tenth chapters of the Book of Ezekiel. References to the creatures recur in texts of Second Temple Judaism, in rabbinical merkabah (“chariot”) literature, and in the Book of Daniel, and also in the Book of Revelation. – Wikipedia 49
THE FIRST DAY - The Seven Heavens Several heavens were created, seven in fact, each to serve a purpose of its own. The first, the one visible to man, has no function except that of covering up the light during the night time; therefore it disappears every morning. The planets are fastened to the second of the heavens; in the third the manna is made for the pious in the hereafter; the fourth contains the celestial Jerusalem together with the Temple, in which Michael ministers as high priest, and offers the souls of the pious as sacrifices. In the fifth heaven, the angel hosts reside, and sing the praise of God, though only during the night, for by day it is the task of Israel on earth to give glory to God on high. The sixth heaven is an uncanny spot; there originate most of the trials and visitations ordained for the earth and its inhabitants. Snow lies heaped up there and hail; there are lofts full of noxious dew, magazines stocked with storms, and cellars holding reserves of smoke. Doors of fire separate 50
these celestial chambers, which are under the supervision supervision of the archangel Metatron. Their pernicious contents defiled defiled the heavens heavens until David's time. The pious king prayed God to purge His exalted dwelling of whatever was pregnant with evil; it was not becoming that such things should exist near the Merciful One. Only then they were removed to the earth. earth. The seventh seventh heaven, on the other hand, contains naught but what is good and beautiful: right, justice, and mercy, the storehouses of life, peace, and blessing, the souls of the pious, the souls and spirits of unborn generations, the dew with which God will revive the dead on the resurrection day, and, above all, the Divine Throne, surrounded by the seraphim, the ofanim, the holy Hayyot, and the ministering angels.
The Seven Levels of Earth Let me make it clear that the forthcoming description description of the seven levels of earth in the following passage, does not imply that there are in existence seven separate earthen planes planes or individual individualized ized worlds. worlds. But represents represents the foundation of the earth as one unit separately divided in layers as they descend towards the different levels of sheol contained within the Earth’s interior. Just as the heavens below the firmament are sub-divided sub-divided into seven component parts, so is the Earth’s foundation segmented in seven varying tiers; holding within them the portal, gateway which which leads to the bottomless bottomless pit. pit. The ground ground embodies the landscape above which the atmospheric sky was spread as curtain. 51
Corresponding Corresponding to the seven heavens, God created seven earths, each separated from the next by five layers. Over the lowest earth, the seventh, called Erez, lie in succession the abyss, the Tohu, the Bohu, a sea, and waters. Then the sixth earth is reached, the Adamah, the scene of the magnificence of God. In the same way the Adamah is separated from the fifth earth, the Arka, A rka, which contains Gehenna, and Sha'are Mawet, and Sha'are Zalmawet, and Beer Shahat, and Tit ha-Yawen, and Abaddon, and Sheol, and there the souls of the wicked are guarded by the Angels of Destruction. In the same way Arka is followed by Harabah, the dry, the place of brooks and streams in spite of its name, as the next, called Yabbashah, the mainland, contains the rivers and the springs. Tebel, the second earth, is the first mainland inhabited by living creatures, three hundred and sixty-five species, all essentially different from those of our own earth. Some have human heads set on the body of a lion, or a serpent, or an ox; others have human bodies topped by the head of one of these animals. Besides, Tebel is inhabited by human beings with two heads and four hands and feet, in fact with all their organs doubled excepting only the trunk. It happens sometimes that the parts of these double persons quarrel with each other, especially while eating and drinking, when each claims the best and largest portions for himself. This species of mankind is distinguished for great piety, another another difference between it and the the inhabitants inhabitants of our earth. Our own earth is called Heled, and, like the others, it is separated from the 52
Tebel by an abyss, the Tohu, the Bohu, a sea, and waters.
Thus one earth rises above the other, from the first to the seventh, and over the seventh earth the heavens are vaulted, from the first to the seventh, the last of them attached to the arm of God. The seven heavens form a unity, the seven kinds of earth form a unity, and the heavens and the earth together also form a unity. It takes five hundred years to walk from the earth to the heavens, and from one end of a heaven to the other, and also from one heaven to the next, and it takes the same length of time to travel from the east to the west, or from the south to the north. Of all this vast world only one-third is inhabited, the other two-thirds being equally divided between water and waste desert land. Beyond the inhabited parts to the east is Paradise with its seven divisions, each assigned to the pious of a certain degree. The ocean is situated to the west, and it is dotted with islands upon islands, inhabited by many different different peoples. peoples. Beyond it, in turn, are the boundless steppes full of serpents and scorpions, and destitute of every sort of vegetation, vegetation, whether herbs or trees. To the north are the supplies of hell-fire, of snow, hail, smoke, ice, darkness, and windstorms, and in that vicinity sojourn all sorts of devils, demons, and malign spirits. Their dwelling-place is a great stretch of land, it would take five hundred years to traverse it. Beyond lies hell. 53
Keep the previous and following highlighted highlighted passages in mind when I in a latter chapter, link this abysmal chasm to the lower end of Jacob’s ladder used by the fallen Angels when entering into the hollow earth. I will w ill be sharing testimonials testimonials from Job and Enoch, which I believe describe this same exact location. There is at the north a portal which leads both upward towards the throne of God and also downward into the demonic realms. It is this wide gaping maw which leads into the interior of the Earth where the Locust Army, Giants, and other supernatural entities like the reptilian nagas currently reside in containment. It is this opening which will be used by the fallen ones at the end of days assigned to devastate the wicked when the wrath of God is poured out on those not written into the books of life. To the south is the chamber containing reserves of fire, the cave of smoke, and the forge of blasts and hurricanes. Thus it comes that the wind blowing from the south brings heat and sultriness to the earth. Were it not for the angel Ben Nez, the Winged, who keeps the south wind back with his pinions, the the world would be consumed. Besides, the fury of its blast is tempered by the north wind, which always appears as moderator, whatever other wind may be blowing. In the east, the west, and the south, heaven and earth touch each other, but the north God left unfinished, that any man who announced himself as a god might be set the task of supplying the deficiency, and stand convicted as a pretender. 54
The highlighted portion of this text ‘In the east, the west, and the south, heaven and earth touch each other, but the north God left unfinished’ is deeply profound as it is tied precisely to to what Lucifer alluded alluded to in in Isaiah 14, as the the ‘sides of the north’ and location for the mount of the congregation. The reason I say this, is because the north is the only direction that the vaulted dome of the earth rising in apex does not in any way w ay meet, touch, or join in merger with the earth as described in link with the other three directions. This same concept I believe to be asserted in Amos 9:6’s description of how the vaulted dome binds together as connection the heavens and the earth. For more information on what exactly I’m alluding to and how interpretation of Amos 9:6 ties into the scenario, please refer to Chapter 9 - The Vaulted Dome in my book on the firmament. The One who builds His upper chambers in the heavens, and has founded His vaulted dome over the earth, He who calls for the waters of the sea and pours them out on the face of the earth, The LORD is His name. - Amos 9:6, New American Standard Bible
55
The premise that the earth is covered over by a vaulted dome is elaborated upon in even greater detail and precisely in this same context context within the the following passages. I believe all three of these these verses can only be correctly deciphered when one examines them in context to an arched roof like those seen in European cathedrals. Those vaulted ceilings like the dome of the firmament rises outward toward the center, ingeniously distributing the weight of the entire structure toward the outer perimeter of the the Eastern, Southern, Southern, and Western Western ends. In the case of the earth the dome emerges in circumference with the outer Antarctic ice wall, if this wall does indeed represent the furthest boundary or outward ring which encloses the ocean’s basin in encapsulation. (5) Wherefrom were the heavens created? From the brilliancy of God's covering covering which He took took up and spread as a garment, and the heavens went on extending until until He said unto them, 'Be stayed,' and they stopped. (6) Whence was the earth created? From the snow beneath the throne of glory. God took it up and scattered it upon the waters, then the waters were congealed and became the dust of the earth, as it is said, 'For He says unto the snow, Become earth.' The boundaries of the heavens touch the waters of the ocean, for the waters of the ocean (Oqeanos) flow round the extremities of the heavens and the earth, and the extremities of the heavens are spread upon the waters of the ocean, as it is said, 'Who layeth the foundation of His upper chambers in the waters.' The heavens rise to an immense height in the form of a tent that is spread out, and 56
mortals stand beneath it; its extremity is below, and its centre is above. This is the form of the heavens, their extremity is below and their centre above, so that all (God's) creatures, as it were, sit beneath it as in a tent, as it is said, 'He spread them out as a tent for dwelling therein.' (7) Four winds were created in the world, viz., the winds coming from the east, south, north, and west. From the eastern corner the light of the world goeth forth; from the south, the dews of blessing descend upon the world; from the west emanate the stores of snow, hail, cold and heat, and rains for the benefit of the the world; the north corner of the world He created, but did not complete, for He said: Whoever declares himself to be God, let him come and finish this corner which I have left, and then shall all know that he is a God. There the demons, earthquakes, evil spirits, and Shiddim dwell, and from there they come forth to the world, as it is said, 'Out of the north evil shall break forth' (Jer. i. 14). – Chronicles of Jerahmeel I:5-7 Enoch 88:2 88:2 calls the vaulted dome a ‘lofty ‘lofty roof.’ The windows of heaven described by Noah I believe represent the vortices which lead up to the throne room of God and the fountains of the deep describe the portals which lead further into the depths of sheol. Jacob’s ladder represents the toroidal fields which guide one upward into the height of heights which the various prophets and patriarchs were taken through when presented for visitation visitation before the presence of the the Almighty and and which also lead lead downward into the domain of the devils. 57
The construction of the earth was begun at the centre, with the foundation stone of the Temple, the Eben Shetiyah, for the Holy Land is at the central point of the surface of the earth , Jerusalem is at the central point of Palestine, and the Temple is situated at the centre of the Holy City. In the sanctuary itself the Hekal is the centre, and the Holy Ark occupies the centre of the Hekal, built on the foundation foundation stone, which which thus is at at the centre of the earth. Thence issued the first ray of light, piercing to the Holy Land, and from there illuminating the whole earth. The creation of the world, however, could not take place until God had banished the ruler of the dark.
58
"Retire," God said to him, "for I desire to create the world by means of light." Only after the light had been fashioned, darkness arose, the light ruling in the sky, the darkness on the earth. The power of God displayed itself not only in the creation of the world of things, but equally in the limitations which He imposed upon each. The heavens and the earth stretched themselves out in length and breadth as though they aspired to infinitude, and it required the word of God to call a halt to their encroachments. As above so below, New Jerusalem being the home of the righteous currently dwells in the height of heights above the center of the vaulted dome with Yahweh Elohim. Jerusalem which means the city of truth and peace is Revelation 20 asserts in the upper heavens. It is according to the mythology also said to have once been the center of the garden land which subdivides the Arctic regions. r egions. I will speak about this more in the chapter on the sides of the north. Also, the world resembles the ball of his eye: the ocean that encircles the earth is like unto the white of the eye, the dry land is the iris, Jerusalem the pupil, and the Temple the image mirrored in the pupil of the eye. - The Legends of the Jews I
The basin of the boundless sea, gathered together by His workmanship into it's reservoirs, passeth not the barriers wherewith it is surrounded; but even as He ordered it, so it doeth. For He said, So far shalt thou come, and thy waves shall be broken within thee. The ocean ocean which is impassable impassable for men, men, 59
and the worlds beyond it, are directed by the same ordinances of the Master. - 1 Clement 20:6-8
The walls of the firmament set the outer limits of the earth’s circle. circle. The circumference circumference where where it joins joins in merger with the mountainous mountainous region comprising the outer ring of the oceans oceans basin. This is the the barrier that was put into place by the Lord God to be boundary for the waters that were collected together below the structure of the firmament. Called the upturned edge by August August Picard, Picard, it 60
is this outer circle which holds in the waters creating the level which separates from it the dry land. THE SECOND DAY
On the second day God brought forth four creations, the firmament, hell, fire, and the angels. The firmament is not the same as the heavens of the first day. It is the crystal stretched forth over the heads of the Hayyot, from which the heavens derive their light, as the earth derives its light from the sun. This firmament saves the earth from being engulfed by the waters of the heavens; it forms the partition between the waters above and the waters below. It was made to crystallize into the solid by the heavenly fire, which broke its bounds, and condensed the surface of the firmament. Thus fire made a division between the celestial and the terrestrial at the time of creation, as it did at the revelation on Mount Sinai. The firmament is not more than three fingers thick, nevertheless it divides two such heavy bodies as the waters below, which are the foundations for the nether world, and the waters above, which are the foundations for the seven heavens, the Divine Throne, and the abode of the angels. For those that have not studied or looked into the ancient peoples’ belief belief that the ‘lofty ‘lofty roof’ was a solid structure, structure, my previous book Firmament: Vaulted Dome of the Earth details Enoch, Moses, Job, Isaiah, and so many more prophet’s belief that the Hebrew concept of the 61
raqiya, from which we derive the English word firmament was an impenetrable firm, rigid, solid structure. This molten looking glass is described as being shaped from the beating of metal plates and crystalline glass to create the enclosure which separating the waters above from the waters below, provided space for the creation of the sky which as Tabernacle contains the various heavenly luminaries which would be placed into circuit within it on the fourth day. day. I will be sharing sharing in chapters chapters 4 within this book, the various passages which affirmed these premises.
The Seven Divisions of Hell The second day of creation was an untoward day in more than the one respect that it introduced a breach where before before there had been nothing nothing but unity; for it was the day that saw also the creation of hell. Therefore God could not say of this day as of the others, that He "saw that it was good." A division may be necessary, but it cannot be called good, and hell surely does not deserve the attribute of good.
The Seven Divisions Of Sheol Hell has seven divisions, one beneath the other. They are called Sheol, Abaddon, Beer Shahat, Tit ha-Yawen, Sha'are Mawet, Sha'are Zalmawet: and Gehenna. It requires three hundred years to traverse the height, or the width, or the depth of 62
each division, and it would take six thousand three hundred years to go over a tract of land equal in extent to the seven divisions.
Each of the seven divisions in turn has seven subdivisions, and in each compartment there are seven rivers of fire and seven of hail. The width of each is one thousand ells, its depth one thousand, and its length three hundred, and they flow one from the other, and are supervised by ninety thousand Angels of Destruction. There are, besides, in every compartment compartment seven thousand thousand caves, in every cave there are seven thousand crevices, and in every crevice seven thousand scorpions. Every scorpion has three hundred rings, and in every ring seven thousand pouches of venom, from which flow seven rivers of deadly poison. If a man handles it, it, he immediately immediately bursts, every limb is torn from his body, his bowels are cleft asunder, and he falls upon his face. There are also five different kinds of fire in hell. One devours 63
and absorbs, another devours and does not absorb, while the third absorbs and does not devour, and there is still another fire, which neither devours nor absorbs, and furthermore a fire which devours fire. There are coals big as mountains, and coals big as hills, and coals as large as the Dead Sea, and coals like huge stones, and there are rivers of pitch and sulphur flowing and seething like live coals. I will be defining in greater elaboration elaboration from various ancient manuscripts in the proceeding chapters, the details of the varying divisions of heaven, earth, and sheol. Yet, I wanted wanted to set set the premise premise for this this lesson from Ginzberg’s the Legends of the Jews, to show that the ancient Hebrew peoples did embrace a geocentric cosmology as defined by the enclosed world structure; which I speak about throughout this trilogy. The rabbinical commentaries disclose this long-forgotten long-forgotten perspective, confirming that that it is only because of the modern acceptance of a Copernican worldview, that humanity has for the last half a millennium lost scholarly scholarly consideration consideration of the knowledge brought forth here. As the final installment of my work on the flat Earth and vaulted dome, I will in this book further disclose the many sources I have found from ancient writings worldwide which prove this insight is encoded all throughout them. The knowledge of how to interpret and understand all of these teachings has been misconstrued and because of that overlooked. The profundity of their revelation because of that, cannot be grasped by most of the individuals alive now inhabitating the world. The secrets of the riddles having been lost for so many 64
centuries are being brought to new light for reconsideration. reconsideration. Most people however, are still caught caught up in a reality fabricated upon lies and purposeful deceit. Those of you now aware that we as a people have been predominantly predominantly lied to and and now seeking seeking new light are are searching for the truth which will give you insight and answer as to how to understand the Creator and his creation. I believe the contents of this book will help one to grasp again secrets which have not been realized in such manner for very long time. May Yahuah bless you and your seeking in such way that you are able to comprehend the nature of His cosmos.
65
66
Chapter 3 - The First Four Days Of Creation This chapter is excerpted from the Firmament: Vaulted Dome Of The Earth. I am including including it within within this this book so as to provide the reader the compilation of the numerous sources which detail the individual circumstances circumstances which led to the creation of the heavens, earth, and netherworld. This analysis analysis is, in my opinion, opinion, the most comprehensive study of the canonical and extra biblical accounts accounts paralleling paralleling the Genesis timeline timeline for the first four days of the re-formation, re-creation, and reestablishment reestablishment of the earth following its destruction in Genesis 1:2. The passages compiled here elucidate in remarkable clarity the different occurrences of the days leading p to the creation of the luminaries as affirmed by the full summation of the myriad testimonies contained in the biblical narrative. narrative. Presented here here in totality, this this study should enable scholars to conceptualize the bigger picture of the how the cosmology as established by the Trinity came together in being.
The First Day: Separation Of Light And Darkness
67
Genesis, KJV In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth. And the earth was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the deep. And the Spirit of God moved upon the face of of the waters. waters. 3And God said, Let there be light: and there was light. 4And God saw the light, that it was good: and God divided the light from the darkness. 5And God called the light Day, and the darkness he called Night. And the evening and the morning were the first day. The Complete Jewish Bible 1 In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth. 2 The earth was unformed and void, darkness was on the face of the deep, and the Spirit of God hovered over the surface of the water. 3 Then God said, “Let there be light”; and there was light. 4 God saw that the light was good, and God divided the light from the darkness. 5 God called the light Day, and the darkness he called Night. So there was evening, and there was morning, one day. Targum At the beginning (min avella) the Lord created the heavens and the earth. And the earth was vacancy and desolation, solitary of the sons of men, and void of every animal; and darkness was upon the face of the abyss, and the Spirit of mercies from before the Lord breathed upon the face of of the waters. And the Lord Lord said, Let there be light and to enlighten above; and at once there was light. And the Lord beheld the light that it was good; and the 68
Lord divided between the light and the darkness. And the Lord call the light Day; and He made it that the inhabiters of the world might labour by it: and the darkness called He night; and He made it that in it the creatures might have rest. And it was evening, and it was morning, in the order of the work of the creation, (or of the beginning,) the First Day. The Book of Jubilees II. And the angel of the presence spake to Moses according to the word of the Lord, saying: Write the complete history of the creation, how in six days the Lord God finished all His works and all that He created, and kept Sabbath on the seventh day and hallowed it for all ages, and appointed appointed it as a sign for all all His works. For on the first day He created the heavens which are above and the earth and the waters and all the spirits which serve before Him--the angels 2 of the presence, and the angels of sanctification, 3 and the angels [of the spirit of fire and the angels] of the spirit of the winds, 4 and the angels of the spirit of the clouds, and of darkness, and of snow and of hail and of hoar frost, 5 and the angels of the voices 6 and of the thunder and of the lightning, 7 and the angels of the spirits of cold and of heat, and of winter and of spring and of autumn and of summer, 8 and of all the spirits of His creatures which are in the heavens and on the earth, (He created) the abysses and the darkness, eventide (and night), and the light, dawn and day, which He hath prepared in the knowledge of His heart. 3. And thereupon thereupon we saw His works, and praised Him, and lauded before Him on account of all His works; for seven great works 69
did He create on the first day. Cave of Treasures [The Creation. First Day.] In the beginning, on the First Day, which was the holy First Day of the Week, the chief and firstborn of all the days, God created the heavens, and the earth, and the waters, and the air, and the fire, and the hosts which are invisible (that is to say, the Angels, Archangels, Thrones, Lords, Principalities, Powers, Cherubim and Seraphim), and all the ranks and companies of Spiritual beings, and the Light, and the Night, and the Day-time, and the gentle winds and the strong winds (i.e. storms). All these were created on the First Day. And on the First Day of the Week the Spirit of holiness, of holiness, one of the Persons of the Trinity, hovered over the waters, and through the hovering thereof over the face of the waters, the waters were blessed so that they might become producers of offspring, and they became hot, and the whole nature of the waters glowed with heat, and the leaven of creation was united to them. As the mother bird maketh warm warm her young by by the embrace of her closely covering wings, and the young birds acquire form through the warmth of the heat which [they derive] from her, so through the operation of the Spirit of holiness, the Spirit, the Paraclete, the leaven of the breath of life was united to the waters when He hovered over them. [NOTES.--According to Solomon, a Nestorian bishop of Perâth Mayshân, or Al-Basrah, a city on the right bank of the Shatt al-`Arab, about p. 45 A.D. 1222, the creation of 70
the heavens and the earth has been planned from everlasting in the immutable mind of God. He created SEVEN substances (or natures) in silence, without voice, viz. heaven, earth, water, air, fire, the angels, and darkness. The earth was was plunged in in the midst of the waters, above the waters was air, and above the air was fire. Water is cold and moist, air is hot and moist, fire is hot and dry, but it had no luminosity until the Fourth Day, when the luminaries were created. The angels are divided into nine classes and three orders. The upper order contains Cherubim, Seraphim, and Thrones, and these are bearers of God's throne. The middle order contains Lords, Powers, and Rulers. The lower order contains Principalities, Archangels, and Angels. (Compare the "thrones, or dominions, dominions, or principalities, or powers" of Col. i. 16.) The Cherubim are an intellectual motion, the Seraphim are a fiery motion, the Thrones are a fixed motion, the Lords are a motion which governs the motions beneath it and controls the devils, the Powers are a motion which gives effect to God's will, the Rulers are a motion which rules spiritual measures and the sun, moon and stars, the Principalities are a motion which rules the elements, the Archangels are a swift operative motion which governs every living creature, except man, and the Angels are a motion which has spiritual knowledge of everything which is in heaven or on the earth. The guardian angel of every man belongs man belongs to this last class. The number number of each class of angels is equal to the number of all mankind from Adam to the Resurrection. Resurrection. The heaven in which the angels live is above the waters, which are above the firmament, and they minister to their God there, 71
being invisible to bodily eyes. The angels are not selfexistent beings--they were created; on the other hand, darkness is a self-existent nature (or substance). Solomon of Al-Basrah does not accept the view that the spirit which hovered over the waters was the Holy Spirit. (See Book of the Bee, ed. Budge, chapters I-VII.)] Book of the Secrets of Enoch AND the Lord summoned me, and said to me: 'Enoch, ' Enoch, sit down on my left with Gabriel.' 2 And I bowed down to the Lord, and the Lord spoke to me: Enoch, beloved, all thou seest, all things that are standing finished I tell to thee even before the very beginning, all that I created from non-being, and visible things from invisible. 3 Hear, Enoch, and take in these my words, for not to My angels have I told my secret, and I have not told them their rise, nor my endless realm, nor have they understood my creating, which I tell thee to-day. 4 For before all things were visible, I alone used to go about in the invisible things, like the sun from east to west, and from west to east. 5 But even the sun has peace in itself, while I found no peace, because I was creating all things, and I conceived the thought of placing foundations, and of creating visible creation. I COMMANDED in the very lowest parts, that visible things should come down from invisible, and Adoil came down very great, and I beheld him, and lo! he had a belly of great light. 2 And I said to him: 'Become undone, Adoil, and let the visible come out of thee.' 3 And he came undone, and a great light came out. And I was in 72
the midst of the great light, and as there is born light from light, there came forth a great age, and showed all creation, which I had thought to create. 4 And I saw that it was good. 5 And I placed for myself a throne, and took my seat on it, and said to the light: 'Go thou up higher and fix thyself high above the throne, and be a foundation to the highest things.' 6 And above the light there is nothing else, and then I bent up and looked up from my throne. AND I summoned the very lowest a second time, and said: 'Let Archas Archas come forth hard,' and he came forth forth hard from the invisible. 2 And Archas came forth, hard, heavy, and very red. 3 And I said: 'Be opened, Archas, and let there be born from thee,' and he came undone, an age came forth, very great and very dark, bearing the creation of all lower things, and I saw that it was good and said to him: 4 'Go thou down below, and make thyself firm, and be for a foundation for the lower things,' and it happened and he went down and fixed himself, and became the foundation for the lower things, and below the darkness there is nothing else. AND I commanded that there should be taken from light and darkness, and I said: 'Be thick,' and it became thus and I spread it out with w ith the light, and it became water, and I spread it out over the darkness, below the light, and then I made firm the waters, that is to say the bottomless, and I made foundation of light around the water, and created seven circles from inside, and imaged it (sc. the water) like crystal wet and dry, that is to say like glass, and the circumcession of the waters and the other elements, and I showed each one of them its road, and 73
the seven stars each one of them in its heaven, that they go thus, and I saw that it was good. 2 And I separated between light and between darkness, that is to say in the midst of the water hither and thither, and I said to the light, that it should be the day, and to the darkness, that it should be the night, and there was evening and there was morning the first day. Chronicles of Jerahmeel With the help of God I commence to write this my book without interruption. interruption. These are the generations of the heavens and the earth when they were created on the day when the Lord God made heaven and earth. R. Eliezer, son of Hyrqanos, began his homily thus: 'Who can express all the mighty acts of God?' Is there anybody who can possibly give utterance to the mighty deeds of God and proclaim all His praise? Not even the ministering ministering angels can do this. It is only possible to recount part of His mighty deeds, to explain what He has done and what He in future will do, so that His great name may be exalted among the creatures whom He has created from one end of the world to the other, as it is said, 'Every generation shall praise Thy works.' Before the world was created God and His name alone existed. When it entered His mind to create the world, He drew the plan of a world, but it would not stand. This may be compared to the action of a man who wishes to build a palace: unless he plans out its foundations, its exits and its entrances, he cannot commence to build. Thus God planned the world before Him, but it would not stand until He created repentance. (2 ) Seven things were 74
created prior to the creation of the world, viz.: the Law, repentance, the throne of glory, the Garden of Eden, Gehinnom, the site of the temple, and the name of the Messiah, and for all these things proof is to be found in the Scriptures. (3) Eight things were created on the first day, viz., heaven and earth, light and darkness, that which was without form and void (Tohu va-Bohu), air and water; and the Spirit of God hovered over the surface of the waters. Some say day and night were also included in the first day of the creation, as it is said: 'And it was evening, and it was morning, one day.' Eight things were also created on the second day: The well (of Miriam), manna, the rod (of Moses), the rainbow, the letters and the writing, the clothes (of Adam and Eve), and demons (Maziqim). (Maziqim). (4) Ten things were paramount in the thought of God at the creation, viz.: Jerusalem, the spirits of the patriarchs, the ways of the righteous, Gehinnom, the flood, the double tables of stone, the Sabbath, the temple, the ark, and the light of the future world. (5) Wherefrom were the heavens created? From the brilliancy of God's covering which He took up and spread as a garment, and the heavens went on extending until He said unto them, 'Be stayed,' and they stopped. Whence was the earth created? From the snow beneath the throne of glory. God took it up and scattered it upon the waters, then the waters were congealed and became the dust of the earth, as it is said, 'For He says unto the snow, Become earth.' The boundaries of the heavens touch the waters of the ocean, for the waters of the ocean (Oqeanos) flow round the extremities of the heavens and the earth, and the extremities of the heavens are 75
spread upon the waters of the ocean, as it is said, 'Who layeth the foundation of His upper chambers in the waters.' The heavens rise rise to an immense height height in the form of a tent that is spread out, and mortals stand beneath it; its extremity is below, and its centre is above. This is the form of the heavens, their extremity is below and their centre above, so that all (God's) creatures, as it were, sit beneath it as in a tent, as it is said, 'He spread them out as a tent for dwelling therein.' (7) Four winds were created in the world, viz., the winds coming from the east, south, north, and west. w est. From the eastern corner the light of the world goeth forth; from the south, the dews of blessing descend upon the world; from the west emanate the stores of snow, hail, cold and heat, and rains for the benefit of the world; the north corner of the world He created, but did not complete, for He said: Whoever declares himself to be God, let him come and finish this corner which I have left, and then shall all know that he is a God. There the demons, earthquakes, evil spirits, and Shiddim dwell, and from there they come forth to the world, as it is said, 'Out of the north evil shall break forth' (Jeremiah. i. 14). Flavius Josephus 1. In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth. But when the earth did not come into sight, but was covered with thick darkness, and a wind moved upon its surface, God commanded that there should be light: and when that was made, he considered the whole mass, and separated the light and the darkness; and the name he 76
gave to one was Night, and the other he called Day: and he named the beginning of light, and the time of rest, The Evening and The Morning, and this was indeed the first day.
The Second Day: The Heavenly Firmament
Firmament -raqiya`
Pronunciation rä·kē'·ah (Key) rä·kē'·ah (Key)
Part of Speech
Root Word (Etymology)
masculine noun
From
(H7554)
KJV Translation Count — Total: 17x The KJV translates Strongs H7549 in the following manner: firmament (17x). Outline of Biblical Usage 1. extended surface (solid), expanse, firmament 1. expanse (flat as base, support) 2. firmament (of vault of heaven supporting 77
waters above) 1. consid considere eredd by by Hebr Hebrews ews as solid solid and and supporting 'waters' above Strong’s Definitions râqîyaʻ, raw-kee'-ah; râqîyaʻ, raw-kee'-ah; from H7554; properly, an expanse, i.e. the firmament or (apparently) visible arch of the sky:—firmament.
Heavens- shamayim Part of Speech masculine noun Pronunciation Pronunciation shä·mah'·yim (Key) Root Word (Etymology) From an unused root meaning to be lofty KJV Translation Count — Total: 420x The KJV translates Strongs H8064 in the following manner: heaven (398x), air (21x), astrologers (with H1895) (1x). Outline of Biblical Usage 1. he heav aven en,, he heav aven ens, s, sky sky 1. visi visibl blee hea heave vens ns,, sky sky 1. as ab abod odee of of the the star starss 2. as the the vis visibl iblee unive universe rse,, the the sky, sky, atmosphere, etc 2. Heav Heaven en (as (as the the abo abode de of of God) God) Strong’s Definitions shâmayim, shaw-mah'-yim; dual of an unused singular shâmeh; from an unused root meaning to be 78
lofty; the sky (as aloft; the dual perhaps alluding to the visible arch in which the clouds move, as well as to the higher ether where the celestial bodies revolve):—air, revolve):—air, × astrologer, heaven(-s). Genesis, KJV 6 And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the of the waters, and let it divide the waters from the waters. 7 And God made the firmament, and divided the waters which were under the firmament from the waters which were above the firmament : and it was so. 8 And God called the firmament Heaven. And the evening and the morning were the second day. The Complete Jewish Bible said, “Let there be a dome in the middle of the water; let it divide the water from the water.” 7 God made the dome and divided the water under the dome from the water above the dome; that is how it was, 8 and God called the dome Sky. So there was evening, and there was morning, a second day. 6 God
Targum And the Lord said, Let there be an expanse in the midst of the waters, and let it separate between the waters above and the waters beneath. And the Lord made the expanse, upbearing it with three fingers, between the confines of the heavens and the waters of the ocean, and separated between the waters which were below the expanse, and the waters which were above, in the 79
collection (or covering) of the expanse; and it was so. And the Lord called the expanse the Heavens. And it was evening, and it was morning, the Second Day. The Book of Jubilees 4. And on the second day He created the firmament in the midst of the waters, and the waters were divided on that day--half of them went up above and half of them went down below the firmament (that was) in the midst over the face of the whole earth. And this was the only work (God) work (God) created on the second day. Cave of Treasures [The Creation. Second Day.] And on the Second Day God made the Lower Heaven, and called it REKÎ`A [that is to say, "what is solid and fixed," or "firmament"]. This He did that He might make known that the Lower Heaven doth not possess the nature of the heaven which is above it, and that it is different in appearance from that heaven which is above it, for the heaven above it is of fire . And that second heaven is NÛHRÂ (i.e. Light), and this lower heaven is DARPÎTÎÔN, and because it hath the dense nature of water it hath been called "Rekî`a." And on the Second Day God made a separation between the waters and the waters, that is to say, between the waters which were above [Rekî`a] and the waters which were below. And the ascent ascent of these these waters which were above above heaven took place on the Second Day, and they were like unto a dense black cloud of thick darkness. Thus were 80
they raised up there, and they mounted up, and behold, they stand above the Rekî`a in the air; and they do not spread, and they make no motion to any side. NOTES.--According to the "Book of the Bee," the [ NOTES.--According creation of the firmament enabled God to allot a dwelling place to the angels, where also the souls of the righteous could be received after the General Resurrection. The great abyss of water which God created on the First Day was w as divided by Him into three parts; one part He left on the the earth for the use of man and beast, and to form rivers and and seas; of the the second part He made the firmament, and the third part the place above the firmament. After the Resurrection all these parts will return to their original state. The word Darpîtîôn is a difficulty, difficulty, and I cannot explain it. The variant forms Dûrîkôn and Dertêkôn appear in Ethiopic books, wherein it is said to be a name of the sixth heaven. ] Book of the Secrets of Enoch: AND then I made firm the heavenly circle , and made that the lower water which is under heaven collect itself together, into one whole, and that the chaos become dry, and it became so. 2 Out of the waves I created rock hard and big, and from the rock I piled up the dry, and the dry I called earth, and the midst of the earth I called abyss, that is to say the bottomless, I collected the sea in one place one place and bound it together with a yoke. 3 And I said to the sea: 'Behold I give thee thy eternal limits, and thou shalt not break loose from thy component parts.' 4 Thus I made fast the firmament. 81
This day I called me the first-created. AND for all the heavenly troops I imaged the image and essence of fire, and my eye looked at the very hard, firm rock, and from the gleam of my eye the lightning lightning received its wonderful nature, which is both fire in water and water in fire, and one does not put out the other, nor does the one dry up the other, therefore the lightning is brighter than than the sun, softer softer than water and and firmer than hard rock. 2 And from the rock I cut off a great fire, and from the fire I created the orders of the incorporeal ten troops of angels, and their weapons are fiery and their raiment a burning flame, and I commanded that each one should stand in his order. 3 And one from out the order of angels, having turned away with the order that was under him, conceived an impossible thought, to place his throne higher than the clouds above the earth, that he might become equal in rank to my power. 4 And I threw him out from the height with his angels, and he was flying in the air continuously above the bottomless. Book of the Bee: OF THE FIRMAMENT. ON the evening of the second day of the week, God willed to divide the heavens from the earth, that there might be luminaries and stars beneath the heavens to give light to this world, and that the heavens might be a dwelling-place dwelling-place for the righteous and the angels after the resurrection. God said, 'Let there be a firmament which shall divide the waters from the waters 1'; and straightway the waters were divided into three parts. One 82
part remained upon the earth earth for the use of of men, cattle, cattle, winged fowl--the rivers and the seas; of another part God made the firmament; and the third part He took up above the firmament. But on the day of resurrection the waters will return to their former nature. Chronicles of Jerahmeel (8) On the second day He created the firmament, the angels, the heat of the living bodies, and the heat of Gehinnom. But were not the heavens created on the first day? as it is said, 'In the beginning God created the heavens.' What, then, is this heaven which was created on the second day? R. Eliezer says: That firmament which is above the heads of the of the four holy creatures, as it is said, 'In the likeness of a firmament above the holy creatures.' It appears like unto hoar-frost, consisting of precious stones and pearls; it lights up the whole heavens as the light which lights up the house, and as the sun which lights up the world at noon, as it is said, 'And light dwells with Him.' Similarly the righteous are destined in the, future to enlighten the world, as it is said, 'And the wise will shine as the brightness of the firmament.' And if the firmament had not been created on the second day, the whole world would have been drowned by the waters from above, but the firmament now separates the upper from the lower waters. These angels, which were created on the second day, when sent by God, become become winds, as itit is said: 'He made His angels winds.' When they minister before Him, they become like fire, as it is said, 'His 'H is ministering angels are a flaming fire.' (9) Four bands of angels minister unto God, the first band, under under Michael, on His right, the second, second, under 83
Gabriel, in front of Him, the third, under Erich, on His left, and the fourth, under Raphael, behind Him. The Divine presence of God sits in the centre on a high and exalted throne, which is exceedingly majestic, and is suspended above in the air, and the appearance of its glory is like unto a carbuncle, one half is as fire, and the other half is as snow; a resplendent crown of glory rests upon His head, and upon His forehead is written the ineffable name of 'God.' His eyes overlook the whole earth; on His right is life, on His left death; a sceptre of fire is in His hand; a curtain is spread out before Him, (10) and the seven angels which were created first minister before Him within the curtain. His footstool is like fire and hail, and beneath the throne of glory, it has the appearance of sapphires; fire plays round about it; righteousness and justice are the supports of His throne; clouds of glory surround it, and the wheel, the ophan, the cherub, and the holy creatures sing praises unto Him. The throne is like sapphire; it stands upon four legs, and four holy creatures are attached to it; on each side are four faces and four wings, as it is said: 'There were four. faces, which were four angels.' (11) When He speaks from the east, from between the two cherubim, He speaks in the direction of the face of man; when He speaks from the south, He speaks in the direction of the face of the lion; when from the west, He speaks in the direction of the oxen; when from the north, in the direction of the eagle; and opposite Him are the ophanim and the wheels of the chariot. When He sits upon the throne, high and exalted, and looks round the earth, His chariot being upon wheels, through the 84
noise caused by the wheels of the chariot, lightnings and earthquakes are caused in the world. But when He traverses the heavens, He rides upon a swift cherub, as it is said, 'And He rode upon a swift cherub.' When He hastens to do a thing, He flies upon the wings of the wind, as it is said, 'And He flew upon the wings of the wind.' wind.' (12) Two seraphim stand near Him, one on His right side and another on His left, each of which has six wings; with two each of them covers his face to prevent them gazing upon the Shekinah, and with two they each hide their legs so as not to remember the sin of the golden calf, and with two they fly, exulting in, and sanctifying, His great name. One answers while another proclaims, and one proclaims while the other answers, and they say, 'Holy, holy, holy, is the Lord of Hosts.' (13) The holy creatures stand with reverence and awe, with trembling and quaking, lest they be consumed by the fire of of the angels; and from their faces streams down a fiery river, as it is said, 'And a river of fire flows before Him;' and the holy creatures creatures do not know the place place of His glory, but answer and exclaim wherever His glory be, 'Blessed is the glory of of the Lord in His place.' Flavius Josephus After this, on the second day, he placed the heaven over the whole world, and separated it from the other parts, and he determined it should stand by itself. He also placed a crystalline [firmament] round it, and put it together in a manner agreeable to the earth, and fitted it for giving moisture and rain, and for affording the advantage of dews. 85
Third Day: Separation of the Earth and Sea
Genesis, KJV 9And God said, Let the waters under the heaven be gathered together unto one place, and let the dry land appear: and it was so. 10And God called the dry land Earth; and the gathering together of the waters called he Seas: and God saw that it was good. 11And God said, Let the earth bring forth grass, the herb yielding seed, and the fruit tree yielding fruit after his kind, whose seed is in itself, upon the earth: and it was so. 12And the earth brought forth forth grass, and herb herb yielding seed after his his kind, and the tree yielding fruit, whose seed was in itself, after his kind: and God saw that it was good. 13And the evening and the morning were the third day. The Complete Jewish Bible 9 God
said, “Let the water under the sky be gathered together into one place, and let dry land appear,” and that is how it was. 10 God called the dry land Earth, the 86
gathering together together of the water he called Seas, and God saw that it was good. 11 God said, “Let the earth put forth grass, seed-producing seed-producing plants, and fruit trees, each yielding its own kind of seed-bearing fruit, on the earth”; and that is how it was. 12 The earth brought forth grass, plants each yielding its own kind of seed, and trees each producing its own kind of seed-bearing seed-bearing fruit; and God saw that it was good. 13 So there was evening, and there was morning, a third day. Targum And the Lord said, Let the lower waters which remain under the heavens be gathered together into one place, and the earth be dried, that the land may be visible. And it was so. And the Lord called the dry (land) the earth, and the place of the assemblage of waters called He the Seas; and the Lord saw that it was good. And the Lord said, Let the earth increase the grassy herb whose seed seedeth, and the fruit-tree making fruit after its kind, whose seed is in itself upon the earth. And it was so. And the earth produced grasses (and) herbage whose seed seedeth, and the tree making fruit after its kind. And the Lord saw that it was good. And it was evening, and it was morning, the Third Day. The Book of Jubilees 5. And on the third day He commanded the waters to pass from off the face of the whole earth into one place, and the dry land to appear. 6. And the waters did so as He commanded them, and they retired from off the face of the earth into one place outside of this firmament, and 87
the dry land appeared. 7. And on that day He created for them all the seas according to their separate gathering places, and all all the rivers, and and the gatherings gatherings of the waters waters in the mountains and on all the earth, and all the lakes, and all the dew of the earth, and the seed which is sown, and all sprouting things, and fruit-bearing trees, and trees of the wood, and the garden of Eden, in Eden, and all (plants after their kind). These four great works God created on the third day. Cave of Treasures [The Creation. Third Day.]
And on the Third Day God commanded the waters that were below the firmament (Rekî`a) to be gathered together in one place, and the dry land to appear. And when the covering of water had been rolled up from the face of the earth, the earth showed itself to be in an unsettled and unstable state, that is to say, it was of a damp (or moist) and yielding nature. And the waters were gathered together into seas that were under the earth and within it and upon it. And God made in the earth from below, corridors, and shafts, and channels for the passage of the waters; and the winds which come from within the earth ascend by means of these corridors and channels, and also the heat and the cold for the service of the earth. Now, as for the earth, the lower part of it is like unto a thick sponge, for it resteth on the waters. And on this Third Day God commanded the earth, and it brought forth herbs and vegetables, and it conceived in its interior 88
trees, and seeds, and plants and roots. NOTE.--On this day the waters gathered gathered together together in the [ NOTE.--On depths of the earth, sand was set as a limit for the waters of the seas, and the mountains and hills appeared. The sages say that Paradise was created on this day, but the Rabbis held the view that it existed before the world. Solomon of Basrah says that the earth produced herbs and trees by its own power, and that the luminaries had nothing to do with vegetable growth. Book of the Bee (chapter ix.) ] Book of the Secrets of Enoch: ON the third day I commanded the earth to make grow great and fruitful trees, and hills, and seed to sow, and I planted Paradise, and enclosed it, and placed as armed guardians flaming angels , and thus I created renewal. 2 Then came evening, and came morning the fourth day. Book of the Bee OF THE CREATION OF TREES AND PLANTS, AND THE MAKING OF SEAS AND RIVERS ON the third day God G od commanded that the waters should be gathered together into into the pits and depths of the earth, and that the dry land should appear. When the waters w aters were gathered together into the depths of the earth, and the mountains and hills had appeared, God placed the sand as a limit for the waters of the seas, that they might not pass over and cover the earth. And God commanded 89
the earth to put forth herbage and grass and every green thing; and the earth brought forth trees and herbs and plants of all all kinds, complete complete and perfect perfect in respect of flowers and fruit and seed, each according to its kind. Some say that before the transgression of the command, the earth brought forth neither thorns nor briars, and that even the rose had no thorns as it has now; but that after the transgression of the command, the earth put forth thorns and briars by reason of the curse which it had received. The reason why God created the trees and plants before the creation of the luminaries was that the philosophers, who discourse on natural phenomena, might not imagine that the earth brought forth herbs and trees through the power of the heat of the sun. Concerning the making of Paradise, it is not mentioned in the Pentateuch on what day it was created; but according according to the opinion opinion of those those who may be relied relied upon, it was made on the same day in which the trees were made: and if the Lord will, we will speak about it in its proper place. Chronicles of Jerahmeel II. (1) On the third day the earth was like a plain, and the waters covered the face of the whole earth. When the word of God went forth, saying, 'Let the waters be gathered together,' the mountains were lifted up and scattered over the earth, and deep valleys were dug down in the bowels of the earth, into which the waters rolled and were gathered, as it is said, 'The gathering of waters He called seas.' The waters then immediately rose tumultuously tumultuously to a great height and covered the face of the earth as at first, until God 90
rebuked them and subdued them, and placed them under the hollow of His feet, and measured them in His palm, so that they could neither diminish nor increase. He surrounded the sea with sand as a fence, just as a man makes a fence for his vineyard. So that when the waters approach and see the fence before them they recede, as it is said, 'Will they not fear My signs, says the Lord.' (2) Before the waters were finally gathered together, the rivers and the fountains of the deep were created, for the earth was stretched over the waters just as a ship floating in the midst of the sea, as it is said, 'To spread out the earth over the waters.' (3) And God opened a gate in the Garden of Eden and brought forth forth all kinds kinds of plants, plants, every kind of tree tree yielding fruit after its kind, and every kind of grass. He took their seeds and planted them upon the earth, as it is said, 'Whose seed is within itself upon the earth.' He prepared food for His creatures creatures before they were created, as it is said, 'Thou preparest a table before me.' (4) All the fountains of waters rise from the depths. R. Joshua said that the depth of the earth would take sixty years to walk through. There is one fountain close to Gehinnom which receives and gives out hot waters that delight man. (5) R. Jehudah says: Once every month rivulets ascend from the depths and water the face of the whole earth, as it is said, 'And a spray went up from the earth to water the garden.' The thick clouds thick clouds pass on the sound of the water-courses to the seas, and the seas to the depths, and the depths to each other, and finally rise and give moisture to the clouds, as it is said, 'Who causes the vapours to ascend at the end of the earth.' 91
(6) The rains descend upon every place bidden them by the King, so that the earth immediately flourishes and becomes fertile. fertile. But when God wishes wishes to bless the land and make it fertile and prosperous, so as to feed His creatures, He then opens His storehouse of good contained in the heavens and rains upon the earth, so that it immediately becomes fertile and produces the seed of blessing, as it is said, said, 'The Lord will will open for thee His His treasure of good.' Flauvius Josephus On the third day he appointed the dry land to appear, with the sea itself round about it; and on the very same day he made the plants and the seeds to spring out of the earth.
The Fourth Day: The Creation of the Heavenly Luminaries - Sun, Moon, and Stars Pronunciation Light - ma'owr Part of Speech masculine noun
mä·ōre' (Key) mä·ōre' (Key) Root Word (Etymology) From (H215)
KJV Translation Count — Total: 19x The KJV translates Strongs H3974 in the following manner: light (18x), bright (1x). Outline of Biblical Usage 1. light, luminary 92
Strong’s Definitions mâʼôwr, maw-ore'; mâʼôwr, maw-ore'; or mâʼôr; also mâʼôr; also (in plural) ᵉʼôwrâh; or mᵉʼôrâh; from mᵉʼôrâh; from feminine mᵉʼôwrâh; or H215; properly, a luminous body or luminary, i.e. (abstractly) (abstractly) light (as an element); figuratively, figuratively, brightness, brightness, i.e. cheerfulness; cheerfulness; specifically, specifically, a chandelier:—bright, light.
Genesis, KJV 14And God said, Let there be lights in the firmament of the heaven to divide the day from the night; and let them be for signs, signs, and for seasons, seasons, and for days, days, and years: years: 15And let them be for lights in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth: and it was so. 16And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night: he made the stars also. 17And God set them in the firmament of the heaven to give light upon the earth, 18And to rule over 93
the day and over the night, and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that it was good. 19And the evening and the morning were the fourth day. The Complete Jewish Bible
“Let there be lights in the dome of the sky to divide the day from the night; let them be for signs, seasons, days and years; 15 and let them be for lights in the dome of the sky to give light to the earth”; and that is how it was. 16 God made the two great lights — the larger light to rule the day and the smaller light to rule the night — and the stars. 17 God put them in the dome of the sky to give light to the earth, 18 to rule over the day and over the night, and to divide the light from the darkness; and God saw that it was good. 19 So there was evening, and there was morning, a fourth day. (A: ii) 14 God said,
Targum And the Lord said, Let there be lights in the expanse of the heavens, to distinguish between the day and the night; and let them be for signs and for festival times, and for the numbering by them the account of days, and for the sanctifying of the beginning of months, and the beginning of years, the passing away of months, and the passing away of years, the revolutions revolutions of the sun, the birth of the moon, and the revolvings (of seasons). And let them be for luminaries in the expanse of the heavens to give light upon the earth. And it was so. And the Lord made two great luminaries; and they were equal in glory twenty and one years, less six hundred and two and seventy parts of an hour. 94
And afterwards the moon recited against the sun a false report; and she was diminished, and the sun was appointed to be the greater light to rule the day; and the moon to be the inferior light to rule in the night, and the stars. And the Lord ordained them unto their offices, in the expanse of the heavens, to give forth light upon the earth, and to minister by day and by night, to distinguish between the light light of the the day and the darkness darkness of the night. And the Lord beheld that it was good. And it was evening, and it was morning, Day the Forth. The Book of Jubilees 8. And on the fourth day He created the sun and the moon and the stars, and set them in the firmament of the heaven, to give light upon all the earth, and to rule over the day and the night, and divide the light from the darkness. 9. And God appointed the sun to be a great sign on the earth for days and for sabbaths and for months and for feasts and for years and for sabbaths of years and for jubilees and and for all seasons seasons of the years. years. 10. And it divideth the light from the darkness [and] for prosperity, that all things may prosper which shoot and grow on the earth. These three kinds He made on the fourth day. Cave of Treasures [The Creation. Fourth Day.] And on the Fourth Day God made the sun, and the moon, and the stars. And as soon as the heat of the sun was diffused over the surface of the earth, the earth became hard and rigid, and lost its flaccidity, because the 95
humidity and the dampness [caused by] the waters were taken away from it. The Creator made the sphere of the sun of fire and filled it with light. And God gave unto the sphere of the moon and the stars bodies of water and air, and filled them with light. And when the dust of the earth became hot, it brought it brought forth forth all the trees, trees, and plants, and seeds, seeds, and roots roots which had been been conceived conceived inside it on the Third Day. NOTES.--The cases of the sun, moon, and stars stars were [ NOTES.--The made of aerial material, after the manner of lamps, and God filled them with a mixture of fire, which had no light in it, and with light which had no heat in it. The path of the luminaries is beneath the firmament; they are not fixed, as the ignorant think, but are guided in their courses by the angels. The Ethiopians have a tradition that when the sun was first made its light was twelve times as strong as it is to-day. The angels complained that the heat was too strong, and that it hampered them in the performance of their their duties, whereupon God divided divided it into twelve parts, and took away six of these parts, and out of three of them He made the moon and stars, and the other three He distributed among the waters, the clouds, and the lightning. ] Book of the Secrets of Enoch: 3 [Wednesday]. On the fourth day I commanded that there should be great lights on the heavenly circles. 4 On the first uppermost circle I placed the stars, Kruno, and on the second Aphrodit, on the third Aris, on the fifth Zeus, on the sixth Ermis, on the seventh lesser the moon, and adorned it with the lesser stars. 5 96
And on the lower I placed the sun for the illumination illumination of day, and the moon and stars for the illumination illumination of night. 6 The sun that it should go according to each animal (sc. signs of the zodiac), twelve, and I appointed the succession of the months and their names and lives, their thunderings, thunderings, and their hour-markings, how they should succeed. 7 Then evening came and morning came the fifth day. Book of the Bee OF THE MAKING OF THE LUMINARIES.
ON the fourth day God made the luminaries--sun, moon, and stars--of three substances, air, light, and fire. He took aerial material and prepared vessels like lamps, and mixed fire with light, and filled them. And because in the nature of fire there was no light, nor heat in that of light, the fire imparted heat to the light, and the light gave luminosity to the fire; and from these two were the luminaries--sun, moon, and stars-fabricated. Some say that the luminaries were made in the morning, that the sun was placed in the east, and the moon in the west; while others say that they were made in the evening, and that the sun was placed in the west, and the moon in the east; and therefore the Jews celebrate the fourteenth in the evening. Others say that all the luminaries when they were created were placed in the east; the sun completed his course by day, while the moon waited until eventide, and then began her course. The path of the luminaries is beneath the firmament, and they are not fixed as men have foolishly stated, but the angels guide them. 97
Mâr Isaac says, 'The sun performs his course from the east to the west, and goes behind the lofty northern mountains the whole night until he rises in the east.' And the philosophers say that during the night the luminaries perform their course under the earth. Chronicles of Jerahmeel III. (1) On the fourth day he formed two lights, one not larger than the other; they were identical both in their form and in their light, as it is said, 'And God made the two lights.' A quarrel ensued between them; one said to the other, 'I am greater than thou.' Therefore God, in order to make peace between them, enlarged the one and diminished the other, as it is said, 'And the greater to rule by day.' (2)
R. Eliezer said that God uttered one word and the heavens were created to become the dwelling-place of the throne of the glory of His kingdom, as it is said, 'By the word of the Lord the heavens were made,' but for the numerous host of heaven God exerted Himself more; He blew with the breath of His mouth, and all the host of the heavens were created, as it is said, 'And with the breath of His mouth all their host.' (3) All the stars and planets and the two lights were created at the beginning of the fourth night. One did not precede the other except by one minute particle of time; therefore, all the work of the sun is done slowly, while that of the moon is done quickly; what the sun takes twelve days to do the moon can do in one day; what the sun does during the whole year the moon does in thirty days, as it is explained in the chapters of R. Eliezer. 98
(4) Three letters of the ineffable name of God are written upon the heart of the sun, and angels lead it. Those that lead it in the day do not lead it in the night, and those that lead it in the night do not lead it in the day. The sun rises in a chariot, and rides forth crowned as a bridegroom, as it is said, said, 'And he goeth forth from his canopy as a bridegroom.' The horns (the rays) and the fiery face of the sun look upon the earth in the summer, they would consume it with fire if the ice above would not temper the heat, as it is said, 'Nothing is hidden from his heat.' In the winter-time the sun turns his icy face to the earth, and were it not for the fire which warms the cold, the world would not be able to endure it, as it is said, 'Who can stand before his cold?' (5) The sun rises in the east and sets opposite in the west. The Shekinah always resides in the west, and the sun enters in its presence, and, and, bowing down before the King of of kings, says: 'O Lord of the universe, I have fulfilled all Thy commands.' These are some of the ways of the sun. (6) The habitation of the moon is placed between the clouds and the thick darkness, which are like two dishes one above the other; within them the moon travels. These two clouds turn themselves towards the west, and the moon peeps out from between the two in the form of a little horn. On the first night of the new month one part is visible, on the second night a second portion, and so on until the middle of the month, when it is full moon. From the middle of the month onwards these two clouds turn themselves eastwards, and that part of the moon which appeared first is the first to be covered by the two clouds—on the first night one part, on the second night a second part, 99
until the end of the month, when it is entirely covered. Whence do we know that the moon is between two clouds, Because it is said, 'The cloud is its clothing, and clouds of darkness its covering.' Flauvius Josephus On the fourth day he adorned the heaven with the sun, the moon, and the other stars, and appointed them their motions and courses, that the vicissitudes of the seasons might be clearly signified.
Other Biblical Sources Detailing the Creative Process This chapter too was originally originally compiled for the Firmament: Vaulted Dome Of The Earth and contains numerous mostly canonical verses which together also elaborate upon the first four days of creation as I will be further expounding upon within the chapters of this book. Investigating Investigating the context of these Scriptures, one will gain greater insight into the specificity of how the Godhead manifest the various components of the world. Study of this and prior chapter will go a long ways in assisting one to conceptualize in broader grasp, the many chapters, verses, and ancient manuscripts which I will be further alluding to in cosmological cosmological presentation within this publication. Day 1 He set the earth on its foundations; it can never be moved. – Psalms 104:5 100
And the channels of the sea appeared, the foundations foundations of the world were discovered, at the rebuking of the LORD, at the blast of the breath of his nostrils. - 2 Samuel 22:16 18 This shall be written for the generation to come: and the people which shall be created shall praise the Lord. Lord. 19 For he hath looked down from the height of his sanctuary; from heaven did the Lord behold the earth; 20 To hear the groaning of the prisoner; to loose those that are appointed to death; 21 To declare the name of the Lord in Zion, and his praise in Jerusalem; 22 When the people are gathered together, and the kingdoms, to serve the Lord. 23 He weakened w eakened my strength in the way; he shortened my days. 24 I said, O my God, take me not away in the midst of my days: thy years are throughout all generations. 25 Of old hast thou laid the foundation of the earth: and the heavens are the work of thy hands. - Psalms 102:18-25 And, Thou, Lord, in the beginning hast laid the foundation of the earth; and the heavens are the works of thine hands: - Hebrews 1:10 When the Holy One--blessed be He!--created the world, it was a level expanse free from mountains; - Midrash Vayosha [4] Where wast thou when I laid the foundations of the earth? declare, if thou hast understanding. [5] Who hath laid the measures thereof, if thou 101
knowest? or who hath stretched the line upon it? [6] Whereupon are the foundations thereof fastened? or who laid the corner stone thereof; [7] When the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God shouted for joy? [8] Or who shut up the sea with doors, when it brake forth, as if it had issued out of the womb? [9] When I made the cloud the garment thereof, and thick darkness a swaddlingband swaddlingband for it, [10] And brake up for it my decreed place, and set bars and doors, [11] And said, Hitherto shalt thou come, but no further: and here shall thy proud waves be stayed? [12] Hast thou commanded the morning since thy days; and caused the dayspring to know his place; [13] That it might take hold of the ends of the earth, that the wicked w icked might be shaken out of it? [14] It is turned as clay to the seal; and they stand as a garment. [15] And from the wicked their light is withholden, and the high arm shall be broken. [16] Hast thou entered into the springs of the sea? or hast thou walked in the search of the depth? [17] Have the gates of death been opened unto thee? or hast thou seen the doors of the shadow of death? [18] Hast thou perceived the breadth of the earth? Declare if thou knowest it all. [19] Where is the way where light dwelleth? and as for darkness, where is the place thereof, [20] That thou shouldest take it to the bound thereof, and that thou shouldest know the paths to the house thereof? [21] Knowest thou it, because thou wast 102
then born? or because the number of thy days is great? [22] Hast thou entered entered into the the treasures of the snow? or hast thou seen the treasures of the hail, [23] Which I have reserved against the time of trouble, against the day of battle and war? [24] By what way is the light parted, which scattereth the east wind upon the earth?
[25] Who hath divided a watercourse for the overflowing of waters, or a way for the lightning of thunder; [26] To cause it to rain on the earth, where no man is; on the wilderness, wherein there is no man; [27] To satisfy the desolate and waste ground; and to cause the bud of the tender herb to spring forth? [28] Hath the rain a father? or who hath begotten the drops of dew? [29] Out of whose womb came the ice? and the hoary frost of heaven, who hath gendered it? [30] The waters are hid as with a stone, and the face of the deep is frozen. [31] Canst thou bind the sweet influences of Pleiades, or loose the bands of Orion? [32] Canst thou bring forth Mazzaroth in his season? or canst thou guide Arcturus with his sons? [33] Knowest thou the ordinances of heaven? canst thou set the dominion thereof in the earth? [34] Canst thou lift up thy voice to the clouds, that abundance of waters may cover thee? [35] Canst thou send lightnings, that they may go, and say unto thee, Here we are? [36] Who hath put wisdom in the inward parts? or who hath given understanding to the heart? [37] Who can number the clouds in wisdom? or who can stay stay the bottles of heaven, 103
[38] When the dust groweth into hardness, and the clods cleave fast together? - Job 38:1-38 [22] The LORD possessed me in the beginning of his way, before his works of old. [23] I was set up from everlasting, everlasting, from the beginning, or ever the earth was. [24] When there were no depths, I was brought forth; when there were no fountains abounding with water. [25] Before the mountains were settled, before the hills was I brought forth: [26] While as yet he had not made the earth, nor the fields, nor the highest part of the dust of the world. [27] When he prepared the heavens, I was there: when he set a compass upon the face of the depth: [28] When he established the clouds above: when he strengthened the fountains of the deep: [29] When he gave to the sea his decree, that the waters should not pass his commandment: when he appointed the foundations of the earth: [30] Then I was by him, as one brought up with him: and I was daily his delight, rejoicing rejoicing always before him; [31] Rejoicing in the habitable part of his earth; and my delights were with the sons of men. – Proverbs 8:22-31 8:22-31 [1] And he said unto me, In the beginning, when the earth was made, before the borders of the world stood, or ever the winds blew, [2] Before it thundered and lightened, or ever the foundations of paradise were laid, laid, [3] Before the fair flowers were seen, or ever the moveable powers were established, before the innumerable multitude 104
of angels were gathered together, [4] Or ever the heights of the air were lifted up, before the measures of the firmament were named, or ever the chimneys in Sion were hot, [5] And ere the present years were sought out, out, and or ever ever the inventions inventions of them that now sin were turned, before they were sealed that have gathered faith faith for a treasure: [6] Then did I consider these things, and they all were made through me alone, and through none other: by me also they shall be ended, and by none other. – 4 Ezra 6:1-6 Day 2 But God made the earth by his power; he founded the world by his wisdom and stretched out the heavens by his understanding. – Jeremiah 10:12 The LORD wraps himself in light as with a garment; he stretches out the heavens like a tent. Psalms 104:2 He sits enthroned above the circle of the earth, and its people are like grasshoppers. He stretches out the heavens like a canopy, and spreads them out like a tent to live in. – Isaiah 40:22 The heavens declare the glory of God; and the firmament sheweth his handywork. - Psalm 19:1
105
Of old hast thou laid the foundation of the earth: and the heavens are the work of thy hands. Psalm 102:25 I have made the earth, and created man upon it: I, even my hands, have stretched out the heavens, and all their host have I commanded. - Isaiah 45:12 Mine hand also hath laid the foundation of the earth, and my right hand hath spanned the heavens: when I call unto them, they stand up together. - Isaiah 48:13 The heavens praise your wonders, LORD, your faithfulness too, in the assembly of the holy ones. – Psalms 89:5 The heavens proclaim his righteousness, and all peoples see his glory. – Psalms 92:6 Who alone spreads out the heavens, and treads upon the waves of the sea. - Job 9:8
Day 3 …when he gave the sea its boundary so the waters would not overstep his command, and when he marked out the foundations of the earth. - Proverbs 8:29
106
Then the channels of waters were seen, and the fountains of the world were discovered at thy rebuke, O LORD, at the blast of the breath of thy nostrils. - Psalm 18:15 And it shall come to pass, that he who fleeth from the noise of the fear shall fall into the pit; and he that cometh up out of the midst of the pit shall be taken in the snare: for the windows from on high are open, and the foundations of the earth do shake. - Isaiah 24:18 The earth is the LORD's, and the fulness thereof; the world, and they that dwell therein. For he hath founded it upon the seas, and established it upon the floods. -- Psalm 24:1-2 [10] Art thou not it which hath dried the sea, the waters of the great deep; that hath made the depths of the sea a way for the ransomed to pass over? [13] And forgettest the LORD thy maker, that hath stretched forth the heavens, and laid the foundations foundations of the earth; - Isaiah 51:10-13
Day 4 And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, even all the host of heaven, shouldest shouldest be driven to worship them, and serve them, which the Lord thy God hath divided unto all nations under the whole heaven. - Deuteronomy 4:19 107
And the days, Uriel showed me; the angel whom the Lord of glory appointed over all the luminaries. Of heaven in heaven, and in the world; that they might rule in the face of the sky, and appearing over the earth, become Conductors of the days and nights: the sun, the moon, the stars, and all the ministers of heaven, which make their circuit with all the chariots of heaven. Thus Uriel showed me twelve gates open for the circuit of the chariots of the sun in heaven, from which the rays of the the sun shoot shoot forth. From these proceed heat over the earth, earth, when they are opened opened in their stated seasons. They are for the winds, and the spirit of the dew, when in their seasons they are opened; opened in heaven at its extremities. Twelve gates I beheld in heaven, at the extremities of the earth, through which the sun, moon, and stars, and all the works of heaven, proceed at their rising and and setting. setting. Many windows windows also are open on the right and on the left. One window at a certain season grows extremely hot. So also are there gates from which the stars go forth as they are commanded, and in which they set according to their number. number. I saw likewise likewise the chariots of heaven, running in the world above to those gates in which the stars turn, which never set. One of these is greater than all, which goes round the whole world. – The Book of Enoch, 74:7-15 113. And when they were gone I ordered Ornias to be brought forward, and said to him: "Tell me how you know this;" and he answered: " We demons 108
ascend into the firmament of heaven, and fly about among the stars. And we hear the sentences which go forth upon the souls of men, and forthwith we come, and whether by force of influence, or by fire, or by sword, or by some accident, we veil our act of destruction; and if a man does not die by some untimely disaster or by violence, then we demons transform ourselves in such a way as to appear to men and be worshipped in our human nature." 114. I therefore, having heard this, glorified the Lord God, and again I questioned the demon, saying: "Tell me how ye can ascend into heaven, being demons, and amidst the stars and holy angels intermingle." And he answered: "Just as things are fulfilled in heaven, so also on earth (are fulfilled) the types1 of all of them. For there are principalities, authorities, worldrulers2, and we demons fly about in the air; and we hear the voices of the heavenly beings, and survey all the powers. And as having no ground (basis) on which to alight and rest, we lose strength and fall off like leaves from trees. And men seeing us imagine that the stars are falling from heaven. But it is not really so, O king; but we fall because of our weakness, and because we have nowhere anything to lay hold of; and so we fall down like lightnings3 in the depth of night and suddenly. And we set cities in flames and fire the fields. For the stars have firm foundations in the heavens like the sun and the moon." – Testament of Solomon 16 The
sun looks down on everything with its light, and the work of the Lord is full of his glory. 17 The Lord has not empowered even his holy ones to recount all his marvelous works, 109
which the Lord the Almighty has established so that the universe may stand firm in his glory. 18 He searches out the abyss and the human heart; he understands their innermost secrets. For the Most High knows all that may be known; he sees from of old the things that are to come. 19 He discloses what has been and what is to be, and he reveals the traces of hidden things. 20 No thought escapes him, and nothing is hidden from him. 21 He has set in order the splendors of his wisdom; he is from all eternity one and the same.
The Splendor of the Sun 43 The pride of the higher realms is the clear vault of the sky, as glorious to behold as the sight of the heavens. 2 The sun, when it appears, proclaims as it rises what a marvelous instrument instrument it is, the work of the Most High. 3 At noon it parches the land, and who can withstand its burning heat? 4 A man tending a furnace works in burning heat, but three times times as hot is the sun scorching scorching the the mountains; it breathes out fiery vapors, and its bright rays blind the eyes. eyes. 5 Great is the Lord who made it; at his orders it hurries on its course.
The Splendor of the Moon 6 It
is the moon that marks the changing seasons, governing the times, their everlasting sign. 7 From the moon comes the sign for festal days, a light that wanes when it completes its course. 8 The new moon, as its name suggests, renews itself; how marvelous it is in this change, a beacon to the hosts on high, shining in the vault of the heavens! 110
The Glory of the Stars and the Rainbow 9 The
glory of the stars is the beauty of heaven, a glittering array in the heights of the Lord. 10 On the orders of the Holy One they stand in their appointed places; they never relax in their watches. 11 Look at the rainbow, and praise him who made it; it is exceedingly beautiful in its brightness. 12 It encircles the sky with its glorious arc; the hands of the Most High have stretched it out. – Wisdom of Jesus Son of Sirach 42:16-21, 43:1-12
111
112
Chapter 4 - Appearing Over The Earth In The Face Of The Sky The prophetic theophanies of Enoch, Isaiah, Abraham, Levi, and many others, all describe the heavenly motions attributed to the luminaries as occurring above the face of the earth. There is no scriptural scriptural reference to the earth earth having motion or being in orbit around the sun as so many scientists would have us believe. But, there are literally hundreds of passages all throughout the biblical texts which describe the motions, circuits, and revolutions revolutions of the sun, sun, moon, stars, stars, and planets. planets. And that these motions are housed within and below the solid structure of the firmament. As I detailed in my decryption of Enoch’s Book on the Courses of the Heavenly Luminaries, there are myriad verses contained within those 12 chapters which attribute a circular pathway to the movements of the celestial bodies. Yet there is not not a single entry entry designated designated to the motion of the earth in any manner. If the earth were a planet and like the other other wandering stars, stars, would not Enoch dedicate at least some chapter and verse to specifying its motion? This portion of the Book of Enoch does not contain a single passage that in any manner affirms such motion but like the Bible attests multiple times that the earth is the foundation for the vaulted dome and that it is fixed, stationary, immobile, and unmoving. Fear before him, all the earth: the world also shall be stable, that it be not moved. - 1 Chronicles 16:30 113
The LORD reigneth, he is clothed with majesty; the LORD is clothed with strength, wherewith he hath girded himself: the world also is stablished, that it cannot be moved. – Psalm 93:1 Say among the heathen that the LORD reigneth: the world also shall be established that it shall not be moved: he shall judge the people righteously. righteously. - Psalm 96:10 [1] Bless the LORD, O my soul. O LORD my God, thou art very great; thou art clothed with honour and majesty. [ 2] Who coverest thyself with light as with a garment: who stretchest out the heavens like a curtain: [ 3] Who layeth the beams of his chambers in the waters: who maketh the clouds his chariot: who walketh upon the wings of the wind: [4] Who maketh his angels spirits; his ministers a flaming fire: [ 5] Who laid the foundations of the earth, that it should not be removed for ever. Psalm 104:5 [18] For thus saith the LORD that created the heavens; God himself that formed the earth and made it; he hath established it, he created it not in vain, he formed it to be inhabited: I am the LORD; and there is none else. - Isaiah 45:18 Our children are indoctrinated into belief that the earth is part of a planetary planetary system which which orbits around around the sun. sun. And that each of the stars seen in the night sky, could also possibly have in orbit around them similar planetary system. The whole notion of an ever-expanding multiple galaxy, sun, and earth-like scenario are all shot down 114
with the lone fact that the Holy Scriptures confirm the earth stationary, fixed, and immobile. There is not one single passage in the entire gospel or extra biblical books that I have seen which attributes any motion to the earth. Science would have us believe that all the stars that we see at night are all varying light years distant from the earth and that they are each moving in unique trajectory around the the star that that gravitationally gravitationally binds them. However, as I show throughout this trilogy, these theories are not true. The neoteric priests of Baal, the educational academians, PHD scientists, scientists, and world-renowned astrophysicists astrophysicists which for 500 years have dominated the forums where discussions and debates on cosmology take place. Have knowingly encouraged and assimilated the leading scientific minds into the Darwinian heliocentric worldview when they have known there was no basis for accepting it as truth. The declaration that the equator is spinning once daily at a rate of 1,037.541666666667 mph is bogus assumption. Dividing the 24,901 mile circumference of the Earth by the 24 hours which complete a single day equals the = 1,037.541666666667 1,037.541666666667 mph or 1669.583333 kph orbital rate of the supposed Earth’s motion around the sun. Converting this velocity into minutes per hour (60) and seconds per minute, the orbital speed of the earth can be concluded as moving at the velocity, rate of 18.5 miles/sec (30 km/sec) 18.5 x 60 x 60 = 66,600 mph or 30 115
x 60 x 60 = 108,000 108,000 kmh around the sun. sun. As part of the planetary system, system, the other wandering stars stars are proposed proposed by science to be moving at similar rapid rates of speed. I think the mathematical contrivances of heliocentricity with the number 666 to be utterly telling with regards to who they are associated. associated. Should one one believe believe the occurrence of these numbers in the applied mathematics above mere coincidence, consider that when one subtracts the supposed inclination inclination of the earth from a perfectly aligned vertical position position of 90°, its measure, 90° - 23.4° = 66.6°. Consider Samuel Rowbotham’s Formula for determining the rate of curvature over the course of just the first 10 miles. For every mile traveled traveled inversely inversely squared, squared, multiplied by eight inches equals the total amount of the Earth’s curvature in inches. 8(1×1) = 8 Inches of total curvature 8(2×2) = 32 Inches of total curvature 8(3×3) = 72 Inches of total curvature 8(4×4) = 128 Inches of total curvature 8(5×5) = 200 Inches of total curvature 8(6×6) = 288 Inches of total curvature 8(7×7) = 392 Inches of total curvature 8(8×8) = 512 Inches of total curvature 8(9×9) = 648 Inches of total curvature 8(10×10) = 800 Inches of total curvature Divide the total curvature in inches by twelve because there are twelve inches in a foot or per feet:
116
8(1×1)/12 = 0.666 Feet of total curvature 8(2×2)/12 = 2.666 Feet of total curvature 8(3×3)/12 = 6 Feet of total curvature 8(4×4)/12 = 10.666 Feet of total curvature 8(5×5)/12 = 16.666 Feet of total curvature 8(6×6)/12 = 24 Feet of total curvature 8(7×7)/12 = 32.666 Feet of total curvature 8(8×8)/12 = 42.666 Feet of total curvature 8(9×9)/12 = 54 Feet of total curvature 8(10×10)/12 = 66.666 Feet of total curvature Coincidence I think not. Consider also that science affirms that because our solar system is part of the Milky Way galaxy which according to them is 80,000 to 120,000 light-years across, 7,000 light-years thick, and 26,000 light-years from the galactic center. The Milky Way is proposed with the sun to be moving at an approximately 155 miles/sec (250 km/sec) or 558,000 mph (900,000 (900,000 kmh). The scientists scientists claim that itit takes our solar system about 200-250 million years to complete one single sweeping orbit around the galactic center. They also grandiosely propose that each of the different star clusters comprising the other portions of our Milky Way galaxy are revolving together around some unforeseen grand universal center at an astounding 372.823 miles/sec (600 km/sec) or a mind blowing 1,342,162.8 1,342,162.8 miles per hour (2,160,000 kmh). It’s a wonder we are able to see the stars at night moving at such slow incremental motion that it takes viewing time lapse photography to perceive their movement and that they are not whirling by as a streaking blur. 117
With the compounding coming together effect of all these mind-blowing speeds, speeds, it’s a wonder to me that I can go outside of my house on numerous days and looking up at the top of my 30-foot flagpole not see the banner of these United States of America, waver in the slightest bit. There are so many days where the wind is often so slight or nonexistent that it won’t even tussle one’s hair and yet scientists want us to believe that the Earth is moving considerably faster than the speed of sound at sea level (1129 fps or 770 mph) or a bullet shot from a typical 22caliber (about 1200 fps or 818 mph), or a 45-caliber gun (850 feet/sec or 580 mph). The ancient cosmologies assert the earth motionless and that it is the celestial luminaries which move in pivot around not the the sun but the the Northstar Polaris. Polaris. Just as there there is not one biblical or extra-biblical passage attributing attributing motion to the earth, so is there not one verse describing any celestial celestial body bound to the sun. sun. In fact, the ancient ancient cosmologies declare declare the sun as being one of the ‘planetary objects’which objects’which also moves above the face of the earth. The sun is included with the moon, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Saturn, and Jupiter as one of the seven ‘planets’ of our universal system. Unlike the wandering stars, it is for this reason that the earth is excluded in pagan cultures cultures and civilizations civilizations from from inclusion in the naming of the seven days of the week which are attributed in designation to those celestial bodies which are revolving in our skies. Confirmation that the celestials move-in circuit around Polaris, and that the Northstar like the earth is fixed, immobile, stationary, stationary, and centered in the middle of them 118
all is verified by the time-lapse photography of the star trails which over the course of the night, show plainly that even the wandering stars with all of the other celestial luminaries luminaries are all revolving in the same manner and at the same velocity around Polaris and not that of the sun as taught by the heliocentric worldview. Enoch specifies in the book on the courses of the heavenly luminaries that it is the celestials which revolve in circuit above the solid fixed motionless plane of the earth. This circular motion guides in perspective what we see as the sunrise on the lips of morning and sunset at the hush of evening. The phenomenon of sunrise and sunset are actually the sun entering and leaving our perspective. Confirmation the sun is moving in a circular revolution is also verified by another phenomenon called the midnight sun.
At high northern latitudes while the sun is closest to the northern central Pole near the summer solstice, one can witness the full circular revolution of the sun from east to west and then west to east as described by many verses from myriads myriads of ancient ancient texts. texts. Approaching the the Tropic of Cancer, the sun’s revolution during this time is very tight, and and it’s movement movement very slow. Viewers near these extreme northern regions near this time, can witness with their own eyes the sun circle in an arc across southern 119
skies and then crossing northern skies return to the East where it began began its journey journey 24 hours prior. prior. Over the course of up to 72 hours, it will never over this period dip below the horizon horizon or be obstructed obstructed from view view by mountains or landscape, The only way such occurrence can happen as witnessed in a yearly procession near the summer solstice when the sun reaches the Tropic of Cancer before reversing course, begins to move move southward toward toward the equatorial equatorial regions regions and southern latitudes are for the sun to be revolving in circuit above above the face face of the earth. earth. There is no other way to explain such motion according to the heliocentric worldview where the earth orbits the sun. The midnight sun phenomena confirms without a doubt that the sun along with the other heavenly objects is moving in such circular motion as affirmed by the biblical narrative. narrative. It is for this cause cause that upon upon entering our field-of-view, we see the sun erupt on the Eastern horizon and then rising in an arc across southern skies. Reaching the midpoint of its curved trajectory, the sun beginning its descent towards the western western horizon appears to viewers on the ground to descend toward horizon until reaching the vanishing point disappears from view. Our indoctrination indoctrination into the Copernican worldview conditions us to believe that it is the earth's daily rotation rotation which causes causes the sun to set or rise. Yet, the sun in truth is never climbing or descending in altitude but remains continuous continuously ly aloft at a constant altitude. altitude. It's shifting height as portrayed by the analemma is caused by the tightening and expanding expanding of its circular trajectory as it 120
moves back and forth between the Tropic of Cancer and Tropic of Capricorn. Its revolution within the tabernacle of the firmament is described in in Psalms 19:1-6. 19:1-6. I cover the vanishing vanishing point, point, perspective, perspective, sunrise and sunset, and the phenomena of the midnight sun in great detail in my 9th book, The Flat Earth As Key To Decrypt The Book Of Enoch and therefore will not expound upon it in great depth here. However, before moving on to the seven heavenly divisions of the space beneath the vaulted dome, I would like to share with the reader, here many passages which describe in affirmation the circular movements of all the heavenly luminaries but especially that of the sun. The heavens are moved by His direction and obey Him in peace. Day and night accomplish the course assigned to them by Him, without hindrance one to another. another. The sun and the moon and the dancing stars according to His appointment circle in harmony within the bounds assigned to them, without any swerving aside. The earth, bearing fruit in fulfillment of His will at her proper seasons, seasons, putteth forth the food food that supplieth supplieth abundantly both men and beasts and all living things which are thereupon, making no dissension, dissension, neither altering anything which He hath decreed. decreed. Moreover, the inscrutable depths of the abysses and the unutterable statutes statutes of the nether regions are constrained by the same ordinances. The basin of the boundless sea, gathered together by His workmanship into its reservoirs, passeth not the 121
barriers wherewith it is surrounded; but even as He ordered it, so it doeth. For He said, So far shalt thou come, and thy waves shall be broken within thee. The ocean which is impassable for men, and and the worlds beyond it, are directed by the same ordinances of the Master. The seasons of spring and summer and autumn and winter give way in succession one to another in peace. The winds in their several quarters at their proper season fulfill their ministry without disturbance; and the ever flowing fountains, created for enjoyment and health, without fail give their breasts which sustain the life for men. Yea, the smallest of living things come together in concord and peace. All these things the the great Creator Creator and Master of the universe ordered to be in peace and concord, doing good unto all things, but far beyond the rest unto us who have taken refuge in His compassionate mercies through our Lord Jesus Christ, to whom be the glory and the majesty for ever and ever. Amen. – 1 Clement 20:1-12 The above passage from 1 Clement like so many of the other verses that I have discovered within the expository of the extra-biblical materials, is one of those gems which reviewed carefully describes in elaboration how the sun’s circular motion and field of illumination illumination causes distinction between day, night, and the termination line between them. Embracing the geocentric biblical worldview as cosmological paradigm, paradigm, one will quickly realize that the Bible, and so many other extra-biblical sources, all contain encoded within their historical narrative an 122
accurate rendering of the same circular motions attributed to the heavenly luminaries by Enoch in both the book on the courses of the heavenly luminaries and the Book of the Secrets of Enoch. To better enable you to understand these motions as deciphered within Chapter Chapter 20 - The Great Luminary and the Gates of Heaven of the Flat Earth As Key To Decrypt The Book Of Enoch, I will w ill share a detailed breakdown of three other witnesses 1) David in the Psalms, 2) his son, Solomon in the Book of Ecclesiastes, and another nonbiblical nonbiblical but very ancient source 3) Canto 5 of the Srimad Bhagavatam. Bhagavatam. These three multiple thousands of years old sources are of particular importance when reexamining the archaic materials for support of these circular motions as defined by Clement in this passage. Day and night accomplish the course assigned to them by Him, without hindrance one to another. The sun and the moon and the dancing stars according to His appointment circle in harmony within the bounds assigned to them, without any swerving aside. – 1 Clement:1-2 Keep these verses in mind when reading through the many Scriptures related in the following selections. selections. This collection of verses, I believe undeniably defends the premise that the seasons seasons are created by the sun’s back back and forth motion between the Tropic of Capricorn and Tropic of Cancer which I detail in elaboration in my decryption of Enoch’s Enoch’s work. I will list list here numerous numerous passages passages which all affirm that it is the sun, moon, and other heavenly luminaries luminaries which move in circle above the face 123
of the earth earth as insinuated insinuated in in Psalms 19. 19. All of these these accounts explain together how the sun’s motion between these two Tropics yearly culminates in the occurrence of the summer and winter solstices as well as the vernal and autumnal equinoxes as division for the four seasons of the year, And the days, Uriel showed me; the angel whom the Lord of glory appointed over all the luminaries. Of heaven in heaven, and in the world; that they might rule in the face of the sky, and appearing over the earth, become Conductors of the days and nights: the sun, the moon, the stars, and all the ministers of heaven, which make their circuit with all the chariots of heaven. – The Book of Enoch 74:7-9 Mâr Isaac says, 'The sun performs his course from the east to the west, and goes behind the lofty northern mountains the whole night until he rises in the east. ' - Book of the Bee The sun sets in heaven, and, returning by the north, to proceed towards the east, is conducted so as to enter by that gate, and illuminate the face of heaven. – The Book of Enoch 71:8 In the orb of the sun there is a seventh portion of light, which is added to it from the moon. By measure it is put in, until the seventh portion of the light of the sun is departed. They set, enter into the western gate, circuit by the north, and through the eastern gate go forth over the face of heaven. – The Book of Enoch 77:4 124
1 Those men took me, and led me up on to the fourth heaven, and showed me all the successive goings, and all the rays of the light of sun and moon. 2 And I measure their goings, and compared their light, and saw that the sun’s light is greater than the moon’s. 3 Its circle and the wheels on which it goes always, like the wind going past with very marvellous speed, and day and night it has no rest. - The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 11:1-3
2 Thus again it goes down to the western gates, and draws away its light, the greatness of its brightness, under the earth; for since the crown of its shining is in heaven with the Lord, and guarded by four hundred angels, while the sun goes round on wheel under the earth, and stands seven great hours in night, and spends half its course under the earth, when it comes to the eastern approach in the eighth hour of the night, it brings its lights, and and the crown of shining, shining, and the the 125
sun flames forth more than fire. - The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 16:2 7 And when the western gates are finished, it returns and goes to the eastern to the lights, and goes thus day and night about the heavenly circles, lower than all circles, swifter than the heavenly winds, and spirits and elements and angels flying; each angel has six wings. – The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 16:7 The verses describing the sun going down below the earth are I believe a translator bias and that other portions of the Book of the Secrets of Enoch are also tainted by the linguist’s heliocentric indoctrination. Another example of this would be the mention of the year being in 2 Enoch 365 ¼ days whereas it is stated in 1 Enoch that the year is 364 days precisely. The inconsistencies of the comparisons of 1 Enoch and 2 Enoch have nothing to do with Enoch’s description of a geocentric worldview but instead has everything to do with the interpreter of 2 Enoch’s modern Copernican bias. Enoch’s detail of the motions of the luminaries above the face of the earth are constant. The heliocentric slant which most scholars and theologians filter the books of Enoch through is ongoing and similarly carried over to the study of the Bible and all other ancient manuscripts. Unaware of the grand measure of the heliocentric deception, like them most people alter, shift, or mold what the Bible states with regard to a geocentric flat earth cosmological worldview to their Copernican heliocentric upbringing. upbringing. It is for for this reason that knowledge of the enclosed world system has been lost and forgotten when all of the evidence supporting 126
rediscovery of it is still plainly encoded within the various ancient manuscripts when applied to the revelation of a geocentric worldview as can be seen in all of these verses. 4 For before all things were visible, I alone used to go about in the invisible things, like the sun from east to west, and from west to east. - The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 24:4 3 I have measured and described the stars, the great countless multitude (of them). 4 What man has seen their revolutions, and their entrances? For not even the angels see their number, while I have written all their names. 5 And I measured the sun’s circle, and measured its rays, counted the hours, I wrote down too all things that go over the earth – - The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 40:3-4 And HE said, “I shall put up a sign in the heavens, and it shall become a symbol of faith between ME and them forever, as long as heaven is above the earth, which is in accordance with MY command.” – The Book of Enoch, Restored Name Translation 55:2 The sun looks down on everything with its light, and the work of the Lord is full of his glory. – Wisdom of Jesus Son of Sirach 42:16 [1] The heavens declare the glory of God; and the firmament sheweth his handywork. [ 2] Day unto day uttereth speech, and night unto night sheweth knowledge. [3] There is no speech nor language, 127
where their voice is not heard. [ 4] Their line is gone out through all the earth, and their words to the end of the world. In them hath he set a tabernacle for the sun, [5] Which is as a bridegroom coming out of his chamber, and rejoiceth as a strong man to run a race. [6] His going forth is from the end of the heaven, and his circuit unto the ends of it: and there is nothing hid from the heat thereof. – Psalms 19, KJV
Those who behold the heavens tell of the glory of the Lord; those who gaze at the sky recount the works of his hands. Day to day tells more of the word; but night to night tells less knowledge. 4. There is no utterance of complaint, and there are no words of confusion, for their voice is not heard. 5. The line of their conversation reaches through the whole earth, and their words to the end of the 128
world. In them [the heavens] he placed a splendid dwelling for the sun. 6. And he, in the morning, when he comes forth, will come forth like a groom who comes out of his canopy, and in splendor will rejoice like a warrior to run the course. 7. His rising is at the ends of the earth, and his might reaches to all their edges; and there is none who can hide from his heat. – Psalms 19:2-6, Targum
And the sun rose above them to prosper (them), and above everything that was on the earth, everything that shoots out of the earth, and all fruit-bearing trees, and all flesh. – Jubilees 2
129
1 And then I made firm the heavenly circle, and (made) that the lower water which is under heaven collect itself together, into one whole, and that the chaos become dry, and it became so. 2 Out of the waves I created rock hard and big, and from the rock I piled up the dry, and the dry I called earth, and the midst of the earth I called abyss, that is to say the bottomless, I collected the sea in one place and bound it together with a yoke. 3 And I said to the sea: Behold I give you (your) eternal limits, and you shalt not break loose from your component parts. 4 Thus I made made fast the firmament. - The Book of the Secrets of the Enoch 25:1-28:4 130
Chapter 5 – Heaven’s Vault The flat circular plane of the earth is in the Genesis narrative described as having been encapsulated by a vaulted dome on the the second day of creation. creation. The Hebrew word raqiya translated as firmament in our modern English Bibles, is believed to be a solid impenetrable barrier, a heavenly heavenly expanse, a curtain which covers the circle of the earth as described in Isaiah 40:22. The firmament is in the Greek Septuagint called the stereōma, which appears in the Septuagint (c. 200 BC). στερέωμα steréōma, ster-eh'-o-mah; steréōma, ster-eh'-o-mah; meaning something established, established, stable, or steadfast. It means the arch of the sky, which in early times was thought to be solid and made firm. It also means a fortified place, that which furnishes a foundation, on which a thing rests firmly being supported. supported. In a military military sense, sense, a solid front. front. It is derived from the Greek word G4732; στερεόω stereóō, ster-eh-o'-o; to solidify, i.e. confirm (literally or figuratively):—establi figuratively):—establish, sh, receive strength, strengthen, make strong, firm, or solid. This word is derived from στερεός stereós, stereh-os'; meaning stiff, solid, G4731; στερεός stereós, stable, stedfast, strong, sure, firm, immovable, solid, hard, and rigid.
According to The Jewish Encyclopedia: The Hebrews regarded the earth as a plain or a hill figured like a hemisphere, swimming on water. Over this is arched the solid vault of heaven. To this vault are fastened the lights, the stars.
131
Being at least a semi-transparent structure, this dome divides the waters above from the waters below and it is for this reason that we see the sky as blue in color. The azure cobalt color of the sky reflects the biblical assertion that an ocean of waters still resides above the structure of the firmament. The abundance of the waters above and below conjoined together in principle form what is referenced in the Scriptures and other mythologies as Oceanus. As one huge cosmic ocean, the head-waters of this arrangement have their origin with Yahushua as the tree of life and from there flow out to create the system of rainfall, evaporation, and condensation. condensation. Whereby water water cycles from a gaseous, liquid, and solid form to create the thickening clouds which raindown nourishment to the earth. This rainfall rainfall gathers together as the oceans, oceans, lakes, rivers, creeks, and other tributaries which linked like arteries and veins across the plane of the earth, spread the living waters abroad in distribution. The dry land extending upward surpassing the oceans level creates the inhabitable inhabitable part of the landscape were most ground-based creatures dwell. According to ancient Hebrew and other people’s beliefs, the heavens below the firmament are subdivided in seven regions. It is in these varying regions that the ‘seven universal planets’ described as the sun, moon, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Saturn, and Jupiter, all move in revolution around the Northstar Polaris. Called the ‘wandering stars’, these celestials are housed separately within the seven concentric sections of the heavenly tabernacle which guide in limit the extent of their individual circuits. 132
All of these objects rotate around the one fixed star which motionless has remained positioned at the very center of the firmament for many tens of thousands if not hundreds of thousands of years. The location of Polaris is indicative indicative of the pinnacle where the Earth’s vaulted dome comes together together at its highest highest point. point. Just as in the design of a Cathedral, this apex is called the ‘sides of the north’ by Lucifer in in Isaiah 14. The mount of the congregation congregation which resides below Polaris represents the mythological home of the demigods referenced in all the ancient legends world-wide. The ancient ancient explorers allude to it as Rupes Nigra, the ‘black rock’ which as lodestone Mountain is centered at the very heart of the earthen plane. Composed of magnetite it draws in attraction attraction all compass needles no matter their position on the circle of the earth towards its central location. The lower atmosphere and what modern humanity now regards as outer space are cited in many ancient manuscripts as being subdivided into seven concentric rings. Yah’s establishment establishment of the firmament firmament as ‘heavenly ‘heavenly circle’ and its separation into the varying ‘concentric rings’ which separate, guide, and limit the circuits of the ‘planets’ are specified to Enoch below. 1 I commanded in the very lowest (parts), that visible (physical) things should come down from invisible (spiritual), and Adoil came down very great, and I beheld him, and and lo! He had a belly belly of great light. 2 And I said to him: Become undone, Adoil, and let the visible (physical) (physical) (come) out of you. 3 And he came undone, and a great light came out. And I (was) in the midst of the great light, and as there is born light from 133
light, there came forth a great age, and showed all creation, which which I had thought to create. 4 And I saw that (it was) good. 5 And I placed for myself a throne, and took my seat on it, and said to the light: Go thence up higher and fix yourself high above the throne, and be A foundation to the highest things. 6 And above the light there is nothing else, and then I bent up and looked up from my throne. throne. 1 And I summoned the very lowest a second time, and said: Let Archas come forth hard, and he came forth hard from the invisible (spiritual). (spiritual). 2 And Archas came forth, hard, heavy, and very red. 3 And I said: Be opened, Archas, and let there be born from you, and he came undone, an age came forth, very great and very dark, bearing the creation of all lower things, and I saw that (it was) good and said to him: 4 Go thence down below, and make yourself firm, and be a foundation foundation for the lower lower things, and it happened and he went down and fixed himself, and became the foundation for the lower things, and below the darkness there is nothing else. (Foundation of the earth) 1 And I commanded that there should be taken from light and darkness, and I said: Be thick, and it became thus, and I spread it out with the light, and it became water, and I spread it out over the darkness, below the light, and then I made firm the waters, that is to say the bottomless, and I made foundation of light around the water, and created seven circles from inside, and imaged (the water) like crystal wet and dry, that is to say like glass, (and) the 134
circumcession of the waters and the other elements, and I showed each one of them its road, and the seven stars each one of them in its heaven, that they go thus, and I saw that it was good. 2 And I separated between light and between darkness, that is to say in the midst of the water hither and thither, and I said to the light, that it should be the day, and to the darkness, that it should be the night, and there was evening and there was morning the first day. 1 And then I made firm the heavenly circle (firmament), and (made) that the lower water which is under heaven collect itself together, into one whole, and that the chaos become dry, and it rock hard became so. 2 Out of the waves I created rock and big, and from the rock I piled up the dry, and the dry I called earth, and the midst of the earth I called abyss, that is to say the bottomless, I collected the sea in one place and bound it together with a yoke. 3 And I said to the sea: Behold I give you (your) eternal limits, and you shalt not break loose from your component parts. 4 Thus I made fast the firmament. (Outer circumference of the Antarctic ice wall where it joins in union with the walls of the firmament) This day I called me the first-created [Sunday]. - The Book of the Secrets of the Enoch 25:1-28:4 After creating the heavenly circle, He specifies to Enoch His formation of the seven celestial luminaries which dominate the heavens. heavens. Referenced as the wandering stars it is these seven celestials which were embedded within 135
the concentric rings which separate the tabernacle of the sky. 4 On the first uppermost circle I placed the stars, Kruno, and on the second Aphrodit, on the third Aris, on the fifth Zeus, on the sixth Ermis, on the seventh lesser the moon, and adorned it with the lesser stars. 5 And on the lower I placed the sun for the illumination of day, and the moon and stars for the illumination of night. – The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 30:4-5 These same heavenly bodies are also cited in varying degrees within various rabbinical commentaries in association to these same heavenly heavenly sub levels. levels. Their spacing around Polaris differentiates their orbital position and the length of their revolution as well their interaction interaction with the other luminescent luminescent bodies domineering the skies. The heavenly luminaries all encircle Polaris at the same orbital velocities. velocities. Some of the the ancient accounts describe describe the stars being affixed to the firmament, and that it is the firmament as a whole which turns in revolution over the course of the night. One can find the mention of one such account in Johan Eisenmenger’s, The Traditions of the Jews. Because we are not familiar with the ancient cosmology, inclusion of the sun and the moon with Mercury, Venus, Mars, Saturn, and Jupiter seems to us cryptic. What is extremely bizarre about Enoch’s accounting is, did you notice his allusion to “lesser the moon” in passage 30:4? What could Enoch be citing by “lesser the moon” and did he perhaps actually mean ‘the lesser moon’ and if so, is 136
this the object which Samuel Birley Rowbotham wrote about in Chapter XI of his masterful work, Zetetic Astronomy, Earth Not a Globe when discussing the causes of solar and lunar eclipses? In it, he speculates upon the existence of some unnoticed unknown dark companion to the moon which as a body, he postulates could be the object responsible for casting a shadow across its luminescent face during the occurrence of lunar eclipses? Another interesting thought to consider is that in that chapter, he also shares eyewitness record of the unfolding of certain lunar eclipses where both moon and the sun remain positioned above the earth’s horizon. The dynamics of such occurrence absolutely negating possibility possibility that it was the shadow of of the earth which obstructed sight of the moon during such viewing. “A SOLAR eclipse is the result simply of the moon passing between between the sun and and the observer on on earth. But that an eclipse of the moon arises from a shadow of the earth, is a statement in every respect, because unproved, unsatisfactory. unsatisfactory. The earth has been proved to be without orbital or axial motion; and, therefore, it could never come between the sun and the moon. The earth is also proved to be a plane, always underneath the sun and moon; and, therefore, to speak of it’s intercepting the light of the sun, and thus casting its own shadow on the moon, is to say that which is physically impossible. impossible. Besides the above difficulties or incompatibilities, many cases are on record of the sun and moon being eclipsed when both were above the horizon. The sun, 137
the earth, and the moon, not in a straight line, but the earth below the sun and moon--out of the reach or direction of both--and yet a lunar eclipse has occurred! Is it possible that a "shadow" of the earth could be thrown upon the moon, when sun, earth, and moon, were not in the the same line? line? From the facts and phenomena already already advanced, advanced, we cannot draw draw any other conclusion than that the moon is obscured by some kind of semi-transparent semi-transparent body passing before it; and through which the luminous surface is visible: the luminosity changed in colour by the density of the intervening object. This conclusion is forced upon, us by the evidence; evidence; but it involves the admission admission that the moon shines with light of its own--that it is not a reflector of the sun's light, but absolutely selfluminous. Although this admission is logically compulsory, it will be useful and strictly Zetetic to collect all the evidence possible which bears upon it.” - 'Parallax' (pseud. Samuel Birley Rowbotham, Zetetic Astronomy, Earth Not a Globe, XI Rowbotham also asserts that it is the semi-transparency of the dark body of this object, which causes some lunar eclipses to to appear as copper or blood red in color. color. His postulations postulations make me wonder wonder whether this object object or body body has any association with the Vedic grahas (literal “grabbers,”) Rahu and Ketu which in Western astronomy are known as the ascending northern and descending southern nodes nodes of the Moon. These two objects represent the physical points in the sky, where the Moon’s orbit passing the ecliptic results results in what the observers on the ground witness as a lunar eclipse. They are in the Vedic cosmology, often referred to as “shadow planets” because 138
they cannot be seen other than at times of an eclipse. They are said to possess no physical luminescence as the other regular regular ‘planets.’ ‘planets.’ Having no physical bodies, they they appear to us as shadows blocking out the sun or moon at the time of an eclipse. eclipse. Cited in Canto 5 of the Srimad Srimad Bhagavatam, Rahu and Ketu are said to be the cause of the eclipse phenomenon. (1) S'rî S'uka said: 'Some people defend that countless yojanas ['ten thousand'] below the sun [the demon] Râhu is found who rotates in the sky just like the stars. O King, I will expound later on the birth and activities of this lowest of the ignorant ones, [Râhu] the son of Simhikâ, who personally by the grace of the Supreme Lord achieved this status of immortality in occupying the position of a leading planet, while he he never qualified qualified for the position position [see [see also 6.6: 37 and 8.9: 23-26]. (2) They declare that the sun has a width of ten thousand yojanas, that the moon is twenty thousand yojanas wide, that Râhu is thirteen thousand yojanas large [compare 5.21: 15] and that it occasionally, with inimical intentions overruling the influence of the sun god and the moon god, obstructs the distribution distribution of the rays of the moon and the sun. (3) The Supreme Lord who is there for the protection of both [these divinities] divinities] operates by the supreme presence of the wheel of Time [the Sudars'ana Cakra]. This disc is deemed the most dear, most devoted and favorite weapon that by its power and unbearable heat makes Râhu, with a mind full of fear and a bewildered heart, flee far away from that position wherein wherein he resides resides for almost an hour and 139
which by the people people is called an eclipse. eclipse. – Srimad Bhagavatam, Canto 5:24:1 It’s interesting to me that these three sources provide alternative explanation explanation for the possible existence of these dark bodies and that they could be responsible for the little understood occurrence of the lunar eclipse in the flat Earth universal model. Without question, according to Rowbotham and others eyewitness accounts, accounts, it is not the body of the earth which is casting shadow shadow upon the moon during these occasions especially especially when it and the sun are together located above the horizon. Whether or not these objects actually exist, those of us accepting the premise that the earth is indeed a flat circular plane covered over by the firmament as a solid heavenly canopy, are being forced to reconsider the dynamics and workings of the universe. The truth of the Bible’s geocentric paradigm is forcing all to reevaluate all that we thought we once knew. Another enigma which I am often asked about is Niburu, Planet X, and whether it is earthlike and inhabited by the Annunaki. People wonder wonder whether this this object object is real and whether it will have any influence upon our world in ways that we do not yet understand especially at the end of days. With regard to Niburu, I do not any longer believe it earthlike earthlike nor do I consider any ‘planet’ to be be inhabitable. inhabitable. In fact, I do not consider any of the wandering stars stars (planet) (planet) earthlike or or inhabitable. inhabitable. I do however believe Niburu to be some sort of celestial object, used occasionally by the Most High to sometimes bring judgment judgment upon the the wicked inhabitants inhabitants of the the world. 140
The Kolbrin Bible speaks of a celestial body called the destroyer. Like the purifier of of Hopi prophecy, prophecy, this object is described as having a largely unseen companion which accompanying it, allowed by God to enter into this time space dimensionality through the windows of heaven.
It is known, and the story comes down from ancient times, that there was not one creation but two, a creation and a re-creation. It is a fact known to the wise that the Earth was utterly destroyed once then reborn on a second wheel of creation. At the time of the great destruction of Earth, God caused a dragon from out of Heaven to come and encompass her about. The dragon was frightful to behold, it lashed its tail, it breathed out fire and hot coals, and a great catastrophe was inflicted upon mankind. The body of the dragon was wreathed in a cold bright light and beneath, on the belly, was a ruddy hued glow, while behind it trailed a flowing tail of smoke. It spewed out cinders and hot stones and its breath was foul and stenchful, poisoning poisoning the nostrils of men. Its passage caused great thunderings thunderings and lightnings to rend the thick darkened sky, all Heaven and Earth being made hot. hot. The seas were loosened from from their cradles and rose up, pouring across the land. There was an awful, shrilling trumpeting which outpowered even the howling of the unleashed winds. Men, stricken with terror, went mad at the awful sight in the Heavens. They were loosed from their senses and dashed about, crazed, not knowing what they did. The breath was sucked sucked from their bodies and they they were 141
burnt with a strange strange ash. Then Then it passed, passed, leaving Earth enwrapped within a dark and glowering mantle which was ruddily lit up inside. The bowels of the Earth were torn open in great writhing upheavals and a howling whirlwind rent the mountains apart. The wrath of the sky-monster was loosed in the Heavens. It lashed about in flaming fury, roaring like a thousand thunders; it poured down fiery destruction amid a welter of thick black blood. So awesome was the fearfully aspected thing that the memory mercifully departed from man, his thoughts were smothered under a cloud of forgetfulness. The Earth vomited forth great gusts of foul breath from awful mouths opening up in the midst of the land. The evil breath bit at the throat before it drove men mad and killed them. Those who did not die in this manner were smothered under a cloud of red dust and ashes, or were swallowed by the yawning mouths of Earth or crushed beneath crashing rocks. The first sky-monster was joined by another which w hich swallowed the tail of the one going before, but the two could not be seen at once. once. The sky-monster sky-monster reigned and and raged above Earth, doing battle to possess it, but the many bladed sword of God cut them in pieces, and and their falling bodies enlarged the land and the sea. In this manner the first Earth was destroyed by calamity descending from out of the skies. The vaults of Heaven had opened to bring forth monsters more fearsome than any that ever haunted the uneasy dreams of men. Men and their dwelling places were gone, only sky boulders and red 142
earth remained where once they were, but amidst all the desolation a few survived, for man is not easily destroyed. They crept out from caves and came down from the mountainsides. Their eyes were wild and their limbs trembled, their bodies shook and their tongues lacked control. Their faces were twisted and the skin hung loose on their bones. They were as maddened wild beasts driven into an enclosure before flames; they knew no law, being deprived of all the wisdom they once had and those who had guided them were gone. – Kolbrin K olbrin Bible, Destruction And Re-Creation As stated in the second book of the Sibylline Oracles, the stars cast down from the heavens to the earth and the return of worm-wood (Niburu) is to be part of the judgment against against the wicked wicked not written written into the books books of life on what will be the great and terrible day of the Lord. Led by the Sumerian mythology and NASA’s postulations postulations to believe believe that each one one of the wandering wandering stars especially that of Mars had once been a selfsustaining earth-like ecosystem. The planets are nothing more than heavenly luminaries, celestial lights and incapable of once or even now supporting the diversity of life as seen here upon the earth. Given that we do not live in a heliocentric planetary system as relegated by the Sumerian mythos, the stories of the Annunaki having established ‘way-stations’ or colonial outposts outposts on the moon and Mars had to of been a carefully orchestrated lie. lie. Being proven proven deceit as the biblical flat flat Earth support support authenticates, authenticates, why would would or should anybody studying their legends believe anything 143
they declare? Considering the rich complexity of the mendacity perpetuated by the Annunaki in their mythos, even hard-core proponents of the ancient alien theory must hesitantly accept that one of the purposes of their insinuation had to of been attempt to lead humanity astray. Researchers must reevaluate the purposeful insertion of an ever-expanding ever-expanding heliocentric universe and counterfeit worldview into their teachings.
To move forward with the truth, we must uphold that as far back as 6000 years ago; they had planned in the orchestration the counterfeit Copernican worldview as it connects to the end of days reign of the antichrist. They knew that the Sumerian mythologies would be crucial for establishing establishing as plausibility plausibility the return of an extraterrestrial god from a faraway galaxy. And that their assertions would pave the way for a false alien messiah to come again in saving the modern human supposedly seeded here by them so very long ago. 144
This mindset now dominates the alternative academia world. So many well-respected researchers, scientists, authors, and filmmakers believe the Sumerian cuneiform texts to be older than the Hebrew Bible. They consider them not only authoritative but openly boast as seen worldwide on the the Ancient Aliens show that they are the origin of many of the biblical stories like Noah’s flood. Those of you caught up in such belief; please consider reading the latter chapters of the previous two books of this trilogy as I cover in great elaboration and detailed detailed reasoning reasoning in them. them. As to why the powers, principalities, principalities, rulers of darkness, and wickedness in high places have been supporting and perpetuating heliocentricism heliocentricism as a lie. 145
Part of the strong delusion, for this reason, this topic is so critically important for this day and age. For when understood, the ancient biblical attestation that the planets, stars, stars, and celestial celestial luminaries luminaries filled with light are nothing more than ‘bodies of of water and air.’ air.’ The whole premise of the wandering stars stars being the home home of the Annunaki at any time in our past can be discounted. None of the heavenly heavenly luminaries luminaries are anywhere in Scripture attributed attributed to being earth like or inhabited in the manner which the Sumerian mythologies mythologies describe of Mars and Niburu. ON the fourth day God made the luminaries--sun, moon, and stars--of three substances, air, light, and fire. He took aerial material and prepared vessels like lamps, and mixed fire with light, and filled them. - The Book of the Bee X 146
Planets are affirmed as being stars, self-contained in a circuit on one of the seven levels rising in scale to the very throne throne of the Lord God. None of them them are said said to revolve around one another, neither are any of these other ‘planets’ described as holding orbital revolution around the sun as taught in the heliocentric model for perceiving the world. Knowing that we live in a Geocentric universe where the earth rather than the sun is the center of our universal system. And because of that I now doubt doubt the authenticity authenticity of the Sumerian narratives and their assertion that the earth is part of a planetary system which moves in orbit around the the sun as science affirms. affirms. As a visual visual witness, time lapse photography verifies that the sun, moon, planets, and and all other stars, altogether altogether bound in heavenly rotation below the solid bowl-shaped canopy of heaven are all moving in a circuit around Polaris as the one fixed, stationary, stationary, and unmoving star which does not shift in any manner. All of the heavenly luminaries including including the sun, moon, and lesser moon, are all said to be contained within and bound in the limited space space dividing dividing the lower atmosphere atmosphere and what science calls calls outer space. The highest of the seven concentric rings dividing the heavens is cited in association association to Kruno, K runo, an ancient term associated with the god of time Chronos Chronos also known as Saturn. The second second highest of these heavens is associated to Aphrodit or Venus, the goddess of of love. The third to Aris (Ares) also known as Mars, the god of war. The fourth to Zeus, Jupiter, believed in pagan mythology to be the father of the gods. gods. The sixth sixth to to Ermis, Ermis, Ἑρμῆς, hɜːrmiːz, (Hermes), hɜːrmiːz, (Hermes), 147
the winged sandal god of travel, thieves, commerce, and athletes also also known as Mercury. The seventh seventh and lowest lowest of the heavens serves as a tabernacle for the sun, moon, it’s lesser companion, companion, and and other stars. stars. The division of the area encapsulated by the vaulted dome into seven different portions is affirmed by and reflected within the testimonies of the Hebrew prophets Enoch, Isaiah, Peter, and Paul, all of which I have detailed in fullness in the previous books books of this trilogy.
Many of the ancients supposed that there were concentric spheres, which were transparent but solid, and that these spheres revolved around the earth carrying the heavenly bodies with them. In one of these spheres, they supposed, was the sun; in another the moon; in another the fixed stars; in another the planets; and it was the harmonious movement of these concentric and transparent orbs which it was supposed produced the "music of the spheres." – Sepher Yetzirah ON the fourth day God made the luminaries--sun, moon, and stars--of three substances, air, light, and fire. He took aerial material and prepared vessels like lamps, and mixed fire with light, and filled them. And because in the nature of fire there was no light, nor heat in that of light, the fire imparted heat to the light, and the light gave luminosity to the fire; and from these two were the luminaries--sun, luminaries--sun, moon, and stars-- fabricated. The path of the luminaries is beneath the firmament, firmament, and they they are not fixed as men have foolishly stated, but the angels guide them. Mâr Isaac says, 'The sun performs his course from the 148
east to the west, and goes behind the lofty northern mountains the whole night until he rises in the east.' - Book of the Bee Many other ancient rabbinical commentaries also speak about these seven subdivisions and like the Book of the Secrets of Enoch describe the heavenly objects bound in tabernacle to them as being the sun, moon, Mercury, Mars, Venus, Saturn, and Jupiter.
Rabbinical Commentaries: Commentaries: firmāmentum (considered Firmament from Latin firmāmentum ( as fixed above the earth ), from Latin: prop, support, from firmāre to make FIRM the motion (momentum) of the energy]. Rabbi Yehudah (better said Yehidah-Unity) said: " Seven firmaments (Kosmoses) (Kosmoses) are there on the outer space founded on and governed by the great law of universal harmony, of which the Tetragrammaton Tetragrammaton or sacred name is a symbol (of unity). – Sepher Ha Zohar Firmament - Hebrew "Rakia." God places a firmament between the waters of earth and the waters of heaven to separate them. Some say there are two firmaments, based on a Biblical verse (Deut. 10:14), but most teach there are seven. Later traditions identify the word rakia as referring to just one of the seven heavens, the level that holds the heavenly bodies. – Rabbi Geoffrey W. Dennis, Encyclopedia Mythica 149
3. These seven double letters He formed, designed, created, and combined into the Stars of the Universe, the days of the week, the orifices of perception in man; and from them he made seven heavens, and seven planets, all from nothingness, and, moreover, he has preferred and blessed the the sacred Heptad. 4. These seven are Planets of the Universe, the Sun, Venus, Mercury, Moon, Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars; the seven days are the days of creation; and these are the seven gateways of a man, two eyes, two ears, two nostrils and a mouth, through which he perceives by his senses. By these seven letters were also made seven worlds, seven heavens, seven lands, seven seas, seven rivers, seven deserts, seven days (as before), seven weeks from Passover to Pentecost, and every seventh year a jubilee. – Sepher Yetzirah 4:3-4 It is interesting to me that the Sepher Yetzirah like the Book of the Secrets of Enoch associates the sun, the moon, and five wandering stars as ‘the seven planets of the universe’, while the earth is disregarded inclusion within such context. Most do not realize that even the naming of the individual days of the week hold their pagan origins origins in the the the cosmological cosmological reverence of of the planetary bodies. bodies. The sun, moon, moon, and planets planets considered considered in ancient times to be gods and goddesses designated designated the days of the week, were derived from the honor bestowed upon these celestial celestial deities. deities. It is interesting interesting to note that that just as the earth is not considered to be a celestial deity so 150
is it also excluded from the names of the week. It’s my belief that this reflects reflects the ancients’ knowledge that that the earth was not a member of the ‘solar system’ but instead the foundation for the firmament which was established by Creator for for the placement placement of the heavenly heavenly luminaries. luminaries. Thus, the earth was regarded differently from the ‘planets.’ This assertion aligns perfectly with Genesis’ order of creation and verifies the distinction between the earth and the other so-called planets as listed in the previous quotations. quotations. It is across these seven heavens that the innumerable stars comprising the constellations, come together in forming the mazzaroth and 12 traditional houses of the zodiac inter-dispersed inter-dispersed across the vaulted vaulted sky. Contrary to to the heliocentric heliocentric worldview, the heavenly hosts all revolve in navigation navigation around the Northstar Northstar and not the sun. Polaris was positioned by the Lord God to signify where He He situated His throne throne and temple. It is at the the very center of the vaulted dome that the firmament arches in apex merging all directions together in unity at this central height. The vision of creation as enclosed world system as I have conveyed over the past few years in my books, when understood discloses in a deeply profound manner the personal testimonies testimonies of of the many prophets prophets which were escorted by the Angelic hosts beyond Polaris and were brought before before the very throne throne and presence presence of the Most Most High God. These many theophanies have encoded within them, hint as to how to interpret the real layout and mechanics of universe which since the embrace of 151
heliocentrist heliocentrist beliefs, is a revelatory truth which has been lost to the world. It is these age-old axioms which many of us have been bringing to light once once more in trying trying to assist assist those of you opening self to the possibilities of such research, comprehend that the Lord God, the Creator of the entire manifest universe, has established His home base, right there on the very vault of heaven. And that from this height, He watches guides and directs the peculiar happenings of our world to His certain prophetic end. I have discovered other testimonies from patriarchs such as Abraham, Levi, and others since the 2016 publication publication of the Firmament: Firmament: Vaulted Vaulted Dome Of The Earth. They also fit into and elaborate upon the design of creation as I’ve laid out in conjecture over the two previous books of this flat Earth trilogy. 2 I, Levi, was born in Haran, and I came with my father to Shechem. And I was young, about 3 twenty years of age, when, with Simeon, I wrought vengeance on Hamor for our sister Dinah. And when I was feeding the flocks in Abel-Maul, the spirit of understanding of the Lord came upon me, and I saw all men corrupting their way, and that unrighteousness had built for itself walls, and lawlessness 4 sat upon towers. And I was grieving for the race of the sons of men, and I prayed to the 5 Lord that I might be saved. Then there fell upon me a sleep, and I beheld a high mountain, and 6 I was upon it. And behold the heavens were opened and an angel of God said to me, Levi enter 7 And I 152
entered from the first heaven, and I saw there a great sea hanging. 8 And further I saw a second heaven far brighter and more brilliant, for there was a boundless light also therein. 9 And I said to the angel, Why Is this so? And the angel said to me, Marvel not at this, for thou shalt see another heaven more brilliant and incomparable. 10 And when thou hast ascended thither, Thou shalt stand near the Lord, And shalt be His minister, And shalt declare His mysteries to men, And shall proclaim concerning Him that shall redeem Israel. 11 And by thee and Judah Judah shall the Lord appear appear among men Saving every race of men. 12 And from the Lord's portion shall be thy life, And He shall be thy field and vineyard, And fruits, gold, and silver.
3 l Hear, therefore, regarding the heavens which have been shown to thee. The lowest is for this cause gloomy unto thee, in that it beholds all the unrighteous deeds of men. 2 And it has fire, snow, and ice made ready for the day of judgement, in the righteous righteous judgement of God; for in it are all the spirits of the retributions for vengeance on men. 3 And in the second are the hosts of the armies which are ordained for the day of judgement, to work vengeance on the spirits of deceit and of Beliar. And above them are the holy ones. 4 And in the highest of all dwelleth the Great Glory, far above all holiness. 5 In [the heaven next to] it are the archangels, who minister and make propitiation to the Lord for all the sins of ignorance of the righteous; Offering to the Lord a sweet- smelling savour, a reasonable 153
and a bloodless offering. 7 And [in the heaven below this] are are the angels who who bear answers to the angels of the presence of the Lord. 8 And in the heaven next to this are thrones and dominions, in which always they offer praise to God. 9 When, therefore, the Lord looketh upon us, all of us are shaken; yea, the heavens, and the earth, and the abysses are shaken at the presence of His majesty. 10 But the sons of men, having no perception of these things things sin and provoke the Most High.
4 1 Now, therefore, know that the Lord shall execute judgment upon the sons of men. Because when the rocks are being rent, And the sun quenched, And the waters dried up, And the fire cowering, And all creation troubled, And the invisible invisible spirits melting away; And Hades taketh spoils through the visitations of the Most High, Men will be unbelieving and persist in their iniquity. On this account with punishment shall they be judged. 2 Therefore the Most High hath heard thy prayer, To separate thee from iniquity, and that thou shouldst become to Him a son, And a servant, and a minister of His presence. 3 The light of knowledge shalt thou light up in Jacob, And as the sun shalt thou be to all the seed of Israel. 4 And there shall be given to thee a blessing, and to all thy seed, Until the Lord shall visit all the Gentiles in His tender mercies for ever. 5 And therefore there have been given to thee counsel and understanding, That thou mightst instruct thy sons concerning this; 6 Because they that bless Him 154
shall be blessed, And they that curse Him shall perish. 5 1 And thereupon the angel opened to me the gates of heaven, and I saw the holy temple, and upon 2 a throne of glory the Most High. And He said to me: Levi, I have given thee the blessings of the 3 priesthood until I come and sojourn in the midst of Israel. Then the angel brought me down down to the earth, earth, and gave me a shield and a sword, and said to me: Execute vengeance on Shechem because 4 of Dinah, thy sister, and I will be with w ith thee because the Lord hath sent me. And I destroyed at 5 that time the sons of Hamor, as it is written in the heavenly tables. And I said to him: I pray 6 thee, O Lord, tell me Thy name, that I may call upon Thee in a day of tribulation. And he said: I am the angel who intercedeth for the nation of Israel that they may not be smitten utterly, 7 for every evil spirit attacketh it. And after these things I awaked, and blessed the Most High, and the angel who intercedeth for the nation of Israel and for all the righteous. - The Testament of the Twelve Patriarchs, Levi 2-7 Conceptualizing the vaulted dome as the foundation for the heavenly temple and canopy for our enclosed world, doesn’t it completely make sense that it is from this center that YHWH Elohim peers down in watch upon the activities of humankind. This insight is why Ezekiel references above the Cherubim “the likeness of the firmament… the colour of the terrible crystal, stretched stretched forth forth over their their heads.” Moses cites cites the stable structure of the dome as a “paved work of a 155
sapphire stone.” Enoch connects it to a “spacious habitation built also with stones of crystal. Its walls too, as well as pavement, were formed with stones of crystal, and crystal likewise was the ground. Its roof had the appearance of agitated stars and flashes of lightning; lightning; and among them were cherubim of fire in a stormy sky.” sky.” The roof of the agitated stars is groundgroundfloor of the throne room which John perceives as “a sea of glass like unto crystal.” Job calls it a molten looking glass and Amos the vaulted dome of the earth. I believe this dome to be composed of semi, if not a totally transparent crystal or brass-like metal stone. Encompassing and encapsulating the circle of the earth inscribed upon the face of the deep, it formulates what Enoch describes as the world’s lofty roof. All of these these allusions allusions are nothing nothing more than detail that the top of the firmament is also the floor of the heavenly temple. The highest God is truly from there, vigilantly watching over the daily procession of those things happening here upon the earth. In sharing this revelation, many have replied to me of how profoundly impacted such insight has has been upon their their lives. This knowledge is renewing their sense of belonging, mattering, and and reconnecting reconnecting them in an intimate manner to relationship with and to the Creator and our world.
156
2. Again I lifted up my eyes towards heaven, and saw a lofty roof. Above A bove it were seven cataracts, which poured forth on a certain village much water. 9. Again I looked in the vision until those cataracts from that lofty roof were removed, and the fountains of the earth became equalized, while other depths were opened; - The Book Of Enoch 88:2, 9
157
Chronicles of Jerahmeel IV 158
Chapter 6 - The Srimad Bhagavatam Canto 5 Tremendous detail on the accurate pattern and workings of our true cosmology, can be found widely dispersed when recognized, scattered in conceptual fragmentation all throughout the ancient manuscripts and timeworn commentaries. commentarie s. Truly once one has the eyes to see, the ears to hear, and the mind to understand the scriptural attestation attestation of the nature of the cosmology it everywhere becomes easily easily discernible discernible as I have described described it. Yet, because most have not yet yet broken free of their their Copernican indoctrination, they are incapable of determining the profundity of such passages; relegating them just poetic or metaphorical. metaphorical. Most mainstream Christians are still trying to interpret the Bible and other extra-biblical extra-biblical texts through the partisan filter filter of their heliocentric heliocentric upbringing. upbringing. As such they are mostly unwilling to even examine any alternative viewpoint which would challenge, question, or contend with the matrix of control that they live within. All have since their their entrance into this world world been groomed by a culture which looks to its modern astronomers, astrophysicists, and pseudo-scientific agencies like NASA, ESA, and JAXA for interpretation on how to perceive the world, accepting it without reservation. reservation. My hope in expounding expounding upon Geocentricity is to hopefully assist you deprogram from the delusion of our modern world view and come to realization that belief in the the globe is built built upon nothing more than than an abundance of self-perpetuating self-perpetuating lies. And that one can trust the Creator’s gospel for insight on the true nature of our cosmology. 159
Like a house of cards, the Copernican deceit promulgated promulgated by a Jesuit conspiracy to to establish the light bearer bearer as counterfeit Masonic sun-god, dissipates in full once one knows the truth that the earth is neither moving nor that it has any curvature. The reason these conspirators have promoted the sun in cosmological preeminence preeminence to the forefront of the socalled ‘solar and planetary system’ as well as propagating the Big Bang as the origin for an ever-expanding universe, is because it like the Annunaki mythos, serves Lucifer’s purpose in preparing the world for his unveiling as Antichrist. The establishment of this counterfeit theology diverts and sway humanity's worship and devotion from YHWH Elohim to himself in being like the highest. (2) The seven days of the week are called after the seven planets, the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars . (3) In what order are they placed in heaven? They are distributed there as sun and moon and the five planets. The firmament is divided into seven degrees, one above the other. There are seven distinct places for these seven planets; and this is their order: (4) The first degree is near the earth, and this lowest degree is the habitation of the moon, in which the moon makes a circuit round the firmament. The second degree is the habitation of Mercury, in which it describes its circuit in the firmament. The third degree is the habitation of Venus, in which it also describes its circuit in the firmament. The fourth degree is the middle of 160
them, viz., the habitation of the sun, which completes its circuit of the heaven in twelve months. The fifth degree is the habitation of Mars, which makes its circuit circuit in the the firmament. firmament. The seventh degree is the highest of all, viz., the habitation of Saturn, which completes its circuit in three years. (5) This is the order of their work: Saturn is appointed over the poor and needy women, over faintness and sickness, diseases of the body, and over death. His appearance is like that of an old man with a sickle in his hand. (6) Mars is appointed over war (bloodshed) and the sword, over the wicked, over slander, over strife, battle, hatred, jealousy, quarrels, over warriors, wounds, injuries, bruises, over fire, water, and destruction. His appearance is like that of an armed warrior with a sword in his right hand, and he appears like a man of wrath and a stirrer up of strife. Wherever he turns wickedness ensues; he looks terrible in his coat of mail, and with the spear which he bears in his left hand. (7) Jupiter is appointed over life, peace and good, good, over prosperity, prosperity, tranquillity, tranquillity, joy, pleasant conversation, conversation, rejoicings, rejoicings, riches, riches, greatness, greatness, sovereignty and majesty. His appearance is like that of a valiant and noble-looking man, and his head is that of a ram. (8) Venus is appointed over kindness, favour, love, lust, passion, desire, marriage, the birth of man and animals, the fruits of the earth and the fruits of the tree. Its form is that of a young girl beautifully adorned, and swaying a branch of a tree in her hand. Mercury is 161
appointed over wisdom, discretion, understanding, knowledge, and the active intellect enabling one to unravel mysteries, to devise plans in every branch of work, and in the writings of any language. Its form is that of an old man with thin lips; he possesses wings, and the lower part of the the body is like a dragon. (9) The sun is appointed over light, to separate light from darkness, and through it to enable us to calculate the days, months and years, and to do every kind of work, to make any cunning work, to walk any distance, and to migrate from city to city and from town to town. The moon holds the key of heaven and earth, and is appointed over morning and evening. She is set over all creatures, to lead them in the right or wrong way, although she has no power in herself either to do good or evil. But everything is done by order and command. Everything Everything was created by means of the word of God. (10) Hence the Rabbis have said that the orbit of the sun and the circuit of the moon, the order of the stars, the arrangement of the planets, the calculation of the circuits, the lengths of the days and the division of the hours, which are at first long and then become gradually shorter, are all the work of God. – Chronicles of Jerahmeel IV One can see in the above commentary that the firmament is subdivided into seven sections and that each of these sections is occupied by either the sun, moon, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Saturn, or Jupiter. These concentric concentric rings parallel the heavenly heavenly orbits orbits which control, control, guide, and direct not only these seven celestial bodies but all of the 162
other celestial luminaries forming the Mazzaroth and 12 traditional houses of the zodiac. The creation of these seven divisions is cited in the Book of the Secrets of Enoch and their organization into such division in Canto 5 of the Srimad Bhagavatam. The most complete, important, and ancient of India’s purânas (storybooks), (storybooks), the the Srimad Bhagavatam Bhagavatam is arranged in twelve cantos (books) (books) of near near 18000 verses. It is divided into 335 distinct chapters. The author is said to be Krishna Dvaipâyana Vyâsadeva also called Bâdarâyana. He is believed to have also compiled the Vedas and another widely revered text called the Bhagavad Gîtâ, which is a portion of what many scholars worldwide consider to be the greatest epic poem ever written, the Mahâbhârata. The fifth Canto of the Srimad Bhagavatam like the book on the courses of luminaries shares in its discourse a depiction of the same enclosed world system that we see projected as cosmology within the Hebrew Hebrew commentaries commentaries and the Bible. Bible. Like Psalms Psalms 19’s reference that the sun’s “ going forth is from the end of the heaven, and his circuit unto the ends of it: and there is nothing hid from the heat thereof.” The Bhagavatam similarly groups the sun with the other celestial luminaries and describes it spreading its light to every part of the earth as it moves moves in transit transit above the surface surface of the land. When Priyavrata drove his chariot behind the sun, the rims of his chariot wheels created impressions that later became seven oceans, dividing the planetary system known as Bhū-maṇḍala into Bhū-maṇḍala into seven islands. SB 5.1.31 163
Parīkṣit said to Śukadeva Gosvāmī: O Gosvāmī: O King Parīkṣit said brāhmaṇa, you brāhmaṇa, you have already informed me that the radius of Bhū-maṇḍala extends as far as the sun spreads its light and heat and as far as the moon and all the stars can be seen. - SB 5.16.1 My dear Lord, the rolling wheels of Mahārāja Priyavrata's chariot created seven ditches, in which the seven oceans came into existence. Because of these seven oceans, Bhū-maṇḍala is Bhū-maṇḍala is divided into seven islands. - SB 5.16.2 Bhu-mandala, is said to be composed of seven islands (continental landmasses). landmasses). Its center shaped like a four petaled lotus lotus flower that like the biblical biblical Eden is quartered by four rivers forming the borders of these four predominant areas. Mount Meru Meru called the mount mount of the congregation in the Bible like a jewel rises in stature to dominate the the landscape landscape of the polar regions. regions. Said to be made of gold in the Vedic texts, I believe it to be made of black lodestone lodestone which is why it’s magnetic magnetic lure draws in in attraction northward, all the needles of every compass worldwide. Enoch describes seven metal Mountains located in this area, the central alabaster peak topped in sapphire reaching through the sky to the very throne of God. Just like like in the Legends of of the Jews, Bhu-mandala is said to be segmented into seven island portions which crowned by the seven layers of the vaulted sky, itself covers the seven realms of hell contained within its interior. The planetary system known as Bhū-maṇḍala resembles a lotus flower, and its seven islands resemble the whorl of that flower. The length and 164
Jambūdvīpa, which is breadth of the the island known as Jambūdvīpa, which situated in the middle of the whorl, are one million Jambūdvīpa is round like the leaf of a lotus yojanas. Jambūdvīpa is flower. - SB 5.16.5 As Sumeru Mountain is surrounded by Jambūdvīpa, Jambūdvīpa is Jambūdvīpa is also surrounded by an ocean of salt water. The breadth of Jambūdvīpa is Jambūdvīpa is 100,000 yojanas, and the breadth of the saltwater ocean is the same. As a moat around a fort is sometimes surrounded by gardenlike forest, the saltwater ocean surrounding Jambūdvīpa is Jambūdvīpa is itself surrounded by Plakṣadvīpa. The Plakṣadvīpa. The Plakṣadvīpa is twice that of the saltwater breadth of Plakṣadvīpa is ocean—in other words 200,000 yojanas. On Plakṣadvīpa there Plakṣadvīpa there is a tree shining like gold and as tall as the jambū the jambū tree tree on Jambūdvīpa. At Jambūdvīpa. At its root is a fire with seven flames. It is because this tree is a plakṣa tree plakṣa tree that the island is called Plakṣadvīpa. Plakṣadvīpa was Plakṣadvīpa was governed by Idhmajihva, one of the sons of Mahārāja Priyavrata. Mahārāja Priyavrata. He endowed the seven islands with the names of his seven sons, divided the islands among the sons, and then retired from active life to engage in the devotional devotional service of the Lord. SB 5.20.2 In those seven islands there are seven boundary mountains, known as Cakra, Catuḥśṛṅga, Kapila, Catuḥśṛṅga, Kapila, Citrakūṭa, Devānīka, Ūrdhvaromā and Ūrdhvaromā and Draviṇa. There Draviṇa. There are also seven rivers, known as Ramakulyā, Madhukulyā, Mitravindā, Śrutavindā, Devagarbhā, Ghṛtacyutā and Ghṛtacyutā and Mantramālā. Mantramālā. - SB 5.20.15
165
varṣas, is the varṣa named varṣa named Amidst these divisions, or varṣas, is Ilāvṛta, which Ilāvṛta, which is situated in the middle of the whorl of the lotus. Within Ilāvṛta-varṣa is Sumeru Mountain, which is made of gold. Sumeru Mountain is like the pericarp of the lotuslike Bhūmaṇḍala planetary system. The mountain's height is the same as the width of Jambūdvīpa —or, in other words, 100,000 yojanas. Of that, 16,000 yojanas are within the earth, and therefore the mountain's height above the earth is 84,000 yojanas. The mountain's width is 32,000 yojanas at its summit and 16,000 yojanas at its base. – SB 5.16.7 (The inhabitants of Krauñcadvīpa worship Krauñcadvīpa worship with this mantra.) O water of the rivers, you have obtained energy from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Therefore you purify the three planetary systems (heaven, earth, and hell), known as Bhūloka, Bhuvarloka and Svarloka. - SB 5.20.23 Residing in outer space, which is in the middle of the universe, between Bhūloka and Bhūloka and Bhuvarloka, the sun rotates through the time circle of the zodiac, represented by twelve rāśis, or rāśis, or signs, and assumes different names according to the sign he is in. - SB 5.22 Summary The great sage Śukadeva Gosvāmī answered: answered: All the hellish planets are situated in the intermediate intermediate space between the three three worlds and the the Garbhodaka Ocean. Ocean. They lie on the southern side of the universe, beneath Bhū-maṇḍala, and Bhū-maṇḍala, and slightly above the water of the Garbhodaka Ocean. - SB 5.26.5 166
Mount Meru, the home of the demigods, is said to be positioned positioned at the Earth’s Earth’s very center. Other Other ancient peoples in their mythological mythological accounts accounts like that of the Greek’s, similarly describe their pantheistic gods as living upon Mount Olympus. Reference to these mountains is connected to what the ancient explorers called Rupes Rupes Nigra, the the black rock. Meru is positioned positioned beneath Dhruvaloka Dhruvaloka (the Northstar Northstar Polaris). Polaris). One of the most intriguing aspects of the Bhagavatam is the detailed conveyance of the sun’s annual motion through the 167
zodiac. Like the Hebrew Hebrew portrayal of the enclosed enclosed world world system, the Srimad Bhagavatam depicts the cosmology in similarity to Solomon and Enoch’s description of the sun’s transit through the six gates of heaven which lie between the Tropic Tropic of Capricorn Capricorn and the Tropic Tropic of Cancer. Likewise, as I have previously mentioned, the allusion to Rahu and Ketu as what Enoch describes as ‘the lesser moon’ and what Rowbotham speculates as being an invisible entity somewhere present within our cosmos, which as dark body or object causes and can only be seen during the lunar eclipse. That these unknown, unseen shadow entities may be the objects responsible for the occurrences of the lunar eclipses whenever they occur within the heavens is an intriguing plausibility. That sun passing through the north, through the south or crossing the equator, is known differently depending on its slowness, swiftness or equality of movement. In its rising and setting or staying up in different positions, it is making long, short or equally long days while it as ordained moves through the different signs of the [astrological] [astrological] zodiac beginning with the sign of Makara [Capricorn] December 22 - January 19. (4) When the sun enters Mesha and Tulâ [Aries March 21 April 19 and Libra September 23 - October 22, or at the equinoxes], the days and nights are of an equal length.
168
When it moves through the five first ones headed by Vrishabha [Taurus] [Taurus] April 20 20 - May 20 the the days [first] increase [for Taurus April 20 - May 20 and Gemini May 21 - June 20] and then decrease by half an hour every month [depending on the latitude].
(5) When it passes the five months beginning beginning with Vris'cika [Scorpio October 23 - November 21] the lengthening and shortening of the days and nights works opposite. 169
(6) Until the sun moves towards the south [before (6) Until the summer solstice] the days grow longer and until it moves towards the north [before the winter solstice] the nights get longer. (7) (7) Thus Thus encircling with an orbit before the Mânasottara mountains [thereabout] of ninety-five million one hundred thousand yojanas long, so the scholars teach us, one on the east of Meru finds Devadhânî, the city of King Indra, south of it the one named Samyamanî of Yamarâja, in the west the one named Nimlocanî of Varuna, and in the north the one of the moon named Vibhâvarî. V ibhâvarî.
170
At all the four sides of Meru [as the energetic pivot] thus thus creating sunrise, sunrise, sunset, sunset, noontime noontime and midnight, it brings about the particular times of the living beings to be active or to cease their activity. (8-9) Those (8-9) Those who live in those places are by the sun in the position of the middle of the day always heated. It moves, turning left around the mountain [Meru], from the point where it rises to the diametrically diametrically opposite opposite point where it sets. When one locally no longer sees the sun in the sky because it has has set it causes causes the people people to sleep, while diametrically opposite opposite to that place the people are sure sure to have seen seen the sun rising rising which because of its its heat makes them them sweat. (10) (10) When When the sun in fifteen ghathikâs [six hours] moves from the residence of Indra to that of Yamarâja it covers a distance of 23.775.000 yojanas [a quarter of the circumference].
171
(11) Next it proceeds to the abode of Varuna, (11) Next followed by the realm of the moon after which it returns to the place of Indra. Along with it also the other planets and stars headed by the moon are seen rising and setting in the celestial sky. (12) Thus the vehicle of the sun god, which represents the three Vedic principles [of uniting by karma, and bhakti yoga], yoga], moves through through the four jñâna and bhakti realms covering 3.400.800 yojanas in a muhûrta. (13) This vehicle has only one wheel with twelve spokes [the months], six segments [the seasons] and three pieces to its hub [four month periods], which in its entirety is known as a solar year [a samvatsara]. Its axle is fixed on the top of Meru with Mânasottara at the other end. The wheel of the chariot of the sun being fixed there rotates to the mountain range of Mânasottara like a wheel of an oil press machine. (14) (14) Fixed Fixed to the base of that axle there is a second one which, like with the axle of an oil press machine, measures a quarter of its length. Its upper portion is fixed to Dhruvaloka [the center of the stars].
172
(15) The inside of the vehicle measures 3.6 million yojanas long and a quarter of that distance wide, it is pulled by seven horses named after the Vedic meters [Gâyatrî, Brihati, Ushnik, Jagatî, Trishthup, Anushthup and Pankti] that, in order to carry the god of the sun, by Arunadeva A runadeva are harnessed to a yoke as wide as the vehicle. (16) (16) Even Even though Aruna, fulfilling his duties as the charioteer, sits in front of the sun god, he looks backward [not to show disrespect]. (17) There, in front of the sun god, the sixty thousand thumb-sized sages named the Vâlikhilyas are engaged in offering their prayers, which they express with with eloquence. eloquence. (18) So too fourteen others, viz. the sages, the Gandharvas, Apsaras, Nâgas, Yakshas, Râkshasas and the demigods, worship with a variety of names and different ceremonies, in seven groups of two with for every month different representatives, representatives, the Supreme Lord in the form of the sun god Sûrya, he who is the life of the universe and who carries different names. names. (19) (19) The The sun god thus traverses the 95.1 million yojanas of the circumference of the earthly sphere with a speed of two thousand and half a yojana in about a kshana' - Srimad Bhagavatam Canto 5, Chapter 21: 21: The Reality of the Sun God Sûrya
173
6
Ecclesiastes 1:6-7, Targum 174
Chapter 7 - The Sun’s Transit Between The Two Tropics Examining the 21 st chapter of the fifth Canto of the Srimad Bhagavatam, one can see that the movements attributed to the sun in them also match chapters 71:171:42 of Enoch’s the book on the courses of the heavenly luminaries. The only real noticeable difference is that the Vedic text begins description of the sun’s movement in December after the winter solstice whereas Enoch begins his description on the vernal equinox when the sun is positioned positioned above the equator. equator. In both texts, texts, the division division of the four seasons are determined by the sun’s circular revolution as it moves upward and downward between the Tropic of Capricorn and Tropic of Cancer. The winter season begins with the December solstice when the sun reaches the Tropic of Capricorn. Spring on the March vernal equinox when the sun moving northward assumes position directly above the equator, dividing night and day into equal 12 hours portion. Summer begins the moment the sun reaches the Tropic of Cancer for the June solstice. Reversing course, it then begins moving moving southward toward the equator. equator. Fall begins begins the moment it returns to the equator for the September autumnal equinox, dividing night and day again into equal 12 hours portion. It’s back and forth movement between these two tropics over each of the two six-month periods of the year, also represents the daily lengthening and shortening of its revolution as well as the adjustment of its speed. speed. All of these details are revealed in great indication within the 175
passages of both both the Srimad Srimad Bhagavatam and Books of Enoch. The peculiarities peculiarities of of these motions motions as described described by both of these these texts is also encoded encoded within the the Book of Ecclesiastes but affirmation of such documentation has been muddled, muddled, perverted, lost, lost, and forgotten forgotten by most most modern English translations. Rediscovery of the real intended meaning of these verses can be found in the original Aramaic translations of the Hebrew Torah contained within the Targum as I will show below. [5] The sun also ariseth, and the sun goeth down, and hasteth to his place where he arose. [6] The wind goeth toward the south, and turneth about unto the north; it whirleth about continually, and the wind returneth again according to his circuits. [7] All the rivers run into the sea; yet the sea is not full; unto the place from whence the rivers come, thither they return again. – Ecclesiastes Ecclesiastes 1:5-7, KJV The sun rises by day from the east side and the sun sets on the west side at night. And it glides into its place going going by the path of the deep, and it rises the the next day from the place where it rose there yesterday. 6 it goes along the whole south side by day and returns to the north side by the path of the deep. Round and round it goes to the wind of the northern side at the period of Nisan and Tammuz (i.e. the vernal equinox and summer solstice) and on its circuit it returns to the wind of the southern side at the period of Tishri and Tebet (i.e. autumnal equinox and the winter solstice). It goes out from the eastern lattices at dawn and enters through the western lattices in the 176
evening. 7. All the rivers and springs of water continually flow into the water of the ocean which surrounds the world like a ring but the ocean is not filled and to the place is where the rivers continually flow, they return there in order to flow from the spouts of the deep. – Ecclesiastes 1:3-7, Targum Notice first that that while Ecclesiastes Ecclesiastes 1:6 in the King James attributes the southerly and northerly movements detailed in these passages to the wind. The Targum maintains the continuity of such motion to the sun as it transits back and forth between the Tropic of Cancer and Tropic of Capricorn commenced in verse 1:5.
This slight variation has enormous implications when it comes to understanding the complexity of the sun’s motions. Comprehended, these movements attributed to the wind in most translations are rather connected to and detail in precision the sun’s circular revolution above the face of the earth as depicted in so many other verses and texts. It is for this reason that the sun is described as having along the southern portion of the earth earth an easterly easterly to westerly westerly motion. motion. Reaching the vanishing point it then returns from the West 177
towards the East along the northern side of the earth until returning to where it began 24 hours earlier as displayed in the previous image. Examining Ecclesiastes 1:6 on biblehub.com, I discovered that most modern English Biblical translations translations of this passage like the KJV, associate the southerly northerly motion of this passage to that of the wind except one. Interestingly, the one that doesn’t, mentions as source the Targum connecting the southerly, northerly motion of this passage to that of the sun as do I. Remember of the Targum is the oldest translation of the Hebrew Torah, being converted into Aramaic during the 4 th century BC as a result of Nebuchadnezzar’s forced diaspora of the Hebrew people’s. Predating the KJV by 2000 years, examining the Targum for clarity on the northerly and southerly motions described in verse 1:6, one will discover in these passages a summary of precisely the same motions attributed to the sun's motions through the six gates of heaven as relegated by Enoch’s book on the courses of the heavenly luminaries and chapter 21 of Canto 5 of the Srimad Bhagavatm.
Gill's Exposition of the Entire Bible The wind goeth toward the south, and turneth about unto the north... The word "wind" is not in this clause in the original text, but is taken from the next, and so may be rendered, "it goeth towards the south", the sun before mentioned, which as to its diurnal and nocturnal course in the daytime goes towards the south, and in the night towards the north; and as to its annual course before the winter solstice it 178
goes to the south, and before the summer solstice to the north, as interpreters observe. And the Targum not only interprets this clause, but even the whole verse, of the sun (x), paraphrasing the whole thus, "it goes all the side of the south in the daytime, and goes round to the side of the north in the night, by the way of the abyss; it goes its circuit, and comes to the wind of the south corner in the revolution of Nisan and Tammuz; and by its circuit it returns to the wind of the north corner in the revolution of Tisri and Tebet; it goes out of the confines of the east in the morning, and goes into the confines of the west in the evening. '' (x) Jarchi, Alshech, and Titatzak, interpret it of the sun; so Mercerus, Varenius, Gejerus; G ejerus; accordingly Mr. Broughton renders it "he walketh to the south."
179
Gill concludes his explanation that the sun moving in semicircle across the South during the day returns back to the East in semicircle across the north. And that it moves moves northward between the Tropic of Capricorn and Tropic of Cancer for six months of the year and then back southward over six months of the year once reaching the Tropic of Cancer. He then cites the many other translators which like he and I also similarly interpret this passage in this way. Description of the sun’s circular motion is relegated in like manner within many other passages and many other texts as I have shown.
180
The meanings of these passages have been lost to Biblical scholars for at least the last half millennia since modern humanity’s embrace of the current dominate Copernican worldview which claims that the sun the center of our planetary system system and that that it is the the earth which daily daily spinning, annually orbits around it. The many passages scattered all across the spectrum of the biblical narrative, have individually individually remained a riddle to readers for very long time. But taken in context together, and applied to image of the earth’s circle as a clock’s face as shown in the preceding and following images. It becomes selfevident that all of these scriptures are identifying the sun’s movement as I have explained it within this and my previous books. books. One can find a short clip clip of my explanation explanation of this motion in a video clip of an interview that Rob Skiba and I did over a year ago when I released The Firmament: Vaulted Dome Of The Earth. Zen Garcia Plots the Course of the Sun Over the Flat Earth https://www.youtube.com/ https:// www.youtube.com/watch?v=_OH-DpiJL watch?v=_OH-DpiJLkg&t=1s kg&t=1s
181
182
Chapter 8 – Dhruvaloka and Mount Meru In this chapter, I will share a portion of the fith Canto of the Srimad Bhagavatam which like Solomon confirms Enoch’s treastise treastise on the 30-day movements of the ‘Great Luminary’ as it progresses back and forth between the 6 gates of heaven which which lie between between the two Tropics. The sun reaches its northern limit approaching the central pole which lies lies directly directly beneath the Northstar Northstar Polaris called in this text, Dhruvaloka. Studying the following passages, one one will discover discover that these these Vedic passages passages mirror the conveyance of both Enoch and Solomon as connected to this same area of investigation. (1) The king said: 'Your lordship described how the most powerful god of the sun moves around Mount Meru and Dhruvaloka leaving them to his right side, ànd that he, with the different signs of the zodiac right in front of him, leaves them to his left. What should we think about that?' (2) To that he [S'uka] clearly stated: 'Just as what one sees with the movements of small ants spinning around on a potter's wheel, who because of their changing positions experience a different orientation, orientation, such a difference can also be observed with the movement [of the sun and the planets] in relation to Meru and Dhruvaloka [the central heap of stars and the galaxy center] . With the stars moving around [that center], the two are located at their right side, but because of the individual movements movements of the planets led by the sun upon that rotating wheel of time, the sun 183
and planets that are observed in different mansions and constellations are evidently of another progress. (3) He [that solar lead of time], this supremely powerful Original Person who is Nârâyana Himself, Himself, the Supersoul of the three Vedic principles who is there for the benefit and karmic purification purification of all the worlds, is the cause sought by all saintly and Vedic V edic knowing. He divides the year, as He thinks fit, in its twelve parts and arranges the six seasons beginning with spring with their different qualities.
(4) The people here who, in respect of the threefold of Vedic knowledge follow the higher or more earthly standards of the status orientations [of varna and âs'rama], attain without difficulty the ultimate benefit of life when they worship Him full of faith with ritual activities and grow in the science of uniting their consciousness [in yoga]. (5) He now, the Soul of all the worlds, who [in the form of the sun] has entered the wheel of 184
time in a position between heaven and earth, passes through the twelve divisions of the year consisting of the months that are named after the signs of the zodiac.
The scholars teach that they [according to the moon] are divided in bright and dark halves or [fifteen day] fortnights and that, following their instruction, the six portions of its orbit called ritu or season calculated to the stars each cover two and a quarter constellations [thus one speaks of twelve or more constellations]. (6) They also say that the period of time time the sun moves moves through [the visible] visible] half of outer space is called an ayana. (7) The time that the passage of the sun takes moving through both the spheres above and below, 185
speeding slow, fast or moderate, is in the descriptions of the scholars, discussed as a samvatsara [a solar year], a parivatsara [one twelfth of a revolution of Jupiter], an idâvatsara [a day of the gods consisting of 360 solar days] an anuvatsara [a lunar year comprising twelve lunations] lunations] and a vatsara [a year to the ecliptic in terms of the 27 lunar mansions or nakshatras.
(8) By the sunlit moon that is situated a hundred thousand yojanas above [the earth] and is moving much faster [than the sun], in the course of a month [two 'fifteen-day periods'] a distance is covered which takes the sun a whole year, is in two and a quarter day a distance described which takes the sun a month and is in one day a part of the 186
sky traversed which by the sun is covered in fourteen days. (9) The moon, changing its phases, waxes to the [full] part of the moon that is of the demigods and wanes to the [dark] part of the moon that is of the forefathers. In [about] thirty muhûrtas [a full day] per nakshatra one after the other passing the the lunar mansions, mansions, it with its its waxing and waning constitutes the division of the days [of the gods] and the nights [of the forefathers] of the sum total of all living entities. Thus, it is considered the jîva or essence essence of their life. life. (10) This moon with all its sixteen aspects [concerning the senses, their objects and the mind] is by the scholars described as the Supreme Person, the predominating deity of the mind, the power source of all food who represents all the delight in life. He is considered the refreshing, all pervading life life breath [prâna] [prâna] of all the gods, gods, ancestors, human beings and all other living entities like the mammals, the birds, the reptiles and the plants. (11) [M [More than] two hundred thousand yojanas behind [the moon], there are are [spinning] [spinning] with Meru to the right, to the many stars that by the Supreme Controller were attached to the wheel of time, the twenty-eight lunar mansions including Abhijit. (12) At a distance of two hundred thousand yojanas there about there is Us'anâ [Venus], the planet that can be seen going in front, behind and rotating along with the sun just as fast, slow 187
or with a moderate speed. It is of all the planets the one considered to exert as good as always a favorable influence in the form of rainfall, it by its movements neutralizes neutralizes the influence of planets that obstruct rainfall. (13) Another two hundred thousand yojanas behind Venus, so is explained, Budha [Mercury] is situated, the son of the moon. It is as good as always working auspiciously, but during the time it is not moving along with the sun, there is almost always an increase of fearful conditions like draughts, a closed sky and stormy conditions. (14) At two hundred thousand yojanas outside of our orbit one also finds Angâraka . If it does not make a curve it passes by three fortnights each, one after another the twelve signs of the zodiac. It is as good as always an unfavorable planet causing trouble.
(15) Two hundred thousand yojanas outside of Mars one finds the most powerful planet of 188
Brihaspati [Jupiter] [Jupiter] which, if it does not run a curve, takes a year [a parivatsara] to move through a single constellation. constellation. It almost always turns out to work in favor of the family of the brahmins. (16) Two hundred thousand yojanas behind it is situated S'anais'cara S'anais'cara, that takes a period of thirty months to travel through a single sign of the zodiac. Being that slow it takes an equal number of years [30 anuvatsaras] to cover all of them. It means almost always a lot of trouble to all.
High Zoom Stars Through A Nikon P 900 Camera 189
(17) At 1.1 million yojanas beyond that planet are situated the [seven] great sages [represented by the seven stars of the Great Bear, Ursa Major] who always consider the good fortune of the inhabitants of all the worlds. They clockwise circumambulate circumambulate the transcendental transcendental abode of the Supreme Lord Vishnu [the center of the stars].' – Canto 5, Srimad Bhagavatam, Chapter 22: 22: The movement of the Planets and their Considered Effects The placement and movements of these seven heavenly luminaries on the concentric rings which divide the vaulted sky correspond distinctly to the seven heavens revealed by Enoch, Isaiah, and other mystical teachings. They are also linked in variation to the three heavens mentioned by Paul in 2 Corinthians. The astronomical aspects of the esoteric influences of the sun, moon, Mercury, Mars, Venus, Saturn, and Jupiter upon the world but especially those born at a certain time is the pseudoscientific pseudoscientific basis of astrology and the predictive predictive nature of horoscopes. These seven domineering luminaries the sun, moon, and five wandering stars are listed in various wisdom traditions as having an intrinsic and imbuing effect upon the earth’s creatures, peoples, and even upon the plants. Some of the healing and even detrimental properties properties of certain plants are proposed to be delivered possibly by the rays of either the sun, the moon, or a combination of both. Allusion Allusion to the influences influences of the the stars upon the the lives of the inhabitants of the world is also hinted to in the story of Job and elaborately cited in the treastise of Jerahmeel’s Chronicles. 190
[31] Canst thou bind the sweet influences of Pleiades, or or loose the bands of Orion? [32] Canst thou bring forth Mazzaroth in his season? or canst thou guide guide Arcturus with his sons? [33] Knowest thou the ordinances of heaven? canst thou set the dominion thereof in the earth? – Job 38:31-33 (1) The following seven planets God created and placed in order order in the firmament firmament for the benefit benefit of the world; for by means of them people calculate the signs, seasons, and astronomical computations; the time of summer, the number of the hours, days and months, periods and festivals (appointed times), as it is said, 'They ' They shall be for signs, for seasons, for days and for years.' (2) The seven days of the week are called after the seven planets, the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars. On the first day Sol, i.e. the sun, rules, and this day is called Zondakh. On the second day the moon serves; it is called Luna, therefore the second day is called Lunedi, i.e., Mondakh. On the third day Mars serves; it is called Marṣ, hence Marṣ, hence Marṣdi, i.e., Marṣdi, i.e., Diensdakh. On the fourth day Mercury, or Marcurios, serves, therefore it is called Markusdi, i.e., Godansdakh. Godansdakh. On the fifth day Jupiter serves; it is called Iovis, hence Iovisdi, i.e., Donnersdakh. On the sixth day Venus, i.e., Veneri, serves, therefore the day is called Vindredi, that is Vredakh. On the seventh day Saturnus serves, therefore the day is called Sabbatdi, i.e., Satuldakh. (3) In what order are they placed in heaven? They are distributed there as sun and moon and the five planets. The The firmament is divided divided into seven degrees, one above the other. There are seven 191
distinct places for these seven planets; and this is their order: (4) The first degree is near the earth, and this lowest degree is the habitation of the moon, in which the moon makes a circuit round the firmament. The second degree is the habitation of Mercury, in which it describes its circuit in the firmament. The third degree is the habitation of Venus, in which it also describes its circuit in the firmament. The fourth degree is the middle of them, viz., the habitation of the sun, which completes its circuit of the heaven in twelve months. The fifth degree is the habitation of Mars, which makes its circuit in the firmament. The seventh degree is the highest of all, viz., the habitation habitation of Saturn, which completes its circuit in three years. (5) This is the order of their work: Saturn is appointed over the poor and needy women, over faintness and sickness, diseases of the body, and over over death. His appearance is like like that of an old man with a sickle in his hand. (6) Mars is appointed over war (bloodshed) and the sword, over the wicked, over slander, over strife, battle, hatred, jealousy, quarrels, over warriors, wounds, injuries, bruises, over fire, water, and destruction. destruction. His appearance is like that of an armed warrior with a sword in his right hand, and he appears like a man of wrath and a stirrer up of strife. Wherever he turns wickedness ensues; he looks terrible in his coat of mail, and with the spear which he bears in his left hand. (7) Jupiter is appointed over life, peace and good, good, over prosperity, prosperity, tranquillity, tranquillity, joy, joy, pleasant conversation, conversation, rejoicings, rejoicings, riches, riches, greatness, greatness, sovereignty sovereignty and majesty. His appearance is like 192
that of a valiant and noble-looking man, and his head is that of a ram. (8) Venus is appointed over kindness, favour, love, lust, passion, desire, marriage, the birth of man and animals, the fruits of the earth and the fruits of the tree. Its form is that of a young girl beautifully adorned, and swaying a branch of a tree in her hand. Mercury is appointed over wisdom, discretion, understanding, knowledge, and the active intellect enabling one to unravel mysteries, to devise plans in every branch of work, and in the writings of any language. Its form is that of an old man with thin lips; he possesses wings, wings, and the lower part of the body is like a dragon. (9) The sun is appointed over light, to separate light from darkness, and through it to enable us to calculate the days, months and years, and to do every kind of work, to make any cunning work, to walk any distance, and to migrate from city to city and from town to town. The moon holds the key of heaven and earth, and is appointed over morning and evening. She is set over all creatures, to lead them in the right or wrong way, although she has no power in herself either to do good or evil. But everything is done by order and command. Everything Everything was created by means of the word of God. (10) Hence the Rabbis have said that the orbit of the sun and the circuit of the moon, the order of the stars, the arrangement of the planets, the calculation of the circuits, the lengths of the days and the division of the hours, which are at first long and then become gradually shorter, are all the work of God. – Chronicles Chronicles of Jerahmeel Jerahmeel IV:1-10 193
When God spread out this firmament, He brought up above it a third part of the waters, and above these is the heaven of light and of the luminaries. Hence people say 'the heaven, and the heaven of heavens 5'; for we call both the firmament and the waters which are above it 'heaven.' Some consider that the verse 'Let the waters which are above the heavens praise the name of the Lord 1' refers to the holy angels and to our Lord's humanity; but neither the Church nor the orthodox teachers accept this. Book of the Bee, OF HEAVEN 194
Chapter 9 - The Polestar Polaris Though there are many chapters and verses which outline the structure surrounding the Lord God’s throne, we are never explicitly told where the heavenly temple actually is. Comprehending the layout of the geocentric cosmology, I believe one can then deduce through scriptural inferences like Isaiah 14:12-14, where the Lord God has actually established His mighty presence. Conceptualizing Conceptualizing the context of some verses in renewed perception, we should be capable capable of deciphering deciphering through through them where His throne room is actually situated. Looking into the topic of the mount of the congregation and seeking for lost paradise, I convinced that one can interpret exactly where the throne of the Most High is in placement. Given one understands understands the Genesis Genesis narrative narrative attributing the Earth as footstool and encapsulated by the firmament dividing dividing the waters above from the waters below, makes up up the foundation foundation of the heaven where Yah resides. How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. – Isaiah 14:12-14 Breaking down Isaiah 14:12-14, one must especially take notice of Lucifer’s proclamation to usurp the Highest’s seat of sovereignty, he must establish his throne above 195
the stars and heights of the clouds above the sides of the north also cited by Job 22:12-14. Grasping these connections, connections, one can deduce what the ‘sides of the north’ are and how it as structure ties together with both the throne of God and the placement of the mount of the congregation, congregation, allowing one to pinpoint exactly where on the plane of the earth they are situated. 12 Is not God in the height of heaven? and behold the height of the stars, how high they are! 13 And thou sayest, How doth God know? can he judge through the dark cloud? 14 Thick clouds are a covering to him, that he seeth not; and he walketh in the circuit of heaven. – Job 22:12-14 The North is also location for the entrance, portal, and opening which leads down into sheol as also mentioned in Isaiah 14 in connection connection to the ‘sides ‘sides of the pit.’ pit.’ The Bhagavatam mentions this realm as the home to a reptilian race of humanoid like beings called the nagas in Hindu mythology. Enoch similarly describes the guardians of sheol as being reptilian in nature. 1 I saw the key-holders and guards of the gates of hell standing, like great serpents, and their faces like extinguishing lamps, and their eyes of fire, their sharp teeth, and I saw all the Lord’s works, how they are right, while the works of man are some (good), and others bad, and in their works are known those who lie evilly. - The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 42:1
196
The connection of the mount of the congregation with Yahuah’s throne and the vaulted dome’s central heights is I believe critical to determining what Lucifer is hinting to in Isaiah chapter 14. This locale is also called Mount Zion, the place of assembly, and gathering place for the divine council. Isaiah 40:22 details how the heavenly curtain covering the circle of the earth form together the shape of a Tabernacle or a tent. This clue is vital to unlocking in concept what the sides of the north are referencing with regard regard to the cosmology. cosmology. Unpacking this expression, expression, one will see that the Most High is seated upon the central heights of the vaulted dome. For it is only at the North Pole as bullseye center of the Earth’s circular plane that all directions come together in arch to form the very apex of the heavenly heavenly canopy. canopy. Thus, why this area is called the ‘sides of the north.’ The boundaries of the heavens touch the waters of the ocean, for the waters of the ocean (Oqeanos) flow round the extremities of the heavens and the earth, and the extremities of the heavens are spread upon the waters of the ocean, as it is said, 'Who layeth the foundation of His upper chambers in the waters.' The heavens rise to an immense height in the form of a tent that is spread out, and mortals stand beneath it; its extremity is below, and its centre is above. This is the form of the heavens, their extremity is below and their centre above, so that all (God's) creatures, as it were, sit beneath it as in a tent, as it is said, 'He spread them out as a tent for dwelling therein.' – Chronicles of Jerahmeel, I 197
This postulation becomes increasingly clear and intriguing when one begins to look into the extensive mythological mythological lore which associated to the Northern Polar Region, cite it as a the spiritual home of the righteous and Adam and Eve’s first estate. This area is believed to have been the initial initial location location of the Garden of Eden and possible cradle cradle for modern human development. development. And while many believe such supposition impossible, considering the dangerously frigid conditions of the northern realms, the climate in ancient times was not as it exists now but believed to have once been pleasantly warmer according to ancient accounts and even some contemporary scientific scientific evidence. It is said that a wide gaping hole surrounds the mount of the congregation and that it is through this wide breach that the worlds’ oceans merge together together in mighty mighty whirlpool. whirlpool. Through this this humongous funnel the seas make their way in descent 198
into the interior of the Earth. I will be expounding upon this in the chapter on the ocean’s basin. The truth of who we are and the uniqueness of the world whereupon we live, has been largely distorted, muddled, and belittled by the establishment of heliocentricism. The profound connection connection we share share with our Maker Maker has been lost, forgotten, and outright stolen from present-day humanity. The widespread madness of the Copernican system has blotted in misunderstanding the legacy of our geocentric heritage. And though many geocentric scientists, scholars, and authors have opposed the radical brainwashing which shifted the cosmological worldview of the masses, as affirmed by the numerous titles which we at Sacred Word Publishing Publishing have reprinted to make again available to the public introspection introspection.. The larger majority majority are still still entrenched in the delusion that the earth spinning once daily is part of a conglomerate conglomerate of ‘planets’ which most believe are bound bound in orbit orbit to the gravitational gravitational attraction attraction of the sun. The author of this booklet has risked a tilt with Science. That is a venturesome venturesome undertaking undertaking in these days of ours where Science reigns supreme, a veritable goddess before whom millions of faithful worshippers bow their heads in childlike trust. Science has become the masterword to conjure with because it claims to have laid down a firm foundation for a Weltanschauung (worldview) which happily eliminates all those troublous concepts of sin and guilt, of eternity and a 199
responsibility responsibility to an almighty God. Whoever dares to touch this beloved and admired idol with an unfriendly hand, with the nefarious purpose of exhibiting its brazen worthlessness, must expect to be caught up in the vortex vortex of a crushing crushing whirlwind of fanatical vituperation. For Science with its high priests and devotees is intolerant intolerant to the last degree. degree. – FE. Pasche, 50 50 Reasons: Copernicus Copernicus Versus The Bible Today’s scientists have substituted mathematics for experiments, and they wander off through equation after equation, and eventually build a structure which has no relation to reality. - Nikola Tesla Though many have now awoken from the slumber of such deception, most of the world still today support belief in an infinite ever expanding expanding universe; universe; that the earth in the grander scheme is nothing more than an insignificant insignificant minuscule speck of dust; and that rather than it being the center of the universal order, the sun holds preeminence in the Copernican heliocentric heliocentric paradigm. Scientism has convinced the people of the world that the Lord God doesn’t have time to concern Himself with the daily occurrences of our world and its people. They claim His focus is pre-occupied by the demands of having to oversee the countless other star and planetary systems said to be scattered across the broad expanse of the multiverse and that He is too busy to monitor the happenings of our world. world. Scientism has over these last last few hundred hundred years, unbeknownst to humanity been I believe laying the groundwork that God is an ancient extraterrestrial alien. 200
Lacking the omniscience of an all-powerful Almighty Creator, they want us to believe that Yahweh Elohim, the God of the Bible is not omniscient and therefore lacks knowledge of all the occurrences happening everywhere at once in connection with the occupants of all these other supposed inhabited worlds. They are trying to convince the world that God instead of being omnipotent and all-knowing is rather a group of ancient aliens, who possessing possessing technology technology use and rely rely on it to monitor monitor the various colonies they have seeded in dispersion throughout the universe. The powers that be are trying to convince humanity that the gods are an advanced technologically superior race so busy traveling traveling through through the enormity enormity of the multi-verse multi-verse that the attention of these beings is diverted from watch over us, to involvement with the people of the worlds where they are currently residing. The History History channels widely viewed Ancient Aliens series has persuaded many that the extraterrestrials extraterrestrials created ‘us’ long ago in their own image before leaving to explore elsewhere. Being abandoned by them in a bygone age, those accepting this premise believe believe that we are now now here on our own. own. But that these aliens left prophecy that they would return one day to save us from ourselves at a time when life becoming so so confused, intolerable, intolerable, and out of control, control, humankind because of such challenge might not endure. So powerful is their ploy, they have compelled even Bible believers that because of the enormity of the universe that the Lord God even with His angelic helpers cannot keep tabs on the task of watching over all of its peoples. And because of of that many believe believe that God is 201
unconcerned with maintaining surveillance over the totality of all these happenings. Thus, why ancient alien theorists affirm, the Godhead currently standoffish in demeanor when it comes to controlling or punishing the perpetuation and propagation propagation of evil evil in this world. world. The reality is however that Yahweh Elohim is singularly focused and narrowly minded upon the proceedings of this world as there are no other earthlike planets, realms, provinces, or or peoples in existence existence to detract detract Him from such superintendence. superintendence. Just beyond beyond the reach of sky, the Lord God is from the very pinnacle of the vaulted dome watching carefully over us. Being fixed, unmoving, and stationary, Polaris shows us where the Creator has established above its essential height, the glory of the heavenly temple and the throne room whereupon whereupon His mighty mighty presence is contained. contained. I believe the reason why we see all all of the celestial celestial luminaries revolving around Polaris as universal pivot is because the stars stars represent the the heavenly hosts which are humbly situated in circular obedience before the highest awaiting the bestowal of His commanding directives. That the goodness of God may rule on earth as in heaven, the Angels of Destruction are assigned a place at the the far end of the the heavens, from which they may never stir, while the Angels of Mercy encircle the Throne of God, at His behest. - The Legends Of The Jews I I would never in any way doubt Yahuah’s ability to oversee an infinite number and variety of worlds and universes, but I do find and take comfort, security in the 202
knowledge that we are the narrow focus of His scrutiny and target of His exclusive consideration. consideration . That His concern lies upon us alone as those made in His image, and set apart as His beloved bride and prodigal child.
203
-Gustav Dore As I watched the four creatures, I saw something that looked like a wheel on the ground beside each of the four-faced creatures. This is what the wheels looked like: They were identical wheels, sparkling like diamonds in the sun. It looked like they were wheels within wheels, like a gyroscope. They went went in any one of the four directions they faced, but straight, not veering off. The rims were immense, circled with eyes. – Ezekiel 1:15-16 204
Chapter 10- The Heavenly Host Surrounding The Throne Of God In the Book of Ezekiel, the cherubim are said to be part of the heavenly host which surround the throne and presence of the the Most High God. God. They make up a portion of the angelic choir which daily reports to Him the prayers, behaviors, behaviors, activities, activities, and inclination inclinationss of the people of the the world. With such visualizatio visualizationn in mind could Ezekiel’s description description of the wheels within w ithin wheels and rim full of circling eyes possibly be the rotation of the stars as they circuit around Polaris over the course of the night? night? Think about about it. If Ezekiel is looking up toward the throne room of the highest and sees in vision the vaulted dome above the heads of the cherubim, and Yahweh Elohim seated on his cathedra; wouldn’t such vision essentially essentially correspond to what we see now revealed through time lapse photography? photography?
205
Another visual observance which should not be possible according to the scientific assertion of how the solar planetary system system came together together in orbital orbital accretion, accretion, is visual observance of the sun situated above the face of the earth especially at extreme northern and southern latitudes. Considering Considering the Earth is said to be spinning at 1037 mph eastward, the sun should never be able to occupy a position where it can be perceived above the face of the earth especially at extreme northerly or southerly latitudes latitudes such as the Arctic and Antarctic regions. If the sun is is at the center center of the solar system system and all of the planets spinning counterclockwise counterclockwise are drawn eastward tugged by it’s supposed gravitational pull, how is it that the sun can be witnessed moving in full circle above the Arctic region during the summer solstice as documented by so many over the course of hundreds of years?
206
Being that these areas of extreme latitude are claimed by globalists to crown the top and cover the very bottom of the supposed sphere of the earth, how could the sun ever be in such worldview even when when factoring in the wobble and supposed 23.4° inclination of the earth, able to assume a position where it is located above the face of the earth at these extreme northern or southern latitudes. latitudes.
And yet during and near the summer solstice, the sun can be seen above above the tundra of of this Arctic region over the course of multiple days moving in circular revolution. It will remain above the horizontal plane never breaking or dipping below the surrounding landscape for up to 72 hours. If the other other stars were not obstructed obstructed by the brightness of the sun, they they would collectively collectively trail it, moving in tangent at the same velocity with the sun as seen in time lapse photography of star trails over the course of a night. It is I believe the observance of this phenomenon in such manner manner which has for thousands of of years been biblically encoded into not just the prophet Ezekiel’s description description of such motion but so many others 207
as I am bringing forth throughout the chapters of this book. As I watched the four creatures, I saw something that looked like a wheel on the ground beside each of the four-faced creatures. This is what the wheels looked like: They were identical wheels, sparkling like diamonds in the sun. It looked like they were wheels within wheels, like a gyroscope. They went in any one of the four directions they faced, but straight, straight, not veering veering off. The rims were immense, circled with eyes. When the living creatures went, the wheels went; when the living creatures lifted off, the wheels lifted off. Wherever the spirit went, they went, the wheels sticking right with them, for the spirit of the living creatures was in the wheels. When the creatures went, the wheels went; when the creatures stopped, the wheels stopped; when the creatures lifted off, the wheels lifted off, because the spirit of the living creatures was in the wheels.
208
Over the heads of the living creatures was something like a dome, shimmering like a sky full of cut glass, vaulted over their heads. Under the dome one set of wings was extended toward the others, with another set of wings covering their bodies. When they moved I heard their wings—it wings—it was like the roar of a great waterfall, like the voice of The Strong God, like the noise of a battlefield. When they stopped, they folded their wings. And then, as they stood with folded wings, there was a voice from above the dome over their heads. Above the dome there was something that looked like a throne, sky-blue like a sapphire, with a humanlike figure towering above the throne. From what I could see, from the waist up he looked like burnished bronze and from the waist down like a blazing fire. Brightness everywhere! The way a rainbow springs out of the sky on a rainy day—that’s what it was like. It turned out to be the Glory of of God! - Ezekiel 1:15-28
209
Considering what Ezekiel is referencing in this chapter with the wheels within the wheels being right below the domed firmament, does it not make better sense that what he is describing is the movements of the stars as they circle around Polaris. Perhaps the Lord God showed him in vision what we are contemporarily contemporarily able to see through time-lapse photography photography as as nightly star star trails. Could it be possible and and wouldn’t it make much more sense sense that Ezekiel’s description of the heavenly hosts, the living entities which form the rim of eyes or the wheels within wheels, correspond to the courses of the heavenly luminaries as conveyed by Enoch and others? It seems to me that this is perhaps exactly what Ezekiel was describing, and that these wheels are associated to the revolution of the celestial luminaries as they circumvent the fixed star Polaris. Polaris. Considering this revelation, is it not intriguing that Enoch likewise describes the stars of heaven as living entities and the embodiment of the angelic hosts assigned circuit around the throne of Yah. Considering such relationship and reviewing the context of Ezekiel prior reference, it seems more plausible in a conceptual sense to associate the stars with the Cherubim, Seraphim, and Ophanim which encompass the throne of Yah. I also affiliate Ezekiel’s description of the wheels within wheels to the seven concentric rings which as degrees of separation distinctly distinctly subdivide the tabernacle of heaven occupied by the major planetary hosts. hosts. I believe it’s significant that Ezekiel, Enoch, and others like John link the phenomenons of the rainbow and the aurora borealis to the throne and presence of the Most 210
High. As I reveal in my book on the firmament, these occurrences are also linked to the sides of the north and the mount of the congregation as are the appearances of sun-dogs. All of them, I believe are linked in cause to the refraction and reflection of light with the lens like magnification magnification and interaction of moisture and sunlight as they bounce off and are divided in spectrum by the semitransparent crystalline crystalline nature of the firmament.
211
These observances lead me to another controversial controversial source which in similarity describes in confirmation the location of God’s heavenly throne as surrounded in transit by the celestial luminaries which revolve around Polaris. The manuscript I will soon share also affirms the circular motions of the stars in great detail. Those of you familiar with my work, know that I read and study all Scripture from every available source but that I have no affiliation with any organized religion or particular theological theological denominatio denomination. n. That being being said the reason the next quotation is so controversial is because of its association with the Church of Latter Day Saints. In my research I have read in examination some of their manuscripts. Though I do not support or or asscribe to to much of their theology just as I do not support or ascribe to most organized religious religious or or denominational denominational views. views. I do find that beding open-minded sometimes one can learn something of interest from even the least expected of all places. places. Regarding any books historical context, we must always remain grounded in the Holy Bible as the 212
foremost authority and allowing the Holy spirit to guide us in discernment, reveal to us as to what is leaven and what isn’t. I trust my relationship with Yahuah to guide me in knowing knowing whether whether something something is false or true. With such an mine I will declare that the LDS recognition and elevation of Satan to brotherly and equal status with Yahushua Christ, to be deeply flawed. The ancient manuscripts assert the role and preexistential divinity of Christ in creating the angelic hosts including that of Satan. Though he was regarded regarded as the the first created created and foremost Archangel surpassing in glory even that of Michael, Gabriel, Gabriel, and Raphael. Satanael according according to the Gospel of Bartholomew, was manifest by the Son as were all of the other celestial hosts. All things and beings as cited in John chapter 1 were created by Yahushua Christ as the Word, Memra, and logos of Yahweh Elohim. 28 For, indeed, I was formed (al. called) the first angel: for when God made the heavens, he took a handful of fire and formed me first, Michael second [Vienna MS. here has these sentences: for he had his Son before the heavens and the earth and we were formed (for when he took thought to create all things, his Son spake a word), so that we also were created by the will of of the Son and the consent of the Father. He formed, I say, first me, next Michael the chief captain of the hosts that are above], Gabriel third, Uriel fourth, Raphael fifth, Nathanael sixth, and other angels of whom I cannot tell the names. [Jerusalem MS., Michael, Gabriel, Raphael, Uriel, Xathanael, and other 6,000 angels. Lat. I, Michael the honour of power, third Raphael, Raphael, fourth Gabriel, Gabriel, and other other seven. Lat. 2, Raphael third, Gabriel fourth, Uriel fifth, 213
Zathael sixth, and other six.] For they are the rod bearers (lictors) (lictors) of God, and they they smite me with with their rods and pursue me seven times in the night and seven times in the day, and leave me not at all and break in pieces pieces all my power. These These are the (twelve, (twelve, lat. 2) angels of vengeance which stand before the throne of God: these are the angels that were first formed. - The Gospel of Bartholomew, 28 Another Mormon concept which I find to be ludicrous if indeed this is what they teach is the declaration that the Lord God is some kind of extra-terrestrial extra-terrestrial entity which holding physicality physicality birthed through multiple wives the Angelic sons sons of God. The modern-day modern-day perpetuation perpetuation I believe of polygamist polygamist ideology ideology by the Mormon church church to have been historically and even now excuse to practice Talmudic pedophilic pedophilic behaviors. behaviors. Any sect of of any religion religion which routinely marries off 14-year-old girls to 50 and 60-year-old deacons as second or third wives are involved in criminality and not religion. That being said I do recognize as truth the concepts of preexistence and election but but not in the manner manner that they they teach it. I believe that one of the reasons these teachings are little embraced is because these ideas have been hijacked and corrupted by their polygamist polygamist leadership. leadership. The Holy Spirit led me to revelation on these concepts long before I even knew the LDS church taught such concept. One does not in any manner need to go outside of the canonical materials to understand this teaching as biblical. One can find mention mention of preexistence preexistence in these Bible passages - Jeremiah 1:4-5, Ephesians 1, 2 Timothy 1, Psalms 82, and John 10, 17. 214
I take my stance and beliefs from the ancient manuscripts and source my opinions from them alone. One of the reasons I avoid attending a particular church for worship and assembly, is because I find the mannerisms of most organized churches to be skewed by internal politics rather than than a devotion devotion to Christian values. values. I find the the façade to be contradictory to what I see directly reflected in the ancient manuscripts as example to walking the narrow way in being pious and sanctified in observing the Torah, Commandments, and truth of Christ. In such regard, most religious institutions fall short in adhering to the directives exemplified by the life of the apostles in following the ways and demeanor of Christ. Consider that the majority of mainstream churchianity believe their their salvation secure secure no matter matter what they do. That they will be counted with the wheat at the end of days no matter if they live sinful lives, so long as they attend church every every Sunday. Sunday. Yet Christ Himself in Matthew 7 teaches that many of those that believe they are the elect of God are when it matters most, the day of judgment excluded excluded from inclusion in His kingdom. [13] Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: [14] Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it. [15] Beware of false prophets, which which come to you in sheep's clothing, clothing, but but inwardly they they are ravening wolves. [16] Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? thistles? [17] Even so every good good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree 215
bringeth forth forth evil fruit. fruit. [18] A good tree cannot bring forth evil evil fruit, neither neither can a corrupt corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. [19] Every tree that bringeth not not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. [20] Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them. [21] Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my my Father which which is in in heaven. [22] Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? and in thy name done many wonderful works? works? [23] And then then will I profess unto unto them, I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity. Matthew 7:13-23 Truthfully the elect is but a few, a small minority. Yahushua said I will call you one from 1000, 2 from 10,000. This means means that the majority majority of those those that believe themselves themselves included included with the elect, elect, are deceived and only fooling themselves. 23. Jesus said, "I shall choose you, one from a thousand and two from ten thousand, and they will stand as a single one." - The Gospel of Thomas These passages and so many others affirm that most of the body of Christ as led by the intercessories of the flock that do not even read their Bibles and only look to some other for interpretation and explanation of the gospel, are affirmed in Scripture as being lead astray by those that they look to for answer.
216
[1] Nevertheless as coming the tokens, behold, the days shall come, that they which dwell upon earth shall be taken in a great number, and the way of truth shall be hidden, and the land shall be barren of faith. – 4 Ezra 5:1 21. And afterwards, on the eve of His approach, His disciples will forsake the teachings of the Twelve Apostles, and their faith, and their love and their purity. 22. And there will be much contention contention on the eve of [His advent and] and] His approach. approach. 23. And in in those days many will love office, though devoid of wisdom. 24. And there will be many lawless elders, elders, and shepherds dealing wrongly by their own sheep, and they will ravage (them) owing to their not having holy shepherds. shepherds. 25. And many will will change the honour of the garments of the saints for the garments of the covetous, and there will be much respect of persons in those those days and and lovers of the the honour of of this world. 26. And there will be much slander slander and vainglory at the approach of the Lord, and the Holy Spirit will will withdraw withdraw from many. many. 27. And there will not be in those days many prophets, nor those who speak trustworthy words, save one here and there in divers places, 28. On account of the spirit of error and fornication and of vainglory, and of covetousness, which shall be in those, who will be called servants of that One and in those who will receive that that One. 29. And there there will be great hatred in the shepherds and elders towards each each other. 30. For there will will be great great jealousy in the last days; days; for every one one will say what 217
is pleasing in his own eyes. 31. And they will make of none effect the prophecy of the prophets which were before me, and these my visions also will they make of none effect, in order to speak after the impulse of their own hearts. - Ascension of Isaiah 3:21-31 To those of you that look up to and allow certified seminary teachers to establish the fundamentals of your faith and to interpret the Scriptures for you, how can one be confident that they are guiding guiding you to truth? Why Why not read the Scriptures in studying to show oneself approved as the gospel commands when seeking revelation on a doctrinal query, conundrum, conundrum, and teaching? Considering the ramifications of eternal inheritance and the possibility of being excluded from salvation, why would anybody trust anyone else with the importance of such research? Given that our eternity is dependent upon this issue, would one not consider study of the Scriptures to be the most important tasks that one can be engaged in, and that we are all individually responsible responsible for being informed and knowledgeable on God’s instruction instruction to each of us as to how to secure eternity through Christ? It is for this reason that I choose to examine the teachings and testimonies which are ascribed to our King and Lord as dictated by those directly witness to His mission, exploits, ministry, and accomplishments. accomplishments. It is also for this reason that I prefer to study even the extra-biblical extra-biblical accounts of those that knew Him best and most directly as Savior and Messiah; not allowing anybody to intercede for me on the interpretations of truth and faith.
218
Concerning preexistence preexistence and election, I am aware that most mainstream Christians Christians do not at all adhere to these principles, principles, predominantly predominantly because they they do not recognize recognize them as biblical concepts which are encoded into the canonical much less extra-biblical extra-biblical materials. materials. Realize the only reason I make mention of these topics here, is because they they are directly linked linked to the the next quote quote I will cite for affirming the layout of Ezekiel’s vision of the wheels within wheels. This passage like the others previously mentioned comports comports to Enoch’s Enoch’s description description of motions of of the celestial luminaries. luminaries. The end of this this story pertains specifically specifically to to election and preexistence. 1 And I, Abraham, had the Urim and Thummim, which the Lord my God had given unto me, in Ur of the Chaldees; 2 And I saw the stars, that they were very great, and that one of them was nearest unto the throne of God; and there were many great ones which were near unto it; 3 And the Lord said unto me: These are the governing ones; and the name of the great one is Kolob, because it is near unto me, for I am the Lord thy God: I have set this one to govern all those which belong to the same order as that upon which thou standest. 4 And the Lord said unto me, by the Urim and Thummim, that Kolob was after the manner of the Lord, according to its times and seasons in the revolutions thereof; that one revolution was a day unto the Lord, after his manner of reckoning, it being one thousand years according to the time appointed unto that whereon thou standest. This is the reckoning of the Lord’s time, according according to the the reckoning reckoning of Kolob. Kolob. 5 And 219
the Lord said unto me: The planet which is the lesser light, lesser than that which is to rule the day, even the night, is above or greater than that upon which thou standest in point of reckoning, for it moveth in order more slow; this is in order because it standeth standeth above above the earth upon upon which thou standest, therefore the reckoning of its time is not so many as to its number of days, and of months, and of years. 6 And the Lord said unto me: Now, Abraham, these these two facts exist, exist, behold thine thine eyes see it; it is given unto thee to know the times of reckoning, and the set time, yea, the set time of the earth upon which thou standest, and the set time of the greater light which is set to rule the day, and the set time of the lesser light which is set to rule the night. 7 Now the set time of the lesser light is a longer time as to its reckoning than the reckoning of the time of the earth upon which thou standest. 8 And where these two facts exist, exist, there shall be another fact above them, that is, there shall be another planet planet whose reckoning reckoning of time time shall be be longer still; 9 And thus there shall be the reckoning of the time of one planet above another, until thou come nigh unto Kolob, which Kolob is after the reckoning of the Lord’s time; which Kolob is set nigh unto the throne of God, to govern all those planets which belong to the same order as that upon which thou standest. 10 And it is given unto thee to know the set time of all the stars that are set to give light, until thou come near unto the throne of God. G od.
220
11 Thus I, Abraham, talked with the Lord, face to face, as one man talketh with another; and he told me of the works which his hands had made; 12 And he said unto me: My son, my son (and his hand was stretched out), behold I will show you all these. And he put his hand upon mine eyes, and I saw those things which his hands had made, which were many; and they multiplied before mine eyes, and I could not see the end thereof. 13 And he said unto me: This is Shinehah, which is the sun. And he said unto me: Kokob, which is star. And he said unto me: Olea, which is the moon. And he said unto me: Kokaubeam, which signifies stars, or all the great lights, which were in the firmament of heaven. 14 And itit was in the night night time when the Lord spake these words unto me: I will multiply thee, and thy seed after thee, like unto these; and if thou canst count the number of sands, so shall be the number of thy seeds. 15 And the Lord said unto me: Abraham, I show these things unto thee before ye go into Egypt, that ye may declare all these words.
16 If two things exist, and there be one above the other, there shall be greater things above them; therefore Kolob is the greatest of all the Kokaubeam that thou hast seen, because it is nearest unto me. 17 Now, if there be two things, one above the other, and the moon be above the earth, then it may be that a planet or a star may exist above it; and there is nothing that the Lord thy God shall take in his heart to do but what he will do it. 18 Howbeit that he made the greater star; 221
as, also, if there be two spirits, and one shall be more intelligent than the other, yet these two spirits, notwithstanding one is more intelligent than the other, have no beginning; they existed before, they shall have no end, they shall exist after, for they are gnolaum, or eternal. 19 And the Lord said unto me: These two facts do exist, that there are two spirits, one being more intelligent than the other; there shall be another more intelligent than they; I am the Lord thy God, I am more intelligent intelligent than they all. 20 The Lord Lord thy God sent his angel to deliver thee from the hands of the priest of Elkenah. 21 I dwell in the midst of them all; I now, therefore, have come down unto thee to declare unto thee the works which my hands have made, wherein my wisdom excelleth them all, for I rule in the heavens above, and in the earth beneath, in all wisdom and prudence, over all the intelligences thine eyes have seen from the beginning; I came down in the beginning in the midst of all the intelligences thou hast seen.
22 Now the Lord had shown unto me, Abraham, the intelligences that were organized before the world was; and among all these there were many of the noble and great ones; 23 And God saw these souls that they were good, and he stood in the midst of them, and he said: These I will make my rulers; for he stood among those that were spirits, and he saw that they were good; and he said unto me: Abraham, thou art 222
one of them; thou wast chosen before thou wast born. 24 And there stood one among them that was like unto God, and he said unto those who were with him: We will go down, for there is space there, and we will take of these materials, and we will make an earth whereon these may dwell; 25 And we will prove them herewith, to see if they will do all things whatsoever the Lord their God shall command them; 26 And they who keep their first estate shall be added upon; and they who keep not their first estate shall not have glory in the same kingdom with those who keep their first estate; and they who keep their second estate shall have glory added upon their heads for ever and ever. 27 And the Lord said: Whom shall I send? And one answered like unto the Son of Man: Here am I, send me. And another answered and said: Here am I, send me. And the Lord said: I will send the first. 28 And the second was angry, and kept not his first estate; and, at that day, many followed after him. - Book of Abraham 3:1-26 Reviewing the passages above, one can see that like the other verses on Polaris, the Northstar Kolob in this text “is set nigh unto the throne of God.” Motionless, Yah has fixed it directly over the mount of the congregation to be indicative indicative of the heavenly heavenly throne’s throne’s placement. Called the Kokaubeam in this text, these celestials surround the structure of the heavenly temple. Once conceived this pattern can be be found carefully carefully preserved within the detail detail of most ancient wisdom texts. 223
The seven concentric rings formulating the spatial layers of the tabernacle which extends from beneath the firmament to that of the earth’s circle, containing the circuits of the heavenly luminaries, can even be found described within the Dead Sea Scrolls.
The Divine Throne-Chariot ...The ministers of the Glorious Face in the abode of the gods of knowledge fall down before him, and the cherubim utter blessings. blessings. And as they rise up, there is a divine small voice and loud praise; there is a divine small voice as they fold their wings.
The cherubim bless the image of the ThroneChariot above the firmament, and they praise the majesty of the fiery firmament beneath the seat of his glory. And between the turning wheels, angels of holiness come and go, as it were a fiery vision of most holy spirits; and about them flow seeming rivulets of fire, like gleaming bronze, a radiance of many gorgeous colors, of marvelous pigments magnificiently mingled. The Spirits of the Living God move perpetually with the glory of the wonderful Chariot. The small voice of blessing accompanies the tumult as they depart, and on the path of their return they worship the Holy One, Ascending they rise marvelously; settling, they stay still. The sound of joyful praise is silenced and there is a small voice of blessing in all the camp of God. And a voice voice of praise praise resounds resounds from the midsts of all their divisions in worship. And each one in his place, all their their numbered ones sing hymns hymns of praise. praise. 224
Before moving on I would like to highlight and also comment upon the last portion of the quotation from the Book of Abraham. Notice that in these passages, the Most High says, “21 I dwell in the midst of them all; …for I rule in the heavens above, and in the earth beneath, in all wisdom and prudence, over all the intelligences thine eyes have seen from the beginning; I came down in the beginning in the midst of all the intelligences thou hast seen.” The latter portion of this text should be especially intriguing intriguing to those of you that are familiar with my work on the first world, w orld, antediluvian age and the differences between the Genesis Genesis 1:26-28 pre-adamic humans humans and modern humanity in Genesis 2:7. Lately many have been inquiring about the variances of these two creation stories and how the Earth destroyed in Genesis 1:2, was recreated in Genesis 1:3 and onward. 225
This passage from the Book of Abraham alludes to, in my opinion, our first estate involvement involvement as the sons of God with what the Bible in Genesis speaks about as the reformation of the earth by Elohim. Our spiritual preexistence though little little realized is connected to this term as applicable to the sentence of Elohim to incarnation and human mortality mortality in Psalms 82 as I will explain.
When understood I believe this story affirms our having been previously previously present with with the Father and and Christ “before the world that then was” and that Abraham like Jeremiah as part of Elohim was chosen for specific role and mission mission before he was ever born. It then goes on to describe how we as Elohim participated in assisting the Holy Trinity design the previous earth age. 24 And there stood one among them that was like unto God, and he said unto those who were with him: We will go down, for there is space there, and we will take of these materials, and we will make an earth earth whereon whereon these may dwell; dwell; 25 And we will prove them herewith, to see if they will do all things whatsoever the Lord their God shall command them; 26 And they who keep their 226
first estate shall be added upon; and they who keep not their first estate shall not have glory in the same kingdom with those who keep their first estate; and they who keep their second estate shall have glory added upon their heads for ever and ever. - Book of Abraham 3:24-26 Having created the earth in perfection and peopling it with the pre-Adamic races, the decision of who would serve the Father in redeeming humanity as Savior Messiah as discussed in The Great Contest: War In Heaven, is said to be the occasion which inspired Lucifer’s plot to ursurp Christ. Christ. Once Yahushua Yahushua was ordained leadership over the angelic hierarchies and hosts of heaven, Lucifer jealously connived a third of the angels of the highest to join him in attemptin Christ’s overthrow. With the promises of God-hood and kingdoms to rule of their own, some enlisted and together they declared declared war against against the Holy Holy Three. This conflict conflict led to the destruction of the first earth and world age. Consequentially, Consequentially, the Rebel Angels banishment here. 27 And the Lord said: Whom shall I send? And one answered like unto the Son of Man: Here am I, send me. And another answered and said: Here am I, send me. And the Lord said: I will send the first. 28 And the second was angry, and kept not his first estate; and, at that day, many followed after him. - Book of Abraham 3:27-28
227
Following the conflict in heaven and their exile to the earth, the Rebel Angels busied themselves with the construction construction of those megalithic sites we see everywhere scattered all across the face of the earth. They also engaged themselves during Atlantean times in the genetic modification, enslavement, and miscegenation of the preAdamic peoples before tempting Adam and Eve. Their engagement in such abomination is I believe the reason why the Lord God formed modern humanity in Their own image, establishing the basis for what would later be the enmity between the seed lines as I described in the second book of the Great Contest trilogy.
228
4 And I swear to you, yea, yea,
- The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 49:3-5 229
Chapter 11 – Fore-Ordination: The Riddle Of Preexistence Being Though it is unnecessary to go outside of the Canon to conceptualize the ideas of pre-existence and election, these postulations are covered in greater detail within the extra-biblical materials. It can be easily construed in Christ’s allusion to Psalms 82’s as cited to John 10. It is this hypothesis that relates exactly to what is described in the latter portion of the Book Of Abraham. Before continuing, I want to acknowledge that I am in no way asserting that the Book of Abraham an inspired text. I do believe it’s assertion that humanity preexisted with the Godhead and that this proclamation is connected to what Christ said in this verse, “Jesus answered them, Is it not written in your law, I said, Ye are gods?” – John 10:34 Let me also make it clear up front that in writing or speaking about pre-existence pre-existence that I am in no way referring to the concept of reincarnation which as an ideology is linked in principle to many far Eastern religions like Buddhism and Hinduism. These religions teach that human beings and even certain animals are cycling through physical embodiment and multiple lifetimes to overcome through works their karmic past (unlearned lessons of a previous life). Adherents of these religions claim that once one can comprehend and transcend into perfection the core tenets of human instruction that one will then reaching an elevated status, nature, or way of being, can then join other ascendant beings in graduating graduating from the wheel and cycles of human life and embodiment. 230
Having done so, one can then graduate and go beyond to higher teachings, embodiments, worlds, and spiritual realm. Another common thread with these new age theologies is that they all deny the pre-existent divinity of Yahushua as a part of the Holy Trinity which created all things. Rather they claim that He was merely an elevated human teacher like Buddha, Krishna, St. Germain, Maitreya, and other well-known NewAge instructors from the white brotherhood. brotherhood. They claim that once one reaches Nirvana as a state of awakening, or enlightenment that all who achieve this status can become an ascended ascended master. Even though I was wrapped up in new age teachings for over 20 years, I now know these beliefs to be untrue, and document in my seventh book Skyfall, the difference between the preexistent preexistent Christ Christ and others supposed holy holy teachers. Yahushua as part of the the Godhead was present with the Holy Spirit and Yahuah before His H is incarnation as a human human man. He specifically specifically came as God to redeem redeem us from flash flash and was God before before He was ever ever man. The rest of us created by Christ, pre-existed as angelic beings before entering entering into the the incarnation incarnation of human mortality mortality and therein lies the difference. Reincarnation Reincarnation as New Age teaching is also tied in concept to the denial of a coming judgment, reward, or punishment punishment as a repercussion repercussion for particular particular action or behaviors. They believe believe that because because one is cycling cycling through a lifetime and physical embodiment that whenever one commits what we as Christians regard as sin, one accrues karma which one can in future opportunity opportunity work out, amend, and overcome. They claim 231
that any negative lessons associated with past behaviors or actions must be remedied in the next lifetime before one can proceed forward with a goal of reaching Nirvana and ascension. NewAgers claim and act as if there is no consequence attached to one’s actions or behaviors but only a lesson. lesson. One either learns or is forced to relearn lessons later as one attains certain levels of enlightenment in cycling through a myriad lifetime and physical embodiments. embodiments. Doesn’t this this theology resemble the lie told to Eve in in the garden? garden? ‘Surely you you will not die but become as the angels angels of God to know good and and evil…’ My understanding of pre existence and election has nothing to do with cycling through a lifetime or attaining a point of enlightenment whereby one will then earn escape from the cycle or wheel of human existence. Biblical pre-existence is connected to the scriptural assertion that we as incorporeal beings existed in beautiful form form and were known by the Holy Trinity in spiritual embodiment previous to incarnating into flesh form. Our real metaphysical selves preceded the manifestation manifestation of our physicality. physicality. Our spirits predated predated the moment when our parents making love fused their sperm and ova together in union, beginning the conceptive process which fashioned our human bodies. bodies. The immortal intangible component component of who we are, the breath of life that was blown into into Adam’s body, body, that portion of us us which goes forward to be judged judged by the Father and the Son. Following our our giving up the ‘ghost’ ‘ghost’ that part of us will w ill be counted with either the wheat or the tares. It is this invincible invincible invisible, invisible, and an indestructible indestructible portion of who who we are Yahweh Elohim Elohim knew prior to the 232
foundations of this world. God willing, we shall be worthy of being numbered with the eternal elect. And so, when I reference the preexistent spirit and that our immortal bright natures had been with the Godhead previous to to our incarnation incarnation into flesh flesh form, it is to this that I am alluding. 4 Then the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, 5 Before I formed thee in the belly I knew thee; and before thou camest camest forth out out of the womb I sanctified sanctified thee, and I ordained thee a prophet unto the nations. – Jeremiah 1:4-5 3 If there is no truth in men, let them swear by the words, Yea, yea, yea, or else, else, Nay, nay. 4 And I swear swear to you, yea, yea, that there has been no man in his mother’s womb, (but that) already before, even to each one there is a place prepared for the repose of that soul, and a measure fixed how much it is intended that a man be tried in this world. 5 Yea, children, deceive not yourselves, for there has been previously prepared a place for every soul of man. - The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 49:3-5 [7] For God hath not given us the spirit of fear; but of power, and of love, love, and of a sound sound mind. [ 8] Be not thou therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord, nor of me his prisoner: but be thou partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God; [9] Who hath saved us, and called us with an holy calling, not according to our works, but according to his own purpose and grace, which 233
was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began, [10] But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Saviour Jesus Christ, who hath abolished death, and hath brought life and immortality to light through the gospel: - 2 Timothy 1:7-10 To prove these principles indeed biblical concepts, all one must do is examine the context of the words of Timothy, Paul, and Christ as they relate to in reference our preexistent preexistent nature. nature. For how else else were we known known and present with the the Godhead previous previous to our flesh incarnation if we did not in some way hold spiritual embodiment? The concept of election spoken about in Malachi and Romans, in my opinion, expounds upon how our spiritual nature and previous relationships with the Godhead determined in deeper aspect prior relationships with the Godhead. And that it was these previous relationships which resolved why Jacob was favored and Esau hated before either had had ever entered into into flesh or had had grown up enough to commit any kind of action which would rightfully elicit such such favor or hatred. Once grasped one should be able to see how election determined the circumstances of our birth and familial situation. My sixth and seventh books, Sons of God and Skyfall, cover these topics in much depth for those that might be interested in learning more. But before leaving this discussion, I would like to explain how Psalms 82 and John 10 connect to our current flesh embodiment here in what is now our second estate. There are numerous places 234
throughout throughout the canonical and extra-biblical materials which perceived correctly convey this teaching. [1] God standeth in the congregation of the mighty; he judgeth among the gods. [2] How long will ye judge unjustly, unjustly, and accept accept the persons persons of the wicked? Selah. Selah. [3] Defend the poor and fatherless: fatherless: do justice justice to the the afflicted and needy. [4] Deliver the poor and needy: rid them out of the hand of the wicked. [5] They know not, neither will they understand; they walk on in darkness: all the foundations foundations of the earth are out of course. [6] I have said, Ye are gods; and all of you are children of of the most most High. [7] But ye shall die like men, and fall like one of the princes. [8] Arise, O God, judge the earth: for thou shalt inherit all nations. –Psalms 82:1-8 [34] Jesus answered them, Is it not written in your law, I said, Ye are gods? – John 10:34 Yahushua is in John 10:34 quoting Psalms 82 so as to link our preexistent natures to the fact that we had previous embodiment embodiment before before entering into the carnality carnality of this dualistic dualistic world. world. We had been present with with Him in the heavens before the foundations of this world were even established established for for habitation. habitation. In Psalms 82 we see that that death was levied upon the sons of God G od and that the requisite to die like one of the princes was there first imposed upon humanity. I believe the Prince mentioned here is Satan. For it says in Isaiah 14 and Ezekiel 28 that the fallen cherub Lucifer would as a result of his rebellion against the Most High be sentenced to die as a man. 235
Being cast out and exiled to this realm, he and the one third of the angels of the Lord God which joined him in insurrection, insurrection, were sentenced to death and for this reason Satan is called the angel of death. They know know that after the 7000 years of reprieve they have been granted to accomplish establishing establishing themselves as gods, they will then be annihilated annihilated as if they they had never never been. Prior to this sentence being levied upon them, death was not yet present as part part of the creation. creation. The proclamation proclamation that the the sons of God would be required to die the death of men, is the judgment appointed to the Rebel Angels which set-up the basis for life and death, the knowledge of good and 236
evil, and the experience of pain and pleasure in this fallen world. Thus, why both Isaiah Isaiah and Ezekiel Ezekiel describe describe Lucifer being and dying like a man which aligns as theme with the latter half of the quote that I shared from the Book of Abraham: 25 And we will prove them herewith, to see if they will do all things whatsoever the Lord their God shall command them; 26 And they who keep their first estate shall be added upon; and they who keep not their first estate shall not have glory in the same kingdom with those who keep their first estate; and they who keep their second estate shall have glory added upon their heads for ever and ever. – Book Book of Abraham Abraham 3:25-26 3:25-26 We were once collectively a part of the sons of God which served in the divine council comprising a portion of the angelic hierarchy which is centered upon the Mount of the Congregation before the very throne of the highest. The war in heaven which which divided the the celestial celestial hierarchy into the forces of light and darkness and good and evil were the catalyst and instigator, for the determination determination of election and our entrance into human form for what we now know as one lifetime in the endless journey of a soul. [1] Therefore thou art inexcusable, O man, whosoever thou art that judgest: for wherein thou judgest another, another, thou condemnest condemnest thyself; thyself; for thou thou that judgest doest the same things. [ 2] But we are sure that the judgment of God is according to truth against them which commit such such things. things. [ 3] And 237
thinkest thou this, O man, that judgest them which do such things, and doest the same, that thou shalt escape the judgment of God? God? [ 4] Or despisest thou the riches of his goodness and forbearance and longsuffering; longsuffering; not knowing that the goodness of God leadeth thee to repentance? [ 5] But after thy hardness and impenitent heart treasurest up unto thyself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God; [ 6] Who will render to every man man according according to his deeds: [ 7] To them who by patient continuance in well doing doing seek for glory and honour and immortality, eternal life: [ 8] But unto them that are contentious, and do not obey the truth, but obey unrighteousn unrighteousness, ess, indignation indignation and wrath, wrath, [ 9] Tribulation Tribulation and anguish, upon every soul of man that doeth evil, of the Jew first, and also of the Gentile; [10] But glory, honour, and peace, to every man that worketh good, to the Jew first, and also to the Gentile: [11] For there is no respect of persons with God. [12] For as many as have sinned without law shall also perish without law: and as many as have sinned in the law shall be judged by the law; [ 13] (For not the hearers of the law are just before God, but the doers doers of the law shall shall be justified. justified. [ 14] For when the Gentiles, which have not the law, do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the law, are a law unto themselves: [ 15] Which shew the work of the law written in their hearts, their conscience also bearing witness, and their thoughts the mean while accusing or else excusing one another;) [16] In the day when God shall judge the secrets of men by Jesus Christ according to my gospel. [17] Behold, thou art called a Jew, and restest 238
in the law, and makest thy boast of God, [ 18] And knowest his will, and approvest the things that are more excellent, being instructed out of the law; [ 19] And art confident that thou thyself art a guide of the blind, a light light of them which which are in darkness, darkness, [ 20] An instructor of the foolish, a teacher of babes, which hast the form of knowledge and of the truth in the law. [21] Thou therefore which teachest another, teachest thou not thyself? thou that preachest a man should not steal, dost thou steal? [ 22] Thou that sayest a man should not commit adultery, dost thou commit adultery? thou that abhorrest idols, dost thou commit sacrilege? [ 23] Thou that makest thy boast of the law, through breaking the law dishonourest thou God? [24] For the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles through you, you, as it is written. written. [ 25] For circumcision verily profiteth, if thou keep the law: but if thou be a breaker of the law, thy circumcision is made uncircumcision. [ 26] Therefore if the uncircumcision keep the righteousness righteousness of the law, shall not his uncircumcision uncircumcision be counted for circumcision? [ 27] And shall not uncircumcision which is by nature, if it fulfil the law, judge thee, who by the letter letter and circumcision circumcision dost transgress transgress the law? [28] For he is not a Jew, which is one outwardly; neither is that circumcision, which is outward in the flesh: [29] But he is a Jew, which is one inwardly; and circumcision is that of the heart, in the spirit, and not in the letter; whose praise is not of men, but of God. – Romans 2:1-29
239
[3] Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places places in Christ: Christ: [4] According as he hath chosen us in him before the foundation of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before him in love: [5] Having predestinated us unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to himself, according to the good pleasure of his will, [6] To the praise of the glory of his grace, wherein he hath made us accepted in the beloved. [7] In whom we have redemption redemption through through his blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of his grace; [8] Wherein he hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; [9] Having made known unto us the mystery of his will, according to his good pleasure which he hath purposed in himself: [10] That in the dispensation dispensation of the fulness of times he might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him: [11] In whom also we have obtained an inheritance, being predestinated according to the purpose of him who worketh all things after the counsel of his own will: [12] That we should be to the praise of his glory, who first trusted in Christ. [13] In whom ye also trusted, after that ye heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation: in whom also after that ye believed, ye were sealed with that that holy Spirit Spirit of promise, [14] Which is the earnest earnest of our inheritance inheritance until the redemption of the purchased possession, unto the praise of his glory. - Ephesians – 1:3-14
240
"I have revealed you to those whom you gave me out of the world. They were yours; you gave them to me and they have obeyed your word. Now they know that everything you have given me comes from you. For I gave them the words you gave me and they accepted them... None has been lost except the one doomed to destruction so that Scripture would be fulfilled... My prayer is not for them alone [the disciples]. I pray also for those who will believe in me through their message... Father, I want those you have given me to be with me where I am and to see my glory, the glory you have given me because you loved me before the creation of the world." – John 17:6
And we know that all things work together for good to them that love God, to them who are the called according to his purpose. For whom he did foreknow, he also did predestinate to be conformed to the image of his Son, that he might be the firstborn among many brethren. brethren. Moreover whom he did predestinate, them he also called: and whom he called, them he also justified: and whom he justified, them he also glorified. What 241
shall we then say to these things? If God be for us, who can be against us? - Romans 8:28-31 In reviewing Jeremiah 1:4-5 and how the word w ord of the Lord, Christ knew him before he ever entered into the womb of his mother and foreordained him to be a prophet unto the nations. nations. How could such testimony testimony be truthful if John had not existed until he was conceived in his mother’s womb? womb? The Bible Bible affirms that that our spiritual aspect predated our flesh incarnations and that not only did we preexist with our angelic brethren but that something we did prior conveyed the circumstances for our being born into this world. Consider the following verses in connection to the ministry of Moses and you will find similar assertion is associated to to him as it is to all of of us. Once one is able able to embrace such revelation one can apply the concepts of Jeremiah 1 and the following passages to the assertions made by Christ in John chapter 10 where he affirms ‘Ye are God’s.’ Quoting from from Psalms 82, 82, He was alluding alluding to are having preexisted with Them. And that He chose many of us for certain role as determined by our election during the first world age in how we reacted in response to the war in heaven. He spoke in the tabernacle to give (it) by Joshua: saying to Joshua these words: '(Be strong) and of a good courage so as to do with thy might all that has been commanded commanded that you may be blameless unto God.' So says the Lord of the world. For He has created the world on behalf of His people. But He was not pleased to manifest this purpose of creation 242
from the foundation of the world, in order that the Gentiles might thereby be convicted, yea to their own humiliation humiliation might by (their) arguments convict one another. Accordingly He designed and devised me, and He prepared me before the foundation of the world, that I should be the mediator of His covenant. And now I declare unto you that the time of the years of my life is fulfilled and I am passing away to sleep with my fathers even in the presence of all the people. And receive this writing that you may know how to preserve the books books which I shall shall deliver unto unto you: and you shall set these in order and anoint them with oil of cedar and put them away in earthen vessels in the place which He made from the beginning of the creation of the world, that His name should be called upon until the day of repentance in the visitation wherewith the Lord will visit them in the consummation of the end of the days. - The Assumption of Moses Largely misunderstood only by understanding this hidden truth does it then make sense as to why some are favored and some are hated. Our angelic angelic free will during the the temptation fall and rebellion of one third of the angels which sided with Lucifer in insurrection insurrection determines in the second world age whether we are to be born in circumstance to the seed of the woman or the seed of the serpent. Even then it is our free will actions over the course of our life and whether we accept the grace of salvation extended to us by Christ in dying on the cross for all, Jew or Gentile, pagan or Christian, Adamite or Kenite that ultimately determines whether we are counted 243
and numbered with the elect or that of the children of perdition. [22] And almost all things are by the law purged with blood; and without shedding of blood is no remission. [23] It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens heavens should be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these. these. [24] For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us: [25] Nor yet that he should offer himself often, as the high priest entereth into the holy place every year with blood of others; [26] For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world: but now once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself. [ 27] And as it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment: [28] So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto salvation. - Hebrews 9:22-28 [1] Let not your heart be troubled: ye believe in God, believe also in me. me. [2] In my Father's house are many mansions: if it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you. [3] And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may be also. [4] And whither I go ye know, and the way ye know. [5] Thomas saith unto him, Lord, we know not whither thou goest; and how can we know the way? [6] Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the 244
truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by me. [7] If ye had known me, ye should have known my Father also: and from henceforth ye know him, and have seen him. [ 8] Philip saith unto him, Lord, shew us the Father, and it sufficeth us. [9] Jesus saith unto him, Have I been so long time with you, and yet hast thou not known me, Philip? he that hath seen me hath seen the Father; and how sayest thou then, Shew us the Father? [ 10] Believest thou not that I am in the Father, and the Father in me? the words that I speak unto you I speak not of myself: but the Father that dwelleth in me, he doeth the works. [11] Believe me that I am in the Father, and the Father in me: or else believe me for the very works' sake. [12] Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater works than these shall he do; because I go unto my Father. [13] And whatsoever ye shall ask in my name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. – John 14:1-13
245
246
Chapter 12 - The Sides Of The North And The Mount Of Congregation Heliocentrists Heliocentrists promote earth as a globe with two distinct poles for each each hemispheric hemispheric half, yet the the ancient cosmologies cosmologies assert the earth as a horizontal plane with only one central pole. According to the adventurous testimony of many journeymen historically historically attributed as having managed to go there and back, the region surrounding surrounding the northern pole is a fascinating place steeped in in mystery and mystical mystical traditions. traditions. Rumored to be a massive lodestone peak peak taller than any other mountain in the world. It is said to thrust so mightily into the heavens that if the sun and moon circuited over it, they would collide into its upper reaches. It is attested by both Scripture Scripture and mythology mythology to rise rise to even the the very throne of the Most High God and to be the home of the demigods. Called Rupes Nigra, meaning ‘Black Rock’, adventurers chronicle it as a 33-mile wide magnetite mountain which protruding from the sea rises rises in pinnacle pinnacle to form a phantom isle. isle. This Isle Isle is said to be be encompassed by a massive eddy which fed by four divergent rivers, each aligned to one of the four cardinal cardinal directions. directions. This solitary lodestone peak is identified by explorers as the reason why the needles of compasses worldwide have a northerly attraction. Its allure is said to be so captivating that a wooden ship constructed of iron nails cannot even with the mightiest of winds, escape its looming draw. Many crews were lost as a result of their ships being sucked down to their demise. The structure even plays into the story of Odysseus, Jason, and Aeneas. 247
The Northern Pole
I will in later chapter share in fullness the eyewitness accounts of some of the ancient explorers that ventured towards and into these these northern realms. Surviving return journey, the courts of the Kings of England England and Norway are documented as audience privy to the relation of their stories. Though much of this testimony has been lost to contemporary study, there are remnants of their accounts which cited in the memoirs of others have survived into the modern era. Examination of this material can lead one into some very intriguing speculation about what lies at the Northern Pole as well as how it connects to the belief that it as a region was once the cradle of humanity. Some of these accounts connect with the rumored existence of such mythological locations locations as paradise, the garden of Eden, Hyperborea, Atlantis, Thule, Asgard, Shambala, 248
and others. I believe this area to also connect to Genesis 2’s description of the garden of Eden.
“In the midst of the four countries is a Whirl-pool, into which there empty these four indrawing Seas which divide the North. And the water rushes round and descends into the Earth just as if one were pouring it through through a filter filter funnel. It is is four degrees wide on every side of the Pole, that is to say eight degrees altogether. Except that right under the Pole there lies a bare Rock in the midst of the Sea. Its circumference is almost 33 French miles, and it is all of magnetic Stone (...) This is word for word everything that I copied out of this author [Jacobus Cnoyen] years ago.” - Gerardus Mercator, 1577 letter to John Dee 249
Mention of this magnetite mountain I believe tantamount to the Greek Olympus, Vedic Mount Su-Meru or Meru, and in the Hebrew Bible as the mystical location of the mount of the congregation congregation which is spiritual spiritual Zion. It was this ‘exceedingly high mountain’ that Satan led Yahushua Y ahushua when tempting Him and upon which John saw, ‘an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit.’ This pit as I will also also show is also also located at the north and it is from there that New Jerusalem will descend at the end of days. From that central height, height, all of the nations of the world can be spied in wide berth. It was the sum of all of those kingdoms that Satan offered to Christ should He just offer him a little homage. It makes perfect sense to me that this mountain would be the location for the unfolding of that event since all the continents are distributed evenly in extension around it. What better place would make such perusal possible? I believe this area to also be the scriptural ‘sides of the north’ and the location location of Jacob’s Jacob’s ladder. Which when one understands this it is easy then to conclude that it is here that the sons of God converge in gathering to consult with Yahuah. Yahuah. An upward and downward downward vortex exists there at the mount of the congregation which the Angels used to travel to and fro between heaven, earth, and sheol when gathering together as the council of the mighty. How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the 250
mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit. – Isaiah 14:12-15, KJV Now there was a day when when the sons of God came to present themselves themselves before the the LORD, and Satan Satan came also among them. And the LORD said unto Satan, Whence comest thou? Then Satan answered the LORD, and said, From going to and fro in the earth, and from walking up and down in it. – Job 1:6-7, KJV God standeth in the congregation of the mighty; he judgeth among among the gods. How How long will ye ye judge unjustly, and accept the persons of the wicked? Selah. Defend the poor and fatherless: do justice to the afflicted and needy. Deliver the poor and needy: rid them out of the hand of the wicked. They know not, neither will they understand; they walk on in darkness: all the foundations of the earth are out of course. I have said, Ye are gods; and all of you are children of the most High. But ye shall die like men, and fall like one of the princes. Arise, O God, judge the earth: for thou shalt inherit all nations. – Psalms 82:1-8 The north is where Jacob in his dream vision saw the windows of heaven utilized by the Angels in ascending and descending movement between not only the earth and the upper heavens but also from the earth down into sheol. These different different levels are password protected by the celestial gatekeepers assigned to guarding them as 251
depicted in the Ascension of Isaiah. These guardians are only allowed to permit those with knowledge of the passcodes access access into and passage through through these upper realms. They safeguard, safeguard, limit, and prevent prevent the Rebel Rebel Angels and fallen watchers from intrusively ascending freely into the higher heavens and areas which they have been exiled in exclusion. exclusion. 7. And I heard the voice of the Most High, the Father of my Lord, saying to my Lord Christ who will be called Jesus: 8. "Go forth and descent through all the heavens, and thou wilt descent to the firmament and that world: to the angel in Sheol thou wilt descend, but to Haguel thou wilt not go. 9. And thou wilt become like unto the likeness of all who are in the five heavens. 10. And thou wilt be careful to become like the form of the angels of the firmament [and the angels also of the angels of who are in Sheol]. 11. And none of that world shall know that Thou art with Me of the seven heavens and of their angels. 12. And they shall not know that Thou art with Me, till with a loud voice I have called (to) the heavens, and their angels and their lights, (even) unto the sixth heaven, in order that you mayest judge and destroy the princes and angels and gods of that world, and the world that is dominated by them: 13. For they have denied Me and said: "We alone are and there is none beside us." us." 14. And afterwards from the angels of death Thou wilt ascend to Thy place. And Thou wilt not be transformed in each heaven, but in glory wilt Thou ascend and sit on My right hand. 252
15. And thereupon the princes and powers of that world will worship Thee." Thee." 16. These These commands commands I heard the Great Glory giving to my Lord. 17. And so I saw my Lord go forth from the seventh heaven into the sixth heaven. heaven. 18. And the the angel who who conducted me [from this world was with me and] said unto me: "Understand, Isaiah, and see the transformation transformation and descent of the Lord will appear." 19. And I saw, and when the angels saw Him, thereupon those in the sixth heaven praised and lauded Him; for He had not been transformed after the shape of the angels there, and they praised Him and I also praised with them. 20. And I saw when He descended into the fifth heaven, that in the fifth heaven He made Himself like unto the form of the angels there, and they did not praise Him (nor worship Him); for His form was like unto theirs. theirs. 21. And then then He descended descended into the forth heaven, and made Himself like unto the form of the angels angels there. 22. And when when they saw Him, they did not praise or laud Him; for His form was like unto their form. 23. And again I saw when He descended into the third heaven, and He made Himself like unto the form of the the angels in the third heaven. heaven. 24. And those who kept the gate of the (third) heaven demanded the password, and the Lord gave (it) to them in order that He should not be recognized. And when they saw Him, they did not praise or laud Him; for His form was like unto their form. 253
25. And again I saw when He descended into the second heaven, and again He gave the password there; those who kept the gate proceeded to demand and the Lord to give. 26. And I saw when He made Himself like unto the form of the angels in the second heaven, and they saw Him and they did not praise Him; for His form was like unto their form. 27. And again I saw when He descended into the first heaven, and there also He gave the password to those who kept the gate, and He made Himself like unto the form of the angels who were on the left of that throne, and they neither praised nor lauded Him; for His form was like unto their form. 28. But as for me no one asked me on account of the angel who conducted me. 29. And again He descended into the firmament where dwelleth the ruler of this world, and He H e gave the password to those on the left, and His form was like theirs, and they did not praise Him there; but they were envying one another and fighting; for here there is a power of evil and envying about trifles. 30. And I saw when He descended descended and made Himself like unto the angels of the air, and He was like like one of them. 31. And He gave no password; for one was plundering plundering and doing doing violence to another. – Ascension A scension of Isaiah, 10:7-31 In talking about this particular area and how it relates to the portals leading up to heaven as well as downward into sheol, please consider this vision as related by Enoch on the mountain which rises to the throne of Yah and place 254
where the waters are there collected. It seems to me that Enoch was also privy to the structure of this landscape as it pertains to the earth, heaven and hell. 8I perceived at the extremity of the earth the firmament of heaven above it. Then I passed on towards the south; 9Where burnt, both by day and night, six mountains formed of glorious stones; three towards the east, and three towards the south. 10Those which were towards the east were of a variegated stone; one of which was of margarite, and another of antimony. Those towards the south were of a red stone. The middle one reached to heaven like the throne of God; a throne composed of alabaster, the top of which was of sapphire. I saw, too, a blazing fire hanging over all the mountains. 11And there I saw a place on the other side of an extended territory, where waters were collected. 12I likewise beheld terrestrial fountains, deep in the fiery columns of heaven. 13And in the columns of heaven I beheld fires, which descended without number, but neither on high, nor into the deep. Over these fountains also I perceived a place which had neither the firmament of heaven above it, nor the solid ground underneath it; neither was there water above it; nor anything on wing; but the spot was desolate. - The Book of Enoch 18:8-13
255
256
Chapter 13 – Jacob’s Ladder Not only is the ‘North’ notably notably regarded in scripture for its connections to the mount of the congregation, sheol, and the throne throne and temple temple of God. It is also associated associated to Atlantis, Asgard, Shambala, Thule, Hyperborea, and many other mystical places proposed by legendary traditions traditions worldwide. The North Pole as center of the earth’s circular plane, has numerous other anomalous connections to such intriguing phenomena as magnetic attraction, attraction, the midnight sun, and the aurora borealis. The topography surrounding surrounding Rupes Nigra is quartered by four rivers which converging together form one ‘indrawing sea.’ This indrawing indrawing sea creates a giant swirling swirling funnel funnel which like a waterfall channels the world’s oceans into the interior interior of the earth. Other times itit floods outward outward in geyser elevating the level of the open sea in higher tide. This tidal rhythm creates the flux which science currently attributes to the supposed gravity of the moon. I speculate that even the ancient accounts of a sea monster called Charbyrdis to be associated associated with with this tidal vortex. vortex. This desolate location is described by Enoch and Job as the place where hell hell having no no covering, the earth is hung upon nothing. I believe this giant whirlpool or indrawing sea to be the the entrance to the bottomless bottomless pit. That’s why John in Revelation connected to the release of the Locust Army and portal where New Jerusalem cascades to the earth. Also referenced as the abysmal chasm, it is this hole which like a gaping wound exposes entrance to the hollow earth. earth. In the Targum itit is called the northern void void which as structure begin the seven levels comprising what we reference as the pit, grave, sheol and Tarturus. 257
While any of these phenomena would individually be considered alluring in and of themselves, tied together the mystique of this region is in my mind exponentially compounded and deserving of study. Thus, in this chapter I will begin introduction of the many intriguing aspects of both the mythological mythological and and Biblical connections connections which elaborate in greater detail as to why the ‘North’ has been regarded as a place of enchantment, enchantment, compelling so many philosophers, philosophers, poets, and researchers to investigati investigation on of it. I do recommend specifically that those interested in this topic read Paradise Found, the Cradle of the Human Race at the North Pole by William Warren. To set the premise for this discussion I would like to share some of the many scriptures which I have discovered which specifically allude to the ‘north’ as location for not only paradise and New Jerusalem (above), but also to hell and the great abyss (below). Yet, before I begin elaboration on such premise, I think it imperative that I share some insight into the work of David LaPoint called the primer field experiments which in construct depict the magnetic properties of our enclosed world world system as toroidal in shape. shape. One of my listeners George Cannon, God rest his soul made me aware of this this work. I have to to admit that it is is always riveting to discover that others are being Holy Spirit led to similar discernment on such topics as I but from completely different angle and perspective. Our studies are pieces of the larger puzzle which as witness confirm one anothers concept of the electromagnetic nature of our enclosed world world system. system. And while I am am describing describing from Scripture and mythology the concept of Jacob’s ladder as 258
vortex ascending both above to the temple and throne of God and descending below into sheol and the interior of the earth. David shows shows magnetically magnetically how the the two halves of this magnetically charged positive and negative system interact with one another to form the toroidal fields which create these two portal openings.
I recommend watching The Primer Fields documentary in full, so as to make oneself aware of the concept of how my work on cosmology parallels the toroidal fields illustrated illustrated in this video presentation. I will not be expounding upon the conclusions of his work here in great detail, other than to mention how these primer field experiments, experiments, depict scientifically scientifically how the magnetic fields align in structure to the concept I will convey as shape for our enclosed world system. The magnetic bowls used to portray the metaphysical properties of the enclosed enclosed world system system predict the existence of the vortex openings I have found alluded to 259
within the Scripture as to the structure of the earth’s polar center. The following following image will provide a visual reference of the concept I will be establishing scripturally. scripturally. In a later chapter, I will show how these openings tie into the differentiation between paradise and the garden of Eden. Know however, that sometimes sometimes the garden of Eden is cited as reference to paradise when it actually alluding to the earth. In some of the ancient stories, the terms cited in connection to them are in certain instances interchangeable, interchangeable, yet comprehended in clarity as I will show, paradise with certainty is always connected categorically categorically with the place of the righteous. The home of the righteous is always connected to the third heaven above the vaulted dome of the earth near the heavenly temple where the throne of God resides. The garden of Eden though sometimes referenced as paradise, is most often a representation of the place where Adam and Eve were banished when cast out of paradise. The earth represents their place of exile where the above meets the below beginning their trial of duality in human mortality. It is here that that the heavens heavens and hell intersect in in dimensional overlap. The earth is the proving grounds, audition for eternity and place where the sons of God G od sentenced to death are all incarnating into trial by the flesh. This struggle struggle is the test, one lifetime lifetime in the immortal journey of soul for determining whether we are in serving Christ worthy for a return to paradise or whether we in serving Satan are to be numbered amongst the wicked and condemned to sheol.
260
Examining the many scriptures, I will share to form this premise, it is important important that one be be able to conceptualize conceptualize that the gulf dividing the place of the righteous from the place of the wicked is nonlinear. nonlinear. And though this divide divide is often depicted as a horizontal gap, the right being the narrow way to the place of the righteous and the left being the broad way leading leading to the home home of the condemned. Paradise and hell are actually divided vertically. It took me awhile to conclude that even though they are referenced as being to the left and right of each other, they are in reality dimensionally dimensionally separated vertically one from the other. In considering considering heaven heaven and hell, hell, I had always assumed that the place of the righteous and the wicked existed together at the third heaven. And that both the home of the wicked and the place of the righteous existed on the left and the right of a linear horizontal plane. I had assumed that the Archerusian Archerusian Lake was the gulf which divided these two places and that the Angels 261
could travel from one point to another on the breadth of this level of heaven in similarity as one traveling from one country to another on the earth. In the beginning, two thousand years before the heaven and the earth, seven things were created: the Torah written with black fire on white fire, and lying in the lap of God; the Divine Throne, erected in the heaven which later was over the heads of the Hayyot; Paradise on the right side of God, Hell on the left side; the Celestial Sanctuary directly in front of God, having a jewel on its altar graven with the Name of the Messiah, and a Voice that cries aloud, aloud, "Return, ye children of men." That the goodness of God may rule on earth as in heaven, the Angels of Destruction are assigned a place at the far end of the heavens, from which they may never stir, while the Angels of Mercy encircle the Throne of God, at His behest. - The Legends of the Jews I What I have since discovered is that the gulf dividing the place of the righteous righteous from the place of the the wicked is actually separated along a vertical axis. This postulation makes complete sense when considering that heaven is traditionally believed to be above us and hell below. This insight is also I believe why paradise as the home of the righteous has association with the third heaven, and why sheol as the home of the wicked has association with the interior of the earth. This revelation may seem insignificant to some yet it was a huge aha moment for me in tying together all of the information that I am about to present on the nature of our enclosed world system. 262
Expounding upon the differentiation between the vortex which leads into heaven and that which leads in the hell, I will share many passages which connect the north to not only Paradise, New Jerusalem, the throne of God and direction for the return of Christ Christ (above). (above). But will also also share scriptural evidence tying the north together with hell, the great abyss, the bottomless pit, abysmal chasm, and direction for the release of the fallen angels, giants, and locust army at the end of days (below). Near the end of this book I will share a study study on Paradise Paradise which will clearly identify that indeed the home of the righteous exist above the vaulted dome and that it was from this place place that Adam and Eve fell. Beguiled by the nachash to eat fruit from the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, they consequentially consequentially were bereft of their immortal bright natures, sentenced to human mortality, and exiled to the lower earth as concisely conveyed in the First Book of Adam and Eve. This ancient text more than any other account on the life of Adam and Eve, captures the struggle they initially underwent in trying to transition transition to to a life of flesh. flesh. Once punished by the Lord God God for breaking the lone commandment given to them when placed into His garden paradise, their action caused the condemnation condemnation which cast them to mortal lifetime here upon the earth. It would be in this wilderness that the prophecies of Genesis 3:15-17 3:15-17 would would be fulfilled. fulfilled. Namely that Eve as the mother of all living, would give birth to both Cain and Abel bearing both the seed of the woman and that of the serpent. Adam as the patriarch and caretaker of the 263
Cain and Abel, would have to work w ork the ground to elicit the substance he would need to sustain in caring for Eve, Qayin (Kain whose name means acquired or possession as in acquiring as possession a stepchild) and his son Habel (Abel whose name means breath). And Adam knew Hava his wife, who had desired the Angel; and she conceived, and bare Kain; and she said, I have acquired a man, the Angel of the Lord. And she added to bear from her husband 4:1, Adam his twin, even Habel. – Genesis 4:1, Targum Yahushua references Satan’s beguilement of Eve in Matthew 13:25 as the enemy which snuck into the garden, in 13:39 as the devil which sowed the tares. He is the 1 John 3:12 wicked w icked one, who fathered Cain, the progenitor of of the serpent-seed. serpent-seed. In his rebellion rebellion to overthrow YHWH the Father and the Word, the only begotten Son, Son, Lucifer mentions mentions the throne throne of the highest highest in association association with the “sides of the north.” north.” This mention I believe to be indicative of the location of Jacob’s ladder. For it is in the North that the vortex or gateway which leads upward to the heavenly temple and throne room and also downward into the ‘sides of the pit’ is to be be found. This This portal is also related to the mount of the congregation for as I have shown this mountain is also located at the exact center of the circle of the earth. earth. His goal for the war in heaven heaven was to muster an army of angels to forcefully remove YHWH and Christ from the heavenly regions so that he could seat himself in usurpation on the very throne of God G od in being like the Most High. 264
13 For
thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: 14 I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the Most High. Yet, notice how Yah responds to Lucifer’s declaration – 15 Yet
thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit. 16 They that see thee shall narrowly look upon thee, and consider thee, saying, Is this the man that made the earth to tremble, that did shake kingdoms; 17 That made the world as a wilderness, w ilderness, and destroyed destroyed the cities thereof; that opened not the house of his prisoners? 18 All the kings of the nations, even all of them, lie in glory, every one in his own house. 19 But thou art cast out of thy grave like an abominable branch, and as the raiment of those that are slain, thrust through with a sword, that go down to the stones of the pit; as a carcase trodden under feet. 20 Thou shalt not be joined with them in burial, because thou thou hast destroyed destroyed thy land, land, and slain thy thy people: the seed of evildoers shall never be renowned. 21 Prepare slaughter for his children for the iniquity of their fathers; that they do not rise, nor possess the land, nor fill the face of the world with cities. 22 For I will rise up against them, saith the LORD of hosts, and cut off from Babylon the name, and remnant, and son, and 14:13-22 nephew, saith the LORD. – Isaiah 14:13-22 265
The Most High declares to him basically rather than succeed in ascending through this gateway to steal the seat of His authority that he instead would be cast down, brought low, and forcefully removed to the the pit of sheol. sheol. His bloodline descendants, the kings and leaders which had honored and worshipped him as god, when they expire would wonder as to why they ever revered him. Bound together for final judgment and condemnation, they would regret being caught up in his deceit. Psalms 82 describes, “ They know not, neither will they understand; they walk on in darkness: all the foundations of the earth are out of course.” It is important important to understand understand that this passage is relating that the banishment of the Rebel Angels to the earth occurred when “the earth was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the deep.” The Rebel Angels were initially cast out of the heavens and death brought into being during the first world age. In the Book of Enoch, Enoch, the Archangels Michael, Raphael, and Gabriel are shown to be shocked at the sentence levied upon the watchers for their rebellion against YHWH. What is not depicted in most biblical literature however is the shock, horror, and shudder of death being pronounced against the Rebel Angels. The reason they were sentenced to death is because they had part in the destruction of the earth in Genesis 1:2. The war in heaven led to the ‘foundations of the earth being out of course’ and the earth becoming ‘without form and void.’ Cast out of the upper heavens, Psalms 82 continues, “ I have said, Ye are gods; and all of you are children of the Most High. But ye shall die like men, and fall like one of the princes.” As the leader of the insurrection, Lucifer is in the Hebrew called called Samael, the Angel of death. death. He was the 266
first created being to be appointed to die the death of a man as alluded alluded to in the previous verse. The same concept is greatly elaborated upon in Isaiah 14. [16] They that see thee shall narrowly look upon thee, and consider thee, saying, Is this the man that made the earth to tremble, that did shake kingdoms; [17] That made the world as a wilderness, and destroyed the cities thereof; that opened not the house of his prisoners? [18] All the kings of the nations, even all of them, lie in glory, every one in his own house. [19] But thou art cast out of thy grave like an abominable branch, and as the raiment of those that are slain, thrust through with a sword, that go down to the stones of the pit; as a carcase trodden under feet. [20] Thou shalt not be joined with them in burial, because thou hast destroyed destroyed thy land, and slain thy people: the seed of evildoers shall never be renowned. [21] Prepare slaughter for his children children for the iniquity of their fathers; that they do not rise, nor possess the land, nor fill the face of the world with cities. [22] For I will rise up against them, saith the LORD of hosts, and cut off from Babylon the name, and remnant, and son, and nephew, saith the LORD. – Isaiah 16-22
We see in the above passage that Lucifer will be brought down to the grave meaning that he will be killed. The reason he is not joined by his children the kings and princes of the the world in burial, burial, is because because it is prophesied prophesied that he will be consumed by a fire which beginning within totally consumes him until he exists no more. The manner of his death prevents him from being honored or 267
revered in burial by those who celebrate him him as god. The reason that he is in Isaiah 14:19, cited as “an abominable branch”, is because because his children children comprise comprise the half of of the family tree of humanity that is evil, wicked. His H is branch of humanity are the tares, his children called here the seed of the evildoers. evildoers. When one looks looks up the words words for abominable and branch in the Strong’s concordance, the Hebrew words used there are: Abominable taʻâb, taʻâb, taw-ab'; a primitive root; to loathe, i.e. (morally) detest:—(make to be) abhor(-red), (be, commit more, do) abominable(y), × utterly. Branch - nêtser, nay'-tser; from H5341 in the sense of greenness as a striking color; a shoot; figuratively, a descendant:—branch.
The description of him as an abominable branch is directly related to his beguilement of Eve as a serpentine enchanter. Eve’s eating eating of the fruit from the tree of of the knowledge of good and evil is as related in Isaiah 14 alluded to by Christ in Matthew 13:24-26. [24] Another parable put he forth f orth unto them, saying, The kingdom of heaven is likened unto a man which sowed good seed in his field: [25] But while men slept, his enemy came and sowed tares among the 268
wheat, and went his way. [26] But when the blade was sprung up, and brought forth fruit, then appeared the tares also. - Matthew 13:24-26
The fruit is metaphor for Eve’s impregnation with Cain the firstborn son of the devil. He is the patriarch of the seed of the evildoers. evildoers. Mainstream Christians do not understand that Samael, the angel of death, also called Satan the adversary, fathered a people here on the earth which are completely dissimilar dissimilar to the sons of Adam. Those interested in more information on this very controversial topic, can look to my 4 th book Lucifer Father of Cain and especially my 12 th and latest book, The Great Contest II: Enmity Between The Seed-lines, for a complete breakdown of the particulars associated to this revelation. The variance between the wheat and the tares as the children of promise and the children of perdition is interwoven throughout Scripture. It is explained by Yahushua specifically specifically in Matthew 13 and Yahweh in Isaiah 14. 14. The cosmological cosmological structure structure of heaven, heaven, earth, earth, and hell as enclosed world system are linked in division to the existence of these two seed-lines. Paradise has been established established as a home home of rest for the the righteous elect and sheol sheol a place of condemnation condemnation for the wicked. wicked. The parable of the the kingdom shows that the Angels Angels are surprised by the sudden appearance of the tares amongst the wheat and wanting to root and gather them up asked Christ for such permission and were told: An enemy hath done this. The servants said unto him, Wilt thou then that we go and gather them up? [29] But he said, Nay; lest while ye gather up the 269
tares, ye root up also the wheat with them. [30] Let both grow together until the harvest: and in the time of harvest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye together first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them: but gather the wheat into my barn. - Matthew 13:28-30
This means that just as Satan and the one third of the angels which rebelled with him were given a reprieve of 7000 years, so are his children also spared from immediate destruction destruction for this duration of time. Isaiah identifies them the tares as the “seed of the evildoers.” As teaching their first appearance is connected to the enmity began in Genesis 3:15, which following up the war in heaven continued the battles waged between Satan and Christ through the children of Cain and the children of Adam. The contention contention of the seed of of the serpent serpent and the seed of the woman was renewed post-flood between Israel and Canaannite giants. Yahushua’s decree to allow allow both people people groups to grow together until until the time time of the end, is reason why the angst between these two seed lines continues unabated even in this day and age. It is also the reason why the Most High has preserved a remnant of their seed, never completely annihilated them as a people when He has periodically brought brought judgment upon them throughout the ages. He has on numerous occasions (the Katabole, destruction of Atlantis, Noah’s flood, annihilation of Canaan) decreed judgment against the seed of the abominable branch, as reflected in Isaiah 14:21-22 and paraphrased below:
270
‘Prepare slaughter for his (Lucifer’s) children as the seed of evildoers shall never be renowned but will be punished for the iniquity of their fathers; that they will not be allowed to rise up and fill the face of the earth with cities, that He will in fact rise up against them in cutting off the name, and remnant of this abhorred people.’ The polarization of the two ends of the enclosed world represents the disparaging existence existence of these two peoples. Jacob’s vision of the ladder used by the Angels to ascend and descend in passing through the various levels of heaven and hell, demarcates the division of creation into the domains domains of light and and darkness, good good and evil. evil. The ongoing Great Contest being conducted between the forces of the Holy Trinity and demonic forces of Legion for the souls of humanity is also directly related to the differentiation differentiation between these two people groups. This distinction distinction is also why we as a mixed multitude are subject to duplicity of this time space dimensionality. Our eternal inheritance inheritance and whether we w e will be restored to our former estate or annihilated as if we had never been is also intertwined with this temporary dual nature. The vortex in the void of the north points to both heaven and hell. The ascending portion rises into the heavenly temple and throne of God where new Jerusalem and paradise currently currently reside. reside. The descending descending portion extending down into the domain domain of the evil one. The upper heavens like the netherworld is subdivided by 7 regions. These regions are established based upon whether one will be rewarded or punished for the inclinations inclinations and behaviors which one performed during 271
the course of life especially if one did not accept Christ as Savior Messiah. Messiah. His blood covers in forgiveness the sinful actions of those that later being born again go forth to sin no more. It is in these regions that the wicked are afflicted in varying degree of torture and the righteous blessed in varying varying degrees of rest as described described in legend legend by the Apocalypse Apocalypse of Peter and Zephaniah, the Vision of Paul, and other stories such as Dante’s Inferno. Surrounded by angels in grand procession, procession, Yahweh Elohim rules in the heavens above the vaulted dome of the earth at the height height of heights. The lower realms have been temporarily temporarily given over over to Satan and and the hordes of demons, which assist him in controlling the seven lower regions of the netherworld called in the Hebrew sheol.’ It is the word which we in English derive ‘Hell.’ There are many terms attributed to these varying levels as I described in the first chapter on the design of creation. The Hebrew or Greek terms γέεννα géenna, γέεννα géenna, gheh'-en-nah; meaning the valley of (the son of) Hinnom; ge-henna (or Ge-Hinnom), a valley of Jerusalem, used (figuratively) as a name for the place (or state) of everlasting punishment is one definition applied to hell. Also referenced referenced as shᵉʼôwl, sheh-ole'; shᵉʼôwl, sheh-ole'; or shᵉʼôl; this shᵉʼôl; this word means (the pit or grave) hades or the world of the dead (as if a subterranean retreat), including its accessories and inmates:—grave, hell, ἄβυσσος ábyssos, ab'-us-sos pit. The Greek word, ἄβυσσος ábyssos, (bottomless); from G1 (as a negative particle) and a variation of G1037; depthless, i.e. (specially) (infernal) "abyss": is also linked to the idea of a deep and bottomless tartaróō, tar-tar-o'-o; pit. Another Greek word ταρταρόω tartaróō, tar-tar-o'-o; from Τάρταρος Tártaros Τάρταρος Tártaros (the deepest abyss of Hades); to incarcerate in eternal torment:—cast down as translated hell in 2 Peter 2:4 is meant to imply in meaning the 272
deepest abyss abyss of Hades. Hades. Believed to to be the location location for for where the fallen Angels and possibly some of their giant children are being held. Lik e a maximum-security ward of a prison, it is acknowledged in Dante’s Inferno as the place where the the giants specifically specifically are held held in containment containment in the very lowest levels of ‘hell’. Each of these terms reference in concept a portion of the netherworld reflecting individually upon the various levels of it and yet each is also used collectively to represent hell as an unified whole. They are not towers in a circling wall, But giants planted round the pit, that all Show upwards from the navel. " As the mist Thins slowly, by the morning sunlight kissed Till hidden forms show vaguely, and reshape Their gradual outlines as the the vapour vapour leaves, leaves, The obstructed air, the gloom, as near we drew, Reformed my error with a closer view More frightful. For the nether pit receives Their legs and bellies, while the rest doth rise Like Montereggione's towers, that crown The wall's full circle. Upwards from the thighs One monster faced me. Nature found escape From such creation ere our time, and well w ell She chose chose her condemnation. condemnation. Still Jove's Jove's frown Against them thunders. If the monstrous whale Its breed continue, continue, or the elephant, elephant, They do do not vainly vainly through their bulk rebel Against the rule of nature. Wits are scant, And weight is harmless. When they both unite What is there in mankind that might prevail To make defence against them? Inferno Canto 31 273
This Materik is that Land of Dreams (Desired Land) which in antiquity was populated by men and women of God,
– Chronicle of Longinus 274
Chapter 14 – The Thracian Chronicles The next two stories that I would like to share in connection to the northern gateway as portal for moving back and forth forth between heaven, heaven, hell, and and the earth, are part of a legacy legacy of work known known as the Thracian Thracian Chronicles. Those of you that are familiar with my work, know that I am involved in supporting a project to bring forth the work of Tsvetan Guidarski and his late brother Dr. Stephen Guide as approved by the Bishops of the Thracian Church. One of the projects that we are endeavoring to complete is translating and making available in the English for the first time, the many stories which comprise the Thracian Chronicles. These stories have only recently come to light within the last decade as a result of the successful decryption of the world’s most ancient post-diluvian language the Thraco-Boharic script as decrypted by Dr. Stephen Guide and Tsvetan Guidarski; as detailed in the release of the predominantly Bulgarian three volume set, “The Thracian Script Decoded I, II, and III.” My friend, Alexander Kwasnik Beatus, a Swedish linguist has for the last five or six years translated for me some of the stories making up these very profound ancient biblical accounts. accounts. I have shared the release of these ancient texts on my Endeavor Freedom and Zen Garcia YouTube channels. Those of you that are interested, you can find audio portions of three of these texts, the Book of Atam and Eua, the Chronicles of Longinus, and recently a portion of the Book of Navi under the playlist Thracian Chronicles. 275
The reason this information and these stories are so very important is because 1) they prove the language and culture of the Thracians as most ancient post Noahic flood peoples. peoples. And being Christian Christian that they historically historically ruled over a wide empire which extended throughout large tracts of the European and Western Asian continents 1500 to 2000 years prior to the establishment of the ancient Sumerians, Egyptians, and Greeks. 2) Some of their oral traditions are said to date back to 5500 B.C. preceding the rise to prominence of all other pagan cultures, civilizatio civilizations, ns, and peoples. As followers of of a triune Godhead, the Thracian peoples recognized in their stories knowledge of the prophetic coming of ISUS, the Son of God, and that He would born of a virgin, rectify the fall of their ancestors as Savior Messiah. Most importantly this newly discovered chronology confirms that Christianity as relegated to the biblical narrative was and is not based, dependent, nor contrived from or linked in any way as plagiarism to the pagan Sumerian mythologies which most contemporary historians and archaeologists believe to be the oldest post flood stories stories in the world. The clay cuneiform cuneiform tablets tablets are currently believed to be the place from which all myth originates and that the worship of Yahweh Elohim by the Hebraic peoples is nothing more than a stem of Annunaki worship. Most scientists, scientists, archaeologists, archaeologists, and researchers of the ‘extraterrestrial ‘extraterrestrial ancient alien phenomenon’ phenomenon’ sweeping the world today believe that the Annunaki created humanity humanity in our ancient ancient past. I believe such preposition to be tantamount tantamount to the strong strong delusion delusion that we are warned about within Scripture concerning the coming of the antichrist as an alien God. 276
Anyways the reason I mention the decoding of the Thracian script as the oldest written language in the world is because I believe there is mention within the Chronicles, allusion allusion to the ‘North’ as gateway and possible cradle of habitation habitation for the fallen ones and and modern humanity. humanity. Know that efforts efforts are being being put forth to publish through Sacred Word Publishing that body of work. If you would like like to contribute contribute to our our efforts and facilitate an acceleration of that process please donate to the Thracian Church directly at the following link. http://thethracianchurch.com/donations-account/?lang=en Please attach a note that your donation is to support the linguistic linguistic efforts to translate the Thracian Chronicles. Thank you in advance for doing so. Should you be interested in slightly more detail on the individual individual texts of the Thracian Chronicle collection, collection, I list them in my 11 th book, The Great Contest: War In Heaven. I would like to express my gratitude Todor, Tsvetan, and the Bishops of the Thracian church for permission to share in quotation some portions of the Thracian Book of Atam and Eua and Chronicles of Longinus which I believe subjective subjective to the investigation investigation of the north as place of origin for in this case, the ancient lost land of Thule. Look, I toured with the Roman army around the whole world and all Materiks (continents, mainlands) and conquered victoriously many amazing and famous lands, but today I write to you about another land which is most famous; namely the famous land of that Materik of the Son of God which will be soon revealed for the whole world, so the worthy human sons and daughters may go in and go 277
out from it, and live there until they populate it once and for all, like all the rest of the Materiks in the world. This Materik is that Land of Dreams (Desired Land) which in antiquity was populated by men and women of God, before they visited today´s known world. And while it was close to our world, there were still chosen travellers who crossed between it and the present-day world. Then came the old Flood and separated the worlds; the earthly waters detached the Materiks from other Materiks like the islands are detached; but the heavenly tables landed far away from the First Materik, therefore they were totally lost. Some wise men used to say that the First Materik rose up to heaven, because humans were guilty and had fallen for ever from the First Eden. If this was the case or not, only God knows! But it is written somewhere, that during many years in deep antiquity and younger times, many travellers came again across this Island (materik); nobody knows how or why, but it happened during unknown periods through through seas, air, air, waters and lands; lands; and wrote down secret words which w hich would be understood only by the worthy and dedicated dedicated people. They They told about the lands of The Island (the materik) which they saw; about the cities and wonders, and about other great secrets that they experienced there. – The Chronicle of Longinus, Thracian Chronicles In my study of the many language translations translations of the various life accounts of Adam and Eve (the Greek 278
Apocalypse of Moses, the Latin Vitae Adae Et Evae, the Slavonic Life of Adam and Eve, the Armenian Penitence of Adam, the Georgian Book of Adam, the Arabic Kitab Al Magalli, the Geez Cave of Treasures), I believe the Thracian Book of Atam and Eua to be the oldest and possible origin for all all the others as it contains within it the most extensive translation of this text anywhere available. Also including two chapters, the ones that begin and end the manuscript manuscript which as as reference are completely unique and dissimilar to any of the other translations of Adam and Eve lives’ currently available from any tradition worldwide. Significant this exclusive demarcation denotates the Thracian account perhaps as the possible genesis for the others which though related do not contain within them these two uniquely peculiar chapters. With regard to the Chronicles of Longinus, there is no other parallel account available anywhere in the world which similar to it. It is the story of the Thracian soldier which piercing the side of Christ during His crucifixion, had blood dribble into and miraculously heal his one blind eye. After witnessing witnessing all the signs signs which occurred occurred in the heavens and the earth during Yahushua’s crucifixion, crucifixion, Longinus Longinus became a disciple disciple of Christ. Christ. This text documents his fortunate interactions and fellowships with not only some of the other apostles, but also following this life changing event his encounters with Mary Magdala Magdala and the the resurrected Lazarus. It is my great privilege to share with you as reader some of the portions of of those texts texts which I believe believe pertinent to the investigation at hand. 279
And nobody knew what was to be, only Him who manifest it through His Word from beginning to end, because He knew what He said, and everything everything that that He said would be made manifest in place and time. Coming into being there, where something was said, it would appear, manifest in Time and Place - the Visible and Invisible within it, and outside of it. Thus appeared, first the Heavenly Place, which is the Place where God Nu-Tay dwells Himself, together with RE-YA and IS-US. This is the Place for the wished for love of the ONE, who is in the THREE. This Place is most inaccessible to all but those allowed entrance to it by the ONE in the THREE (Trinity). They see His Face for eternity. And under this Place there are other Heavenly H eavenly Places, accordingly to the order and grades devised by Nu-Tay Himself, RE-YA and IS-US. There He established the Earth, as a Garden Paradise flowing with milk, honey and wine, and the Trees bearing the Bread of Life - so that whoever eats from them will not die, but will live eternally as God Himself lives eternally. And from there descends the River of Life in four directions to all living worlds, flowing with Living life to all, until the end of the Water, providing life Universe. Humans were not allowed to know about all these worlds, only those found worthy by the sacrificial lamb from the day of the creation of the world, whose name is ISUS, are allowed to learn about these worlds – one after another – till they will 280
know them all as He Himself as God became known. And they will live together with ISUS for eternity in the Bosom of the Father and in the Womb of the Holy Mother Spirit, RE-YA . And all these worlds begin in God´s City, which is the City of Truth – *Jerus, and the City of Peace, namely *Salim. Blessed are those who are worthy of God´s Lamb, who will be allowed to pass through His gates, because nothing nothing unclean can pass through, through, nor a mortal who commit sins. – The Thracian Book of Atam and Eua 1 In many accounts and commentaries on the creation of paradise as the the home of the righteous, it is said that that the Lord God had established the third heaven as the height of heights and prepared the heavenly temple and His own throne, prior to what we see being depicted in Genesis between verse 1:1 and 1:2 as the recreation, recreation, reformation, reformation, and reestablishment of the ruinous heap of the earth following its consequential destruction after the war in heaven and exile of the rebel angels to the destroyed earth. I believe that the creation and establishment of paradise and the heavenly temple as the invisible home of God and His elect in the upper heavens to be what is being described here in the very first chapter of the Book of Atam and Eua which is excluded from every other translation translation worldwide. This particular chapter, in my opinion, specifically alludes and ties to in teaching, the flashback of Proverbs 1,3, and 8:22-31 where Solomon in inspiration inspiration reflects upon the pre-existence of wisdom as the Holy Spirit in connection with Yahushua Christ. 281
In the following short narrative, we have the Word of God sharing with Adam and Eve the revelation that there are portals and doors which unite heaven and earth as shared with Jacob in vision. Reference to these portals portals and doors I believe to be indicative of the seven windows of the heavens which divide the regions below the firmament whereupon dwell the seven wayward stars we call planetary hosts of heaven which in the biblical narrative include include the sun and moon. They are the the seven gateways that Christ descended through in coming to the earth to be conceived of the Virgin Mary as conveyed by The Ascension of Isaiah. I will take you to it – to the Heavenly Kingdom because I will reveal the names of the doors which lead to the Heavenly Kingdom. They will obey you and will open for you, so you may return to the Light from which you came from. And you will learn about the *Mystery of the Doors through which you will go in and go out from My City”. And God said again to Atam: A tam: “The whole sorrowstricken that came upon you through your sin, caused by Satan, will not free you and will not save you. But I will do it. When I come down from Heaven and become carnal through your seed, and when I will take on my shoulders the powerlessness in which you are now and suffer, and when I will be mortal during the time of your future descendants, then the darkness from the cave will come upon Me in the grave. - The Thracian Book of Atam and Eua 282
The Tree As Gateway They looked around but could not find the way out. They were scared, and this was no laughing matter. They could not understand why this was happening; knowing that they entered the Tree and that there was an entrance. Where was it now? It became darker outside, and this was a new experience for them. The outside had never darkened before. And soon it was so dark inside, that nothing could be seen. There was nobody to help them but the Word of God, but they did not dare to call Him for help, because what would they tell Him: “We came here to hide from You, because we were naked naked and locked ourselves inside inside the Tree, and now we are unable to come out?!” “Oh, my dear children, Satan has cheated you – this serpent which is the enemy of the human race. I cry for you, because you did not understand that you will have to leave My Garden forever, and there is no way back”. You now see things with other eyes and hear things with other ears, and you feel with different parts of the body. You lost the clothing of your great and immortal being that you had here in My Garden, where your nature was divine and upraised. Then God the Lord said to Adam, "When you were under subjection to Me, you had a bright nature within you, and for that reason could you see things far away. But after your transgression your 283
bright nature nature was withdrawn from you; and it was not left to you to see things far away, but only near at hand; after the ability of the flesh; for it is brutish." - The The Thracian Book of Atam and Eua Eua 8 And now, you are in the dark and your eyes are not used to earthen darkness. Nor your bodies used to it. Your fascination and satisfaction of your new world was short-lived. short-lived. Now, as you wished, wished, you will not only learn learn about the good and the pleasurable, but also about the bad, pain and and suffering, because because the world outside the Garden - the world to which you will go now is vicious and rough. An earth which will give you weeds and thorns, and you will sweat, when you must cultivate it in order to get food”. Love is stronger than the lion, and sweeter than honey, but honey will be bitter in Eua’s womb, because she will will feel pain when she gives birth. birth. Oh, why would you need this when you still are children?! Now you have to labour of your own during your lifetime, before you were able to learn about wisdom from Me in the Garden. May the Serpent-Satan be damned for deceiving you. It desired to bring you to this world, to which the Serpent was exiled, so you could be its slaves. Because it is evil – a deceiver, killer, and beast – the father of Lies and and Temptation. Temptation. “Then what are we going to do? Can’t You help us to get out of here and return to the Garden?” – asked Atam. 284
My friend, you understand nothing. Yes, I personally will will take you out from the place where you are, and that is immediately. But what is “immediately” in the Garden, requires a time of “thousands of years of years” on the earth, where you are now. Because the entrance to the Tree is here, where the Garden is – *very close to you - but being from your side, the distance is so huge that you would not be able to pass it on your feet. Neither can you see it. The time and the distances are different on both sides of this Tree. – The Thracian Thracian Book of Atam Atam and Eua 5 In these stories from the Book of Atam and Eua, the tree of the knowledge of good and evil is portrayed as a portal uniting paradise and earth. Eve not being admonished directly by the Lord God to avoid the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, Satan specifically targets are in temptation to partake of its fruit and in this case entering into into the interior interior of the tree. tree. Entering inside inside her body is transformed transformed into flesh whereby Satan is then able able to frolic with her. Following her interaction interaction with him him she is unable to find escape from this tree, calling forth Adam to join her her in assistance. assistance. Hearing her voice voice he too enters into its interior and then also with Eve partakes of its fruit and in that manner comes to knowledge of good and evil. Desperate being embroiled in their first experience of darkness, it’s foreboding plummets them into horror, heightening heightening their concern for not being able to discover a way out of their predicament. Having transgressed the commandment to not partake of this fruit, the Word of God in compassionate explanation reveals to them that because of their their conduct and choices, they they can no longer longer 285
remain in paradise but removed are now stricken to an earthly existence. existence. Even in repentance they must for lifetime be exiled from the upper realms but to not lose hope that He would one day enter the flesh and born of their ancestors redeem them again to their first estate. Yet, in the meantime there would be no quick return from such condemnation and they would be exiled to the same place that the the serpent and and other Rebel Angels Angels had already already been cast down death being pronounced upon them. The tree of the knowledge of good and evil is uniquely portrayed as a gateway in this this story. Similar to Jacob’s Jacob’s Ladder which as bridge gaps the divide between paradise and the fallen fallen earth. The last paragraph paragraph of this this story is most eloquently indicative of this aspect. I will conclude this arrangement by sharing in scriptural presentation the connection connection of the north north with salvation salvation and the second second Advent of Christ. Christ. In light of all the other other material which I have brought forth in this book, it makes sense that it is from the sides of the north where Polaris is located that the comment that every eye shall bear witness to the return of Christ in Matthew 24:27 and Revelation 1:7 will occur in unfolding since this location is the bull’s-eye center of the flat Earth plane. For promotion (salvation) cometh neither from the east, nor from the west, nor from the south. – Psalms 75:6 [25] I have raised up one from the north , and he shall come: from the rising of the sun shall he call upon my name: and he shall come upon princes as upon morter, and as the potter treadeth clay. [ 26] 286
Who hath declared from the beginning, that we may know? and beforetime, that we may say, He is righteous? yea, there is none that sheweth, yea, there is none that declareth, yea, there is none that heareth your words. – Isaiah 41:25-26 I believe the opening of the heavens in rolling up as a scroll to be similarly connected with the polar vortex and the windows of heaven which also reside in the northern regions. Not only will His second second coming coming be associated associated to this area but also the descent of the heavenly temple New Jerusalem from from the third heaven heaven here to the the earth. Fulfilling the first of the Leviticus 23 fall feasts, I believe this event will occur on chodesh in the month of Tishri. Being associated to the Yom Teruah the feast of trumpets, that this is the reason why the angel sounds the trumpet and the kingdoms of this world are said to become the kingdoms kingdoms of our our Lord. I expound expound upon the the timeline of how Yahushua’s first and second coming align with with the Father’s Father’s holy days. This link link in my opinion also verifies the congruency congruency of the old and new Testaments in their foreshadowing of the coming of Christ as prophetically prophetically revealed to the Israelites. I do a very detailed exposé on this scenario in my ninth book, The Flat Earth As Key to Decrypt the Book of Enoch. And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places. -Revelation 6:14 And all the host of heaven shall be dissolved, and the heavens shall be rolled together as a scroll: and all their host shall fall down, as the leaf falleth off from 287
the vine, and as a falling fig from the fig tree. - Isaiah 34:14 These two verses from Isaiah and Revelation are explained in greater detail within a little-known little-known text called the Apocalypse of Thomas which interestingly describes what most end times apocalyptic texts associate with the very last day as occurring over the course of a week rather than a single great and terrible day of the Lord. And that the specific events outlined in Revelation and other places connected to the harvest gathering of the elected wheat and corrupted tares are dispersed in unfoldment over the span of 7 days of this last week. Whatever the case may be, it seems very clear to me that in my study of the harvest preservation of the righteous and the condemnation of the wicked, this event is without a doubt ascribed to begin with the sounding of the seventh and and last trumpet. trumpet. For it is the overwhelming overwhelming blast of the ram’s horn which which announces the day and hour which no man knoweth. knoweth. The blowing blowing of the shofar shofar is in Scripture connected to the proclaimed arrival of chodesh and in this case also tied to the arrival of Yom Teruah, the feast of trumpets which is always determined by the first sighting of the sliver of the waxing crescent moon. This particular high holy day is the only feast day marked by the beginning beginning of chodesh. chodesh. The reason this occasion is called the day that no man knoweth is because the conjunctive moon is invisible prior to it being revealed as a narrow crescent. Chodesh for those that do not know marks the beginning of the lunar months on God’s calendar and sets the following 288
four seven-day sabbatical weeks and timing of Shabbat. One can reference the Ancient Hebrew Enochian Lunar Calendar that I created for greater detail on what I am speaking about here. Likewise, should I get time I do plan on putting a book together on the Enochian calendar and the Levitical feast days. These are the seven signs the ending of this world. There shall be in all the earth famine and great pestilences and and much distress: distress: then shall shall all men be led captive among all nations and shall fall by the edge of the the sword. On the first first day of of the judgement judgement will be a great marvel (or, the beginning shall be). At the third hour of the day shall be a great and mighty voice in the firmament of the heaven, and a great cloud of blood coming down out of the north, and great thunderings and mighty lightnings shall follow that cloud, and there shall be a rain of blood upon all the earth. These are the signs of the first day (Monday in the Anglo-Saxon, and so for the other days). And on the second day there shall be a great voice in the firmament of the heaven, and the earth shall be moved out of its place: and the gates of heaven shall be opened in the firmament of heaven toward the east, and a great power shall be sent belched) forth by the gates of heaven and shall cover all the heaven even until evening (al. and there shall be fears and tremblings in the world). These are the signs of the second day. And on the the third day, about the second hour, shall be a voice in heaven, and the abysses of the earth shall utter their voice from the four corners of the world. The first heaven shall be 289
rolled up like a book and shall straightway vanish. And because of the smoke and stench of the brimstone of the abyss the days shall be darkened unto the tenth hour. Then shall all men say: I think that the end draweth near, that we shall perish. These are the signs of the third day. Then shall they behold me coming from above in the light of my Father with the power and honour of the holy angels. Then at my coming shall the fence of fire of paradise be done away -because paradise is girt round about with fire. And this shall be that perpetual fire that shall consume the earth and all the elements of the world. Then shall the spirits and souls of all men come forth from paradise and shall come upon all the earth: and every one of them shall go unto his own body, where it is laid up, and every one one of them shall shall say: Here lieth my body. And when the great voice of those spirits shall be heard, then shall there be a great earthquake over all the world, and by the might thereof the mountains shall be cloven from above and the rocks from beneath. Then shall every spirit return into his own vessel and the bodies of the saints which have fallen asleep shall shall arise. Then shall shall their bodies bodies be changed into into the image image and likeness likeness and the honour of the holy angels, and into the power of the image of mine holy Father. Then shall they be clothed with the vesture of life eternal, out of the cloud of light which hath never been seen in this world; w orld; for that cloud cometh down out of the highest realm of the heaven from the power of my Father. And that cloud shall compass about with the beauty thereof all the spirits that have believed in me. Then shall they be clothed, and and shall be borne borne by the hand hand of the holy holy 290
angels like as I have told you aforetime. Then also shall they be lifted up into the air upon a cloud of light, and shall go with me rejoicing unto heaven, and then shall they continue in the light and honour of my Father. Then shall there be unto them great gladness with my Father and before the holy angels These are the signs of the sixth day. And on the seventh day at the eighth hour there shall be voices in the four corners corners of the heaven. heaven. And all the air shall be shaken, and filled with holy angels, and they shall make war among them all the day long. And in that day shall mine elect be sought out by the holy angels from the destruction of the world. Then shall all men see that the hour of their destruction draweth near. These are the signs of the seventh day. day. And when the the seven days days are passed passed by, on the eighth day at the sixth hour there shall be a sweet and tender voice in heaven from the east. Then shall that angel be revealed which hath power over the holy angels: and all the angels shall go forth with him, sitting upon chariots of the clouds of mine holy Father (so) rejoicing and running upon the air beneath the heaven to deliver the elect that have believed in me. And they shall rejoice that the destruction destruction of this world hath come. The words of the Saviour Saviour unto Thomas are ended, concerning the end of this world. The Apocalypse of Thomas Is not this scenario particularly interesting interesting with regard to the firmament’s connection to the end times? Another book that I would like to to compile should should the Lord God and time allow, is to gather in collection a volume of 291
many varying extra-biblical apocalyptic texts which are focused in elaboration on the end of days. I will try to work on these two books after completing this one on paradise and the third book book of the Great Contest trilogy. trilogy. My hope is to compile and publish such a book on both the calendar and the end of days within a year or so. Returning to the theme of discussion, I will now share other Scriptures which also link the sides of the North in association to the mount of the congregation, the heavenly temple, New Jerusalem, and other little-known concepts which when re-examined hold obvious connection to this region. Great is the Lord, and greatly to be praised in the city of our God, in the mountain of his holiness. Beautiful for situation, situation, the joy of the whole earth, is Mount Zion, on the sides of the north, the city of the great King. - Psalms 48:1-2 And I saw a new heaven and a new earth; for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea. And I John saw the holy city, New Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned Revelation 21:1-2 for her husband. – Revelation While we have been examining the connections of the north with the upper heavens, heavenly temple, and throne room of Yahweh Elohim there are many other passages which also relate its its connections connections to the opposite opposite end of the spectrum that being sheol, Tartarus, and the great abyss. abyss. We will in in this chapter examining examining how the the North relates in aspect to the the seven regions regions of ‘hell.’ 292
We’ll begin this study with the testimonies of both Job and Enoch to gain further insight and better grasp of how sheol ties into the design of creation being the lower half of the spectrum where Satan, Legion, and other demonic forces reside in occupation. Dead things are formed from under the waters, and the inhabitants thereof. 6 Hell is naked before him, and destruction hath no covering. 7 He stretcheth out the north over the empty place, and hangeth the earth upon nothing. 8 He bindeth up the waters in his thick clouds; and the cloud is not rent under them. 9 He holdeth back the face of his throne, and spreadeth his cloud upon it. 10 He hath compassed the waters with bounds, until the day and night come to an end. 11 The pillars of heaven heaven tremble and are astonished astonished at his his reproof. – Job 26:5-11, KJV 5. Is it possible that the mighty who are decayed will recover, when they are below the waters and their camps? 6. Sheol is revealed before him, and the grave and Abaddon have no cover. 7. He it is who stretches the North upon the Void; he erects the earth over the waters without anything to support it. 8. Who binds up the rain in his clouds, and the cloud is not rent under it. 9. He holds tightly the thick darkness about his throne so that the angels will not see him; he spreads the clouds of his Glory over it like a curtain. 10. He decreed that the firmament should dwell upon the surface of the waters, as the boundary between light and darkness. 11. The pillars of the heavens tremble 293
and are shaken by his wrath. – Job 26:5-11, Targum This passage from Job correlates the north with the lower bottom half of Jacob’s ladder ladder which leads downward into sheol rather than upward into the throne-room of God. As a gateway, the design of Jacob’s ladder and its centralization centralization with the North makes perfect sense according to what we now know of the design of creation and the portals which lead both up into the heights of heaven and down into what is scripturally called the great abyss. It is here that that the seven heavens heavens and seven seven hells are joined in union by the central plane of the northern pole. This is why Job describes describes this this region of hell hell as having no covering, and being exposed, lies naked before the highest highest God. I take this this to mean mean that YHWH Elohim can peer down from His central height above Polaris, directly into the interior of sheol, not just because He is all knowing but because there exists stretched out over the ‘north’ this wide opening which as a portion of the earth is referenced by the prophets as the empty place which leads into the hollow interior of the great abyss. Thus, why this portion of the plane is described as the bottomless and referenced as where the earth hangs upon nothing. Being one of the passages which heliocentricists bring forth as confirmation of the Copernican planetary model for our so-called solar system, let me make it clear that Job in this passage is not affirming the earth is one of many planets suspended in the vacuum of space by the sun’s supposed gravitational gravitational pull or that the earth is somehow dangling, spinning about in space as it floats 294
around the sun in orbit. But rather Job in this passage, is sharing glimpse of the Void which lies positioned at the Northern Pole. Besides if Job Job were intending intending to describe describe the earth in spatial suspension within the vacuum of space, he never would’ve mentioned it established on pillars as cited 17 chapters chapters prior to to this account account in Job 9:6 and as to what it is fastened in Job 38. Which shaketh the earth out of her place, and the pillars thereof thereof tremble. – Job Job 9:6 1 Then the Lord answered Job out of the whirlwind, and said, 2 Who is this that darkeneth counsel by words without without knowledge? knowledge? 3 Gird up now thy loins loins like a man; for I will demand of thee, and answer thou me. 4 Where wast thou when I laid the the foundations of the earth? declare, if thou hast understanding. understanding. 5 Who hath laid the measures thereof, thereof, if thou knowest? or who hath stretched the line upon it? 6 Whereupon are the foundations thereof fastened? or who laid the corner stone thereof; 7 When the morning stars sang together, and all the sons of God God shouted for joy? - Job 38:1:7 38:1:7 He raiseth up the poor out of the dust, and lifteth up the beggar from the dunghill, to set them among princes, and to make them inherit inherit the throne of glory: for the pillars of the earth are the Lord's, and he hath set the world upon them. - 1 Samuel 2:8
295
And the channels of the sea appeared, the foundations foundations of the world were discovered, at the rebuking of the Lord, at the blast of the breath of his nostrils. - 2 Samuel 22:16 Fear before him, all the earth: the world also shall be stable, that it be not moved. - 1 Chronicles 16:30 Then the channels of waters were seen, and the foundations foundations of the world were discovered at thy rebuke, O Lord, at the blast of the breath of thy nostrils. - Psalm 18:15 The earth and all the inhabitants inhabitants thereof are dissolved: I bear up the pillars of it. Selah. - Psalm 75:3 The Lord reigneth, he is clothed with majesty; the Lord is clothed with strength, wherewith he hath girded himself: the world also is stablished, that it cannot be moved. - Psalm 93:1 O worship the Lord in the beauty of holiness: fear before him, all all the earth. 10 Say among the heathen that the Lord reigneth: the world also shall be established that it shall not be moved: he shall judge the people people righteously. righteously. 11 Let the heavens rejoice, and let the earth be glad; let the sea roar, and the fulness thereof. - Psalm 96:9 Of old hast thou laid the foundation of the earth: and the heavens are the work of thy hands. - Psalm 102:25 296
Who laid the foundations of the earth, that it should not be removed for ever. 6 Thou coveredst it with the deep as with a garment: the waters stood above the mountains. 7 At thy rebuke they fled; at the voice of thy thunder thunder they hasted hasted away. 8 They go go up by the mountains; they go down by the valleys unto the place which thou thou hast founded founded for them. Thou Thou hast set a bound that they may not pass over; that they turn not again to cover the earth. - Psalm 104:5 I went down to the bottoms of the mountains; the earth with her bars was about me for ever: yet hast thou brought up my life from corruption, O Lord my God. - Jonah 2:6 My hope is that for those of you that are studying this information, information, one can now understand the real context of these passages as they pertain to the biblical geocentric cosmology that the earth was established immobile rather than being a twirling sphere which orbits around the sun. The earth is instead the foundation for the solid structure of the vaulted dome which sitting atop it contains the celestial luminaries which maintain circuit below the roof of His tabernacle. The earth rather than being a round planetoid is the horizontal horizontal plane plane established established as habitation habitation for the plants, creatures, and humans which dwell in residence upon it. It was set upon the pillars which join in union with some other inconceivable foundation. foundation.
297
298
Chapter 15 - The Abyssmal Chasm Soon I will in later chapter share the eyewitness accounts of some of the explorers historically attributed with having successfully ventured to the polar north. Their tales confirm the perspective of this teaching and verify that there is indeed located at the center of the earth’s circle a wide gaping hole which leads into the interior of the hollow portion of the earth where the demonic realms are carved out in cavern. Until then let us continue with Enoch’s testimony testimony of being taken to and shown the ends of the earth by the angel Uriel. I will share this account as interpreted in conveyance by the Richard Laurence and R.H. Charles translations of this story contained in the Book of Enoch. w inds, 1I then surveyed the receptacles of all the winds, perceiving that that they contributed contributed to adorn the whole creation, and to preserve the foundation of the earth. 2I surveyed the stone which supports the corners of the earth. 3I also beheld the four winds, which bear up the earth, and the firmament of heaven. 4 And I beheld the winds occupying the exalted sky. 5Arising in the midst of heaven and of earth, and constituting the pillars of heaven. 6I saw the winds which turn the sky, which cause the orb of the sun and of all the stars to set; and over the earth I saw the winds which support the clouds. 7I saw the path of the angels. 8I perceived at the extremity of the earth the firmament of heaven above it. Then I passed on towards towards the south; south; 9Where burnt, both by day and night, six mountains formed formed of glorious glorious 299
stones; three towards the east, and three towards the south. 10Those which were towards the east were of a variegated stone; one of which was of margarite, and another of antimony. Those towards the south were of a red stone. The middle one reached to heaven like the throne of God; a throne composed of alabaster, the top of which was of sapphire. I saw, too, a blazing fire hanging over all the mountains. 11And there I saw a place on the other side of an extended territory, where waters were collected. 12I likewise beheld terrestrial fountains, deep in the fiery columns of heaven. 13And in the columns of heaven I beheld fires, which descended without number, but neither on high, nor into the deep. Over these fountains also I perceived a place which had neither the firmament of heaven above it, nor the solid ground underneath it; neither was there water above it; nor anything on wing; but the spot was desolate. And there I beheld seven seven stars, like like great blazing mountains, and like spirits entreating me. Then the angel said, This place, until the consummation of heaven and earth, will be the prison of the stars, and the host of heaven. The stars which roll over fire are those which transgressed the commandment of God before their time arrived; for for they came not in their proper season. season. Therefore was He offended offended with them, and bound them, until the period of the consummation of their crimes in the secret year. – The Book of Enoch 18:1-16, Translated from Ethiopic by Richard Laurence, London, 1883. 300
I saw the treasuries of all the winds: I saw how He had furnished with them the whole creation and the firm foundations of the earth. 2. And I saw the corner-stone of the earth: I saw the four winds which bear [the earth and] the firmament of the heaven. 3. ⌈⌈And I saw how the winds stretch out the vaults of heaven ⌉⌉, and have their station between heaven and earth: ⌈⌈ these are the pillars of the heaven ⌉⌉. 4. I saw the winds of heaven which turn and bring the circumference of the sun and all the stars to their setting. 5. I saw the winds on the earth carrying the clouds: I saw ⌈⌈the paths of the angels. I saw⌉⌉ at the end of the earth the firmament of the heaven above. And I proceeded and saw a place which burns day and and night, where there are seven mountains of magnificent stones, three towards the east, and three towards the south. 7. And as for those towards the east, 〈one〉 was of coloured stone, and one of pearl, and one of jacinth, and those towards the south of red stone. 8. But the middle one reached to heaven like the throne of God, of alabaster, and the summit of the throne was of sapphire. 9. And I saw a flaming fire. And beyond these mountains 10. is a region the end of the great earth: there the heavens were completed. 11. And I saw a deep abyss, with columns of heavenly fire, and among among them I saw columns of fire fall, which were beyond measure alike towards the height and towards the depth. 12. And beyond that abyss I saw a place which had no firmament of the heaven above, and no firmly founded earth beneath it: 301
there was no water upon it, and no birds, but it was a waste and horrible place. 13. I saw there seven stars like great burning mountains, and to me, when I inquired regarding them, 14. The angel said: 'This place is the end of heaven and earth: this has become a prison for the stars and the host of heaven. 15. And the stars which roll over the fire are they which have transgressed the commandment of the Lord in the beginning of their rising, because they did not come forth at their appointed times. 16. And He was wroth with them, and bound them till the time when their guilt should be consummated (even) ⌈for ten thousand years⌉.' – The Book of Enoch 18:1-16, R.H. Charles, 1917 When one takes into consideration these two parallel accounts from both Job and Enoch’s description description of this particular region, region, I believe believe it can be established established that that such testimony links to the northern polar region as it connects in citation to Gerardus Mercator’s 1577 letter to John Dee about Cnoyen Jacobus’ description of the northern polar region as presented in the 14th century book, Inventio Fortunata (fortunate journey) which shares within it, multiple eyewitness accounts of the different explorers which successfully navigated journey to the Northern polar region and living to to tell about it, were able to return to civilization and relate their story to the courts of the King of Norway and England. Investigating their accounts modern researchers like myself, can now better understand the strange phenomena attributed to this area by the ancient ancient prophets, prophets, making our study of these these accounts come to life in way never conceptualized conceptualized prior. 302
Considering such association, thus why I believe this passage, ‘I saw, saw, too, a blazing blazing fire hanging hanging over all the mountains’ mountains’ to perhaps be connected to the Aurora Borealis and the mention of the fountains of waters being collected there connected connected to the whirlpool said to swirl in this area. ‘And there I saw a place on the other side of an extended territory, where waters were collected… Over these fountains also I perceived a place which had neither the firmament of heaven above it, nor the solid ground underneath it; neither was there water above it; nor anything on wing; but the spot was desolate;’ that perhaps these these report from Enoch Enoch to be similarly similarly linked linked to what Job described as area where hell having no covering, stands exposed, naked over the empty place. Perhaps these depictions and the others I will share below, are allusion allusion to the the gaping funnel funnel which as giant giant sucking whirlpool whirlpool is the fountains of water where the oceans are collected before being funneled into the interior. And that this is the hole which Mercator cites as surrounding the lodestone mountain located at the northern pole which empties the waters of the world into the abyss of sheol. And I saw a deep abyss, with columns ⌈of heavenly fire, and among them I saw columns ⌉ of fire fall, which were beyond measure alike towards the height and towards the depth. 12. And beyond that abyss I saw a place which had no firmament of the heaven above, and no firmly founded earth beneath it: there was no water upon it, and no birds, but it was a waste and horrible place. - The Book of Enoch 18:11:12 303
The Northern Gateway as related to Jacob’s vision of a ladder which both rises into heaven and also descends into hell is often disclosed as being situated over an empty place or attributed in some manner with being a Void. Enoch here in statement like others construes this vortex as a place where neither the structure of the dome rises above and neither is the firmly founded earth allocated beneath it; matching precisely the statements found in Job 26:6-7. I will share a couple of other sources which seem to also confirm the layout of the landscape of this region. Of all this vast world only one-third is inhabited, the other two-thirds being equally divided between water and waste desert land. Beyond the the inhabited inhabited parts to the east is Paradise with its seven divisions, each assigned to the pious of a certain degree. The ocean is situated to the west, and it is dotted with islands upon islands, inhabited by many different peoples. Beyond it, in turn, are the boundless steppes full of serpents and scorpions, and destitute of every sort of vegetation, whether herbs or trees. To the north are the supplies of hell-fire, of snow, hail, smoke, ice, darkness, and windstorms, and in that vicinity sojourn all sorts of devils, demons, and malign spirits. Their dwelling-place is a great stretch of land, it would take five hundred years to traverse it. Beyond lies lies hell. In the east, east, the west, and the south, heaven and earth touch each other, but the north God left unfinished, that any man who announced himself as a god might be set the task of supplying the deficiency, and stand convicted as a pretender. - The The Legends of of the Jews I 304
Isn’t it interesting that this passage describes a portion of land land which is so so vast that it would take take 500 years to traverse across it and that beyond it lies hell. It seems to me that the only way such assertion can be true is if one one were to enter enter into the interior interior of the Earth through some passage and that it would be from there that one can gain access to this huge nether region where it is said that ‘all sorts of devils, demons, and malign spirits’ sojourn.
The other very intriguing aspect of this particular quote is its assertion that heaven and earth come together in union in the directions of the South, East, and West. Applying this comment to the knowledge that the vaulted dome rises in apex to join in union 305
above the northern pole, can this statement be understood in any other manner than the premise that I bring forth of the heavenly temple and throne room of the Most High God being established above the sides of the north. The reason the north is not affirmed as being one of the directions where the heaven and earth come together formation is because the north is the place that all directions come together together in cathedral or vaulted dome as described by Amos in 9:6. The One who builds His upper chambers in the heavens And has founded His vaulted dome over the earth, He who calls for the waters of the sea And pours them out on the face of the earth, The Lord is His name. – Amos 9:6, NASB These biblical passages connect to another interesting aspect of prophecy, mythology, and conspiracy that being its affiliation to the hollow earth and the imprisonment of supernatural beings beings which are slated to be released at the end of days as part of the judgment and wrath of the Lord God poured out on the wicked and those not written into the books of life as depicted in many varying apocalyptic apocalyptic texts. Many do not realize that the end game of the Darwinian heliocentric deception deception has to do with preparing the world for the rise rise of the anti-christ anti-christ and as we approach the end of days humanity will become increasingly more aware of the supernatural forces which are aligned against us. The Illuminati Illuminati are preparing for for the reign of the anti-christ by pushing for the agenda of the New World Order. The point of disclosure is to reveal an alien counterfeit messiah to take over as leader the 306
‘global’ syndicate that they are working behind the scenes to genetically forge for him in resurrecting through cloning a giant fallen angelic supernatural army. Scripture refers to this ethereal force as the ‘locust’ army, and associates their release with not only the liberation of the angels detained in the river Euphrates and a place called the Dudael but also links to some of these angels detained specifically specifically for release at the end of days. These supernatural supernatural entities will be part of the ‘locusts’ which in Revelation are cited as being responsible for the decimation of 2/3rd’s of the remaining humans alive on the earth during the time that they are freed from the abyss and the wrath of God levied against the wicked excluded from the books of life. Four winds were created in the world, viz., the winds coming from the east, south, north, and west. From the eastern corner the light of the world goeth forth; from the south, the dews of blessing descend upon the world; from the west emanate the stores of snow, hail, cold and heat, and rains for the benefit of the world; the north corner of the world He created, but did not complete, for He said: Whoever declares himself to be God, let him come and finish this corner which I have left, and then shall all know that he is a God. There the demons, earthquakes, evil spirits, and Shiddim dwell, and from there they come forth to the world, as it is said, 'Out of the north evil shall break forth' (Jer. i. 14). Chronicles of Jerameel 7
307
One of the reasons that I wanted to share this passage besides its obvious reference reference to the north as being being created in an incomplete manner in which was done so purposely in foresight by the Lord God because He foresaw that Lucifer would rebel and lead astray one third of the angelic hierarchy. This I liken to being reason why this area holds as vortex a region which is described as uncovered, and exposed as it would be this opening which would be utilized by Lucifer and Legion to enter into those worlds and realms appointed to them for temporary rule by Yahuah in contesting for the souls of humanity. Lucifer’s goal of wanting to exalt himself above the clouds and stars of God, in assuming His throne and replacing Him as sovereign lord, is the aspect of the ‘north’ which is associated to the dwelling place of demons, evil spirits, and the Shiddim (another class of demonic entity). The association of the ‘north’ as dwelling place for demonic entities is of particular interest to me especially when applied in context with the hollow earth and the passages which I will share in in next chapter chapter which also connect to discussion of the ‘north’ with the specific reference ‘from there they come forth to the world, as it is said, Out of the north evil shall break forth.’ [13] And the word of the LORD came unto me the second time, saying, What seest thou? And I said, I see a seething pot; and the face thereof is toward the north. [14] Then the LORD said unto me, Out of the north an evil shall break forth upon all the inhabitants of the land. [15] For, lo, I will call all the families of the kingdoms of the north, saith the LORD; and they shall come, and they shall set every 308
one his throne at the entering of the gates of Jerusalem, and against all the walls thereof round about, and against all the cities of Judah. [16] And I will utter my judgments against them touching all their wickedness, who have forsaken me, and have burned incense unto other gods, gods, and worshipped the works of their own hands. - Jeremiah 1:14
309
When Alexander saw their wickedness, he called God to his aid,
310
Chapter 16 - The Bottomless Pit Are the supernatural armies spoken about in Joel 2 and Revelation 9, currently imprisoned somewhere possibly within the interior of the hollow earth near a northern opening? And if so are they slated to be released near the end of days to participate in the prophetic unfolding of the tribulation of those days as is postulated by the Biblical narrative? The destructive end of humanity by supernatural supernatural forces such as fallen angels, giants, and other demonic entities sounds more like the blockbuster Hollywood script, World War Z or a Walking Dead episode rather than the timeline for finishing the gospel account. Those familiar familiar with the the end game game as prophesied prophesied by the last last days events events of scripture or or end-time reality reality as envisioned envisioned by the schemers of the New World Order that the disparate agendas of the forces of both light and darkness when understood converge in scenario to weave a story that is indeed stranger than fiction. I have expounded upon this scenario and timeline in great detail in many of my other books, and thus will not elucidate this plot here, other than to connect these events to the design of creation and the connection of these supernatural supernatural armies to the the north. As a portal, entry into the underworld concluding statement that from the north, great evil shall break forth in coming upon the world. For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. – Matthew 24:21
311
Blow ye the trumpet in Zion, and sound an alarm in my holy mountain: let all the inhabitants of the land tremble: for the day of the LORD cometh, for it is nigh at hand; 2 A day of darkness and of gloominess, a day of clouds and of thick darkness, as the morning spread upon the mountains : a great people and a strong; there hath not been ever the like, neither shall be any more after it, even to the years of many generations. 3 A fire devoureth before them; and behind them a flame burneth: the land is as the garden of Eden before them, and behind them a desolate wilderness; yea, and nothing shall escape them. 4 The appearance of them is as the appearance of horses; and as horsemen, so shall they run. 5 Like the noise of chariots on the tops of mountains shall they leap, like the noise of a flame of fire that devoureth the stubble, as a strong people set in battle array. array. 6 Before their face the people shall be much pained: all faces shall gather blackness. 7 They
shall run like mighty men; they shall climb the wall like men of war; and they shall march every one on his ways, and they shall not break their ranks: 8 Neither shall one thrust another; they shall walk every one in his path: and when they fall upon the sword, they shall not be wounded. 9 They shall run to and fro in the city; they shall run upon the wall, they shall climb up upon the houses; they shall enter in at the windows like a thief. 10 The earth shall quake before them; the the heavens shall shall tremble: the sun and the moon shall be dark, and the stars shall 312
withdraw their shining: 11 And the LORD shall utter his voice before his army: for his camp is very great: for he is strong that executeth his word: for the day of the LORD is great and very terrible; and who can abide it? – Joel 2:1-11 9 And the fifth angel sounded , and I saw a star fall from heaven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit. 2 And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit. 3 And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth: and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power. 4 And it was commanded them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree; but only those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads. 5 And to them it was given that they should not kill them, but that they should be tormented five months: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when he striketh a man. 6 And
in those days shall men seek death, and shall not find it; and shall desire to die, and death shall flee from them. 7 And the shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared unto battle; and on their heads were as it were crowns like gold, and their faces were as the faces of men. 8 And they had hair as the hair of women, and their teeth were as the teeth of lions. 9 And they had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron; and 313
the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle. 10 And they had tails like unto scorpions, and there were stings in their tails: and their power was to hurt men five months. 11 And they had a king over them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue hath his name Apollyon. 12 One woe is past; and, behold, there come two woes more hereafter. 13 And
the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God, 14 Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates. 15 And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men. – Revelation 9:1-15 Because the north has association with the sheol’s great abyss or bottomless pit, it’s not shocking at all that it would have connection to devils, demons, evil spirits, fallen angels and giants. As described above, I believe that when the fifth angel sounds that an angel represented as a star, will descend to the earth with the key to the bottomless pit, and opening opening it, will release an abundance abundance of supernatural beings that had until this time been held back from intrusion intrusion and interaction interaction with with the people people of this world. That at the end of days, the restraining hand of the Most High will no longer prevent their entrance into this dimensional experience. 314
Whereas He had protected us from the consequences of a shadowy elite performing Cern-like ritual as means to invoke, summon, and conjure these dark entities into our world, at some point He will step back and allow them success in their black magic ritual, just like He did during the days of the exodus when the Israelites were attacked by the flying flying fiery serpents serpents some worshipped. worshipped. Likewise, the four angels said to be bound near the river Euphrates I believe will also be loosed along with the locust army to aid them in their punishment of those that are alive during this time. [30] There be the princes of the north, all of them, and all the Zidonians, which are gone down with the slain; with their terror they are ashamed of their might; their might; and they lie uncircumcised with them that be slain by the sword, and bear their shame with them that go down to the pit. - Ezekiel 32:30 [22] Behold, the noise of the bruit is come, and a great commotion out of the north country, to make the cities of Judah desolate, and a den of dragons. – Jeremiah 10:22 Like the days of Noah where all was destroyed to restore the balance of harmony in making all things new, much of the world seduced by evil now serve other gods. Much of the world denies its true Creator and having gone the way of Cain, no longer understand the gospel truth. This disconnection places us as collective on a precipice, a tipping point, leading up to the destruction of Jerusalem and the temple of God in the days of Jeremiah. The 315
watchmen and watch-women of Yahuah are sounding the alarm and blowing the trumpets in warning to the people - the barbarian hordes are amassed outside of the gates. Yet the people are unwilling to believe that the Lord God would remove His protective blessings from them even though they call good evil and evil good. Even a child can sense that something is not right with world and things as they are now, are not as they are supposed to be. People are fooling themselves if they think that somehow our generation will be spared from incurring any kind of retribution for having fallen away in the way that we have. I do not for the life of me know what makes us think that we deserve in any manner the blessings and protection of of the Most High, High, when we as a nation nation have removed Him and prayer from our public institutions. institutions. Abandoning discipline discipline in the rearing of our children, this generation has grown up believing that they are entitled to all privilege and have no gratitude to God for every day blessings. Legalizing access to easily attainable abortion, our country has normalized the wholesale slaughter of the innocents. Transforming Transforming Health Care into a for profit institution, hospitals have set priority on organizing the sale and dispensation of human body parts. They routinely lie to families about the welfare of their loved ones in order to secure access to their organs. What most people don’t understand about being being willing organ donors is that the healthcare establishment establishment places a higher value on delving out their organs than in making money saving one’s life. They have unwittingly unwittingly put themselves themselves at great risk and often do not receive quality emergency care. 316
Implementing Implementing Alice Bailey’s 10 point plan for bringing on the New World Order, the elites through the media have destroyed the family nucleus worldwide and corrupted the institution of marriage in normalizing acceptance of adultery, sodomitish and bi-sexual behaviors, pedophilia, pedophilia, and in Canada Canada recently the the legalization legalization of beastiality. beastiality. Hollywood and and the film film industry have also successfully degraded the sanctity of monogamous relationships relationships and irrevocably corrupted respect for women in packaging and exporting pornography pornography world-wide. It seems obvious to me that something’s got to give and being the fig tree generation, generation, we are now living living in the end of days. At some point peace will end and suddenly upon the world come immediate all-consuming all-consuming destruction. This recognition leads me to the last few quotations I’d like to share, in connecting the north as place for the end of days release of Giants said to be imprisoned within the interior of the hollow hollow earth. Both destruction destruction and salvation come from the north as it is from this direction which Christ will also return when every eye bears witness to His second coming. coming. But first as lead into the the story of the release of the Giants at the end of days: THE VISION WHICH ESAIAS SON OF AMOS SAW AGAINST BABYLON. 2 Lift up a standard on the mountain of the plain, exalt the voice to them, beckon with the hand, open the gates, ye rulers. 3 I give command, and I bring them: giants are coming to fulfil my wrath, rejoicing at the same time and insulting. 4 A voice of many nations on the mountains, mountains, even like to that of many nations; a voice 317
of kings and nations gathered together: the Lord of hosts has given command to a war-like nation, 5 to come from a land afar off, from the utmost foundation of heaven; the Lord and his warriors are coming to destroy all the world. 6 Howl ye, for the day of the Lord is near, and destruction from God shall arrive. - Brenton Septuagint Translation Isaiah 13:1-6
OF GOG AND MAGOG, WHO ARE IMPRISONED IN THE NORTH WHEN Alexander was king and had subdued countries and cities, and had arrived in the East, he saw on the confines of the East those men who are of the children of Japhet. They were more wicked and unclean than all (other) dwellers in the world; 318
filthy peoples of hideous appearance, appearance, who ate mice and the creeping things of the earth and snakes and scorpions. They never buried the bodies of their dead, and they ate as dainties the children which women aborted and the after-birth. People ignorant of God, and unacquainted unacquainted with the power of reason, but who lived in this world without understanding understanding like ravening beasts. When Alexander saw their wickedness, he called God to his aid, and he gathered together and brought them and their wives and children, and made them go in, and shut them up within the confines of the North. This is the gate of the world on the north, and there is no other entrance or exit from the confines of the world from the east to the north.
319
And Alexander prayed to God with tears, and God heard his prayer and commanded those two lofty mountains which are called 'the children of the north,' and they drew nigh to one another until there remained between them about twelve cubits. Then he built in front of them a strong building, and be made for it a door of brass, and anointed it within and without with oil of Thesnaktîs, so that if they should bring iron (implements) (implements) near it to force it open, they would be unable to move it; and if they wished to melt it with fire, it would quench it; and it feared neither the operations of devils nor of sorcerers, and was not to be overcome (by them). Now there were twenty-two kingdoms imprisoned within the northern gate, and tbeir names are these: Gôg, Mâgôg, Nâwâl, Eshkenâz 3, Denâphâr 4, Paktâyê, Welôtâyê 5, Humnâyê, Parzâyê, Daklâyê, Thaubelâyê6, Darmetâyê, Kawkebâyê, Dog-men (Cynocephali), (Cynocephali), Emderâthâ, Garmîdô`, Cannibals 7, Therkâyê, Âlânâyê, Pîsîlôn, Denkâyê8, Saltrâyê9. At the end of the world and at the final consummation, when men are eating and drinking and marrying wives, and women are given to husbands; when they are planting vineyards and building buildings, and there is neither wicked man nor adversary, on account of the assured tranquillity and certain peace; suddenly the gates of the north shall be opened and the hosts of the nations that are imprisoned there shall go forth. The whole earth shall tremble before them, and and men shall flee and take refuge in the mountains and in caves and in burial places and in clefts of the earth; and they shall die of hunger; 320
and there will be none to bury them, by reason of the multitude of afflictions which they will make men suffer. They will eat the flesh of men and drink the blood of animals; they will devour the creeping things of the earth, and hunt for serpents and scorpions and reptiles that shoot out venom, and eat them. They will eat dead dogs and cats, and the abortions of women with w ith the after-birth; they will give mothers the bodies of their children to cook, and they will eat them before them without shame. They will destroy the earth, and there will be none able able to stand before before them. After one one week of that sore affliction, they will all be destroyed in the plain of Joppa, for thither will all those (people) be gathered together, with their wives and their sons and their daughters; and by the command of God one of the hosts of the angels will descend and will destroy them in one moment. – The Book Of The Bee For me these two passages are undeniably linked to the Joel 2 end of day’s release of the supernatural armies contained in the great abyss which I cite to be the vortex of the north. To prove that the fallen angels, giants, and locust army are released from the bottomless pit, I will follow up with a quotation which bears witness that the release of the giants from their imprisonment in the north is tied in timing to the rise to power and reign of the antichrist and New World Order. As revealed in this quote, these events are also connected to the latter 42 months and and three and half half of the the seven years years of tribulation tribulation referred to as the the Great Tribulation. Tribulation. And while the following passage is not exactly connected to 321
our discourse on the vortex of the north, I will share it just to give give readers insight insight on the the connections between between the release of the locust army with the soon coming reign of the anti-Christ.
OF THE COMING OF THE ANTICHRIST, ANTICHRIST, THE SON OF PERDITION When the Cross is raised up to heaven, straightway shall every head and every ruler and all powers be brought to nought, and God will withdraw His providential care from the earth. The heavens will be prevented from letting fall rain, and the earth from producing germs and plants; and the earth shall remain like iron through drought, and the heavens like brass. Then will the son of perdition appear, of the seed and of the the tribe of Dan; and he will shew deluding phantasms, and lead astray the world, for the simple will see the lepers cleansed, the blind with their eyes opened, the paralytic walking, the devils cast out, the sun when he looks upon it becoming black, the moon when he commands it becoming changed, the trees putting forth forth fruit from their branches, branches, and the earth making roots to grow. He will shew deluding phantasms (of this kind), but he will not be able to raise the dead. He will go into Jerusalem and will sit upon a throne in the temple saying, 'I am the Christ;' and he will be borne aloft by legions of devils like a king and a lawgiver, naming himself God, and saying, 'I am the fulfilment of the types and the parables.' He will put an end to prayers and offerings, as if at 322
his appearance prayers are to be abolished and men will not need sacrifices and offerings along with him. He becomes a man incarnate by a married woman of the tribe of Dan. When this son of destruction becomes becomes a man, he will be made a dwelling-place for devils, and all Satanic workings will be perfected in him. There will be gathered together with him all the devils and all the hosts of the Indians; and before all the Indians and before all men will the mad Jewish nation believe in him, saying, 'This is the Christ, the expectation of the world.' The time of the error of the Antichrist will last two years and a half, but others say three years and six months. And when every one is standing in despair, then will Elijah (Elias) come from Paradise, and convict the deceiver, and turn the heart of the fathers to the children and the heart of the children to the fathers; and he will encourage and strengthen the hearts of the believers. – The Book of the Bee LIV
323
324
Chapter 17 - The Ocean Basin, Charbrydis, And Tidal Rhythm In this chapter, I will elaborate upon the structure of the ocean basin surrounding the continental landmasses which rise above sea level and are encircled by the Antarctica ice-wall as possible possible outer outer limit. I say possible possible because recently recently someone rediscovered a January January 11 th, 1907 article from the Hawaiian Gazette which talks about a 1000-year-old Buddhist Buddhist map which was found in a copper cylinder hidden in Japanese monastery by the brother of a Dr. Kobayashi. This map depicts depicts on it, it, various unknown continents which surpassing the limitations limitations of the ice wall monitored by UN forces projects in idea the possibility possibility that that there are more more inhabitable inhabitable regions beyond what we as the public are privy to explore. explore.
325
Because of the Antarctic Treaty, whatever may exist beyond the Antarctic Antarctic limits, limits, none of us us can know for for sure. An international international force force protecting protecting these limits limits prohibits adventure adventure into into whatever lies beyond. beyond. A little known about book called the History of the Rechabites speaks about a place outside the reach of this dimension where a group of God’s elect are preserved from the hostility of this world. world. The Srimad Bhagavatam like the Book of Enoch associates the nether regions with the serpent race of people called the nagas or rakshasas (maneaters) which contained in the interior of the earth are prevented currently from entrance into our world. (29) Beneath that world there is the world of Mahâtala which belongs to the descendants of Kadrû who have a reputation as a bunch of ever angry, many hooded, cruel snake types, as there are the notorious Kuhaka, Takshaka, Kâlya and Sushena… Most addicted to material happiness they all live with the shortest temper. They have five, seven, ten, a hundred or a thousand hoods, with on their crests fixed the most valuable gems the effulgence of which disperses the vast darkness of the caves of Pâtâla.' - Chapter 24: The Nether Worlds In order to set the premise for the shape of the world and that the dry land is surrounded in circular ring by the oceans, I thought we should begin with two passages from the Scriptures which detail the establishment of the earth as a circle and that it was inscribed upon a square. Interestingly, Interestingly, Rob Skiba recently in a show on YSTV spoke about the esoteric meaning of the Masonic square and compass as it relates to the theme of this premise. 326
In it he said the square represents the four corners region of the earth which the circular dry land was inscribed onto the waters of the deep. I believe his assessment on this topic absolutely correct and that the globalists are hiding in plain sight their knowledge of the true nature and shape of the earth as they do on the logo of the United Nations flag. And so, let us examine the various English translations of these two passages from Job and Proverbs for insight on the foundation of the circle of the earth for the firmament that was fitted to it and how this ring encloses as limit the oceans basin.
Job 26:10 New International International Version He marks out the horizon on the face of the waters for a boundary between light and darkness. New Living Translation Translation He created the horizon when he separated the waters; he set the boundary between day and night. English Standard Version He has inscribed a circle on the face of the waters at the boundary between light and darkness. New American Standard Standard Bible "He has inscribed a circle on the surface of the waters At the boundary of light and darkness. King James Bible He hath compassed the waters with bounds, until the day and night come to an end. 327
Holman Christian Standard Bible He laid out the horizon on the surface of the waters at the boundary between light and darkness. International International Standard Version He has delimited a boundary over the surface of the oceans as a limit between light and darkness.
Proverbs 8:27 New International International Version I was there when he set the heavens in place, when he marked out the horizon on the face of the deep, New Living Translation Translation I was there when w hen he established the heavens, when he drew the horizon on the oceans. English Standard Version When he established the heavens, I was there; when he drew a circle on the face of the deep, New American Standard Standard Bible "When He established the heavens, I was there, When He inscribed a circle on the face of the deep, King James Bible When he prepared the heavens, I was w as there: when he set a compass upon the face of the depth: Holman Christian Standard Bible I was there when w hen He established the heavens, when He laid out the horizon on the surface of the 328
ocean, International International Standard Version when he crafted the heavens, I was there— when he marked out a circle on the face of the deep, These insights will help us to better understand the nature what the ancient cosmological accounts referred to as turtle Island. That the earth as it was initially formed resembled the the hump of a turtle turtle shell. That it wasn’t until until the division of the peoples during the time of Peleg that the world was broken up into the many continents we see allocated in modern maps. One can refer refer Edna Kenton’s Kenton’s 1928 publication of the Book of the Earths for more information on this. 7. All the rivers and springs of water continually flow into the water of the ocean which surrounds the world like a ring but the ocean is not filled and to the place is where the rivers continually flow, they return there in order to flow from the spouts of the deep. –Ecclesiastes 1:7, Targum Notice that in this verse the ocean is said to surround surround the world like a ring and located somewhere within it is a place where the the rivers flow continually continually outward outward to fill the the ocean but that they also return toward a spout located somewhere within its deep. It is, my opinion, that this verse confirms in postulation the shape of the world as I have been bringing forth throughout the chapters of this book. And that that some outer outer limit whether whether it is the the Antarctic ice wall or something beyond that as perimeter contains the ocean waters. 329
There the waves are stayed, and can venture no further. At the center of this basin a spout funnels in vortex draining the waters of the ocean into the interior until reversing course then vomits them outward in tidal flood. It is this whirlpool which lying at the center of the earthen plain is responsible for the cycle of high and low tide as I will w ill elaborate upon further within this chapter. Also, the world resembles the ball of his eye: the ocean that encircles the earth is like unto the white of the eye, the dry land is the iris, Jerusalem the pupil, and the Temple the image mirrored in the pupil of the eye. - The Legends of the Jews I
The basin of the boundless sea, gathered together by His workmanship into it's reservoirs, passeth not the barriers wherewith it is surrounded; but even as He ordered it, so it doeth. For He said, said, So far shalt shalt thou thou come, and and thy waves shall shall be broken within within thee. The ocean ocean which is impassable for men, and the worlds beyond it, it, are directed by by the same ordinances ordinances of the Master. - 1 Clement 20:6-8 Definition of Basin - [bey-suh n] 1 a: an open usually circular vessel vessel with sloping or curving sides used typically for holding water for washing a new washstand and basin b chiefly British: British: a bowl used especially especially in cooking 2 a: a dock built in a harbor or a river that is noticeably affected by the tide b: an enclosed or partly enclosed enclosed water area 330
3 Geography a: a large or or small depression depression in the surface of the land or in the ocean floor b: the entire tract tract of country drained drained by a river river and its tributaries c: a great depression depression in in the surface surface of the lithosphere lithosphere occupied by an ocean 4 Geology: a broad area area of the earth beneath which the strata dip usually from the sides toward the center The definition of the word basin as depicted by the preceding passage passage links links perfectly to the description description of the circle or compass of the earth as it was inscribed upon the waters of the the deep. Even the United Nations flag depicts depicts in truth orientation the oceans of the world encircled by the continents which rise up from it. The laurel wreath w reath represents the perimeter of the Antarctic ice wall which surrounds them in such orientation. This outer ring or band which contains contains the the oceans basin basin is similarly alluded to multiple times all throughout the Bible. But because most do not recognize the structure of the earth in such manner they cannot interpret correctly the corresponding language of how the plane of the earth is encompassed by the edge or what the Bible calls the ends of the earth as mentioned in the following passages. [8] Or who shut up the sea with doors, when it brake forth, as as if it had issued issued out of of the womb? [9] When I made the cloud the garment thereof, and thick darkness a swaddlingband for it, [ 10] And brake up for it my decreed place, and set bars and doors, [11] And said, Hitherto shalt thou come, but no further: and here shall thy proud waves be stayed? – Job 38:8-11 331
[5] Who laid the foundations foundations of the earth, that it should not be removed for ever. [ 6] Thou coveredst it with the deep as with a garment: the waters stood above the mountains. [ 7] At thy rebuke they fled; at the voice of thy thy thunder thunder they hasted hasted away. [ 8] They go up by the mountains; they go down by the valleys unto the place which thou hast founded for them. [9] Thou hast set a bound that they may not pass over; that they turn not again to cover the earth. – Psalms 104:5-9 The outer perimeter of the Antarctic ice wall if indeed it is the exterior boundary of the earth’s circle, is where the heavenly firmament spread out as curtain above, joins it in merger with with the earth. earth. Which is why together together the earth earth and heavens seen from the side, form in shape a tent or tabernacle; the earthen plain the floor and the heavens, the walls and ceiling. ceiling. Unified they they represent the world as a snow globe encasing and protection the habitation made for humanity and the creatures later created to be settled upon it. This symbolism symbolism is also why in Scripture Scripture the earth is referenced as the Lord God’s footstool as mentioned in these passages. Thus saith the LORD, The heaven is my throne, and the earth is my footstool: where is the house that ye build unto me? and where is the place of my rest? – Isaiah 66:1 Heaven is my throne, and earth is my footstool: what house will ye build me? saith the Lord: or what is the place of my rest? – Acts 7:49 332
Nor by the earth; earth; for it is his his footstool: footstool: neither by Jerusalem; for it is the city of the great King. – Matthew 5:35 In the next passage, the Lord God conveys to Enoch how He established the foundation of the earth with a solid canopy, placing in its middle the passage which leads down into the bottomless abyss. The seas gathered and spread abroad, were given their eternal limits binding them together in yoke by the walls of the firmament. Unified in conjunction with the vaulted dome, the oceans are held fast by its impenetrable barrier.
333
1 And then I made firm the heavenly circle, and (made) that the lower water which is under heaven collect itself together, into one whole, and that the chaos become dry, and it became rock hard and big, so. 2 Out of the waves I created rock and from the rock I piled up the dry, and the dry I called earth, and the midst of the earth I called abyss, that is to say the bottomless, I collected the sea in one place and bound it together with a yoke. 3 And I said to the the sea: Behold Behold I give you (your) eternal limits, and you shalt not break loose from your component parts. 4 Thus I made fast the firmament. This day I called me the first-created [Sunday]. – Book of the Secrets of Enoch 29:1-3 When the Holy One--blessed be He!--created the world, it was a level expanse free from mountains; but when Cain slew Abel his brother, whose whose blood was trodden down on the earth, He cursed the ground, and immediately hills and mountains sprang into existence. – Midrash Vayosha When the Lord created his works from the beginning, beginning, and, in making making them, determined determined their their boundaries, boundaries, 27 he arranged arranged his works in an eternal order, and their dominion for all generations. – Wisdom of Jesus Son of Sirach 16:26-27
The Tide Cycle Before I exit discussion of this topic, I would like to reflect upon the tidal rythmns and connect them to the 334
structure of the northern northern Polar Regions. The spout mentioned by Solomon is connected to the Whirlpool which is said to surround Rupes Rupes Nigra. Science tells tells us that the tide cycles are influenced and controlled by the gravitational attraction and synchronous movements of the moon as it orbits around the earth. Tides are the rise and fall of sea levels caused by the combined effects of the gravitational forces exerted by the Moon and the Sun and the rotation of the Earth. The times and amplitude of tides at a locale are influenced by the alignment of the Sun and Moon, by the pattern of tides in the deep ocean, by the amphidromic systems of the oceans, and the shape of the coastline and near-shore bathymetry (see Timing). Some shorelines experience a semidiurnal tide - two nearly equal high and low tides each day. Other locations experience a diurnal tide only one high and low tide each day. A "mixed tide"; two uneven tides a day, or one high and one low, is also possible. – Wikipedia
335
In studying about the northern Polar Regions, I have been lead to an alternative answer for why and how the tides occur and will elaborate upon this phenomenon as I share the stories of Homer’s H omer’s legends of Odysseus, Apollonius Rhodius’ of Jason and the Argonauts, and Virgil’s tale of Aeneas. The issue of what creates, creates, controls, controls, and causes causes the tidal cycle has remained a riddle in modern times even for those well studied in the research of flat earth. I believe the answer to this puzzle puzzle can be discovered discovered in the the mythologies and ancient encounters of various explorers with the sea monster Charybdis which when understood I believe explains this phenomenon in more precision than any scientific affirmation connected to the so-called gravitational pull of the moon in influencing or generating the low and high tides. Let me first explain what Charbrydis was believed to be. The sea monster Charybdis was believed to live under a small rock on one side of a narrow channel. Opposite her was Scylla, another sea monster, that lived inside a much larger rock. [Odyssey, Book XII] The sides of the strait were within an arrow-shot of each other, and sailors attempting to avoid one of them would come in reach of the other. To be "between Scylla and Charybdis" therefore means to be presented with two opposite dangers, the task being to find a route that avoids both. Thrice a day, Charybdis swallowed a huge amount of water, before belching it back out again, creating large whirlpools capable of dragging a ship underwater. In some variations of the story, 336
Charybdis was simply a large whirlpool instead of a sea monster. A later myth makes Charybdis the daughter of Poseidon and Gaia and living as a loyal servant to her father. She aided him in his feud with her paternal uncle uncle Zeus and, as such, helped him engulf lands and islands in water. Zeus, angry for the land she stole from him, cursed her into a hideous bladder of a monster, with flippers for arms and legs, and an uncontrollable thirst for the sea. As such, she drank the water from the sea thrice a day to quench it, which created whirlpools. She lingered on a rock with Scylla facing her directly on another rock, making a strait. I will now explain what charbrydis actually is and how it ties together in association with the spout mentioned by Solomon and the place where the waters are collected in Enoch. This premise also aligns with the experience and stories related by ancient explorers Like Jacobus Cnoyen and cartographers like Gerardus Mercator which I will also explain in great detail. But first let us examine closely the stories of Odysseus, the Argonauts, and also Aeneas for further clues on the nature of the sea monster which famously instilled such tremendous horror into the hearts of even the most brave of the heroic explorers.
The Odyssey Odysseus faced both Charybdis and Scylla while rowing through a narrow channel. He ordered his men to avoid Charybdis, thus forcing them to pass 337
near Scylla, which resulted in the deaths of six of his men. Later, stranded on a raft, Odysseus was swept back through the strait and passed near Charybdis. His raft was sucked into her maw, but he survived by clinging to a fig tree growing on a rock over her lair. On the next outflow of water, when his raft was expelled, Odysseus recovered it and paddled away safely. – Wikipedia
CHARYBDIS & THE VOYAGE OF ODYSSEUS "[Kirke (Circe) advises Odysseus on the dangers he will face on his voyage:] On the other side are a pair of cliffs. cliffs. One of them with its jagged peak reaches up to the spreading sky, wreathed in dark cloud that never parts. There is no clear sky above this peak even in summer or harvesttime, nor could any mortal man climb up it or get a foothold on it, not if he had twenty hands and feet; so smooth is the stone, as if it were burnished all over. Half-way up the cliff is a murky cave [the home of Skylla (Scylla)], facing north-west to Erebos . . . You will see the other cliff [opposite Skylla] lies lower, no more than an arrow's flight away. On this there grows a great leafy fig-tree; under it, awesome Kharybdis (Charybdis) sucks the dark water down. Three times a day she belches it forth, three times in hideous fashion she swallows it down again. Pray not to be caught there when she swallows down; Poseidon himself could not save you from closer to Skylla's cliff, cliff, destruction then. No keep closer and row past that as quickly as may be.” - Homer, 338
Odyssey 12. 84 ff (trans. Shewring) (Greek epic C8th B.C.)
"So with much lamenting we [Odysseus and his men] rowed on and into the strait; this side lay Skylla (Scylla); that side, in hideous fashion, fiendish Kharybdis (Charybdis) sucked the salt water in. When she spewed it forth, she seethed and swirled through all her depths like a cauldron set on a great fire, and overhead the spray fell down on the tops of the two rocks. But when she sucked the sea-water in, one might look right down through the swirling eddy while the rock roared hideously around her and the sea-floor came to view, dark and sandy. Ashy terror seized on the crew. We had looked her way with the fear of death upon us; and at that moment Skylla snatched up form inside my ship the six of my crew who were the strongest of arm and sturdiest." - Homer, Odyssey 12. 231 ff 339
"[After Odysseus' ship had left the island of Thrinakie (Thrinacia), (Thrinacia), Zeus sent a storm to wash it into the maw of Kharybdis (Charybdis):] The raging west wind abated, but the south instead came at once to plague me [Odysseus], forcing me to retrace my track towards pitiless Kharybdis. All night I was carried backward thus; then at sunrise I reached Skylla's rock and murderous Kharybdis. Just then she swallowed the saltwater; I threw myself up to the lofty fig-tree and clung close against it like a bat, because there was no firm foothold there, and no chance of climbing either; the roots were far below, and the big long branches hung out of reach overhead, overshadowing overshadowing Kharybdis. I held on grimly till she should vomit out mast and keel again. That time seemed long to my anxious hopes, but about the hour when a judge in court will hear no more claims from brisk young plaintiffs--when plaintiffs--when he stands stands up and goes goes home to dine--about that hour the timbers swam up again from Kharybdis. I let myself drop, hands and feet together, and fell with a crash into midstrait just by the timbers, then clambered on to them and rowed with my hands. The father of gods and men [Zeus] would not allow Skylla to spy me, else I should never have escaped the precipice of destruction." - Homer, Odyssey 12. 430 ff Incredibly in this legendary story, Odysseus describes not only the swallowing and spewing forth of the ocean’s water by Charybdis, he also describes amazingly Rupes Nigra, the barren peak which rising rising from the midst midst of this 340
swirling terror is said to be taller than any mountain and so smooth no man can gain foothold upon it to strive ascending its height: “One of them with its jagged peak reaches up to the spreading sky, wreathed in dark cloud that never parts. There is no clear sky above this peak even in summer or harvest-time, nor could any mortal man climb up it or get a foothold on it, not if he had twenty hands and feet; so smooth is the stone, as if it were burnished all over.” Overhanging Charbrudis’ Charbrudis’ churning menace and holding on for dear life, Odysseus is able to peer deeply into the bowels of the the earth at the very heart of sheol while the the waters fall into the bottomless abyss, “But when she sucked the sea-water in, one might look right down through the swirling eddy while the rock roared hideously around around her and the sea-floor came to view, dark and sandy.” Knowing what we now know of the northern polar regions, can it be denied that this mythical tale has hidden within it confirming witness of not only the biblical concept of the mount of the congregation but also Enoch and Job’s description of the gaping maw which leads down into seven levels of sheol? I believe not. "After them [the Seirenes (Sirens)], Odysseus came to a divided passage. On one course lay the rocks called Planktai (Planctae), and on the other were two great cliffs, in one of which was Skylla… On the other crag was w as Kharybdis (Charybdis), who 341
three times a day sucked in the water and spat it out again. As it [his ship] fell apart, Odysseus O dysseus hung on to the mast, and drifted back to Kharybdis. As Kharbydis sucked down the mast, he grabbed an overhanging overhanging wild fig and waited, and when he saw the mast bob up again, he jumped on it and was borne through through the sea to the island of of Ogygia." Homer, Odyssey 23. 322
342
CHARYBDIS & THE VOYAGE OF THE ARGONAUTS "[Hera commands the sea-goddess Thetis assist the Argonauts in their passage between Skylla (Scylla) and Kharybdis (Charybdis):] ‘I brought them [the Argonauts] safely through the Wandering Rocks, where fiery blasts rage and roar and the rollers break in foam on jagged reefs. reefs. But it still still remains for them to pass the great cliff of Skylla and the gurgling whirlpool whirlpool of Kharybdis . . . Do not let my friends [the Argonauts] be so unwary as to fall into Kharybdis, or at one gulp she will swallow them all. Nor let them go too near the hateful den of Ausonian Skylla, the wicked monster borne to Phorkys by nigh-wandering Hekate (Hecate), whom men call Kratais (Crataeis)--or she may swoop down, take her pick and destroy them in her terrible jaws. What you must do is so to guide the ship that they escape disaster, if only by a hair's breadth.’" - Apollonius Apollonius Rhodius, Rhodius, Argonautica Argonautica 4. 786 & 825 ff (trans. Rieu) (Greek epic C3rd B.C.) "[Medea laments:] ‘Would [that] . . . Scylla the ravening submerged us [the Argonauts] in the deep to be devoured by her dogs--fit were it for Scylla to work woe to ingrate men! And she [Kharybdis (Charybdis)] who spews forth so many times the floods, and sucks them so many times back in again--would she had brought us, too, beneath the Trinacrian [Sicilian] wave! " - Ovid, Heroides 12. 123 ff (trans. Showerman) (Roman poetry C 1st B.C. to C 1st A.D.): 343
CHARYBDIS & THE VOYAGE OF AENEAS "The sea rushed violently in between them, dividing Italy for Sicily, severing their coasts and washing cities and fields on either side with a narrow strait. Scylla guards the right shore, insatiable Charybdis the left. Three times a day the latter, down in the depths of a whirlpool gulps whole tons of wave into her maw, then spews them up again, flailing the heavens with spray." - Virgil, Aeneid 3. 418 ff (trans. DayLewis) (Roman epic C1st B.C.) "[Aeneas recounts his voyage:] Then we made out Trinacrian Aetna (Sicilian Etna) on the horizon, and from afar we heard a thunder of waves throbbing on rocks, and inshore noises broke fitfully on our ears; the race was dancing with fury, the shoal-water boiling with sand. Anchises cried:‘That must be the infamous Charybdis! Those are the reefs, the terrible rocks that Helenus told of! Row for your lives, my comrades! Pull together! Pull!’ Yarely they all obeyed my father's command. Palinurus turned away first to port, the bows of his vessel creaking; creaking; then the whole whole convoy, with oars and sails, clawed off to port. We were tossed up high on an arching surge, then down we went in the trough as the wave fell away, down to the very Pit. Thrice roared aloud the reefs and the caverns of rock beneath us, thrice we beheld the sky through a spattering flounce of spindrift. Time passed. The wind went down with the sun. Utterly spent, not knowing 344
where we were, we crept to the shores of the Cyclops." - Virgil, Aeneid 3. 555 ff These three legendary stories involving encounter with what was historically believed to be a sea monster, does it not make better sense to associate this creatures existence with the spout, eddy which as wide gaping hole both swallows and spews forth the waters of the world in perpetuating perpetuating tidal rhythms? rhythms? My research has led led me to so numerous citations of this particular anomaly, I would wager that if actually exists. I first shared my viewpoint on this topic when responding to a comment somebody posted on an August 10 th, 2016 video interview that I did with Rob Skiba on the release of The Firmament: Vaulted Dome Of The Earth. The video can be found under that title on both of my YouTube channels, EndeavorFreedom EndeavorFreedom and Zen Garcia. Before sharing the discourse of that comment, I would like to highlight in mention a few side notes posted on the margins of Gerardus Mercator’s 1569 polar projection map. This list list of cryptic cryptic statements statements when scrutinized, scrutinized, link perfectly into the accounts of Charbrydis given by Odysseus, Jason, and Aeneas of what lies at the center of the northern realms. 80°N, 220°E - The ocean breaking through by 19 passages between between these isles isles forms four arms of the sea by which, without cease, it is carried northward there being absorbed into the bowels of the Earth. Earth. The rock which which is at the pole has a circumference of about 33 leagues. 345
72°N, 170°E -From sure calculations it is here that lies the magnetic pole and the very perfect magnet which draws to itself all others, it being assumed that the prime meridian be where I have placed it. “A monstrous gulf in the sea towards which w hich from all sides the billows of the sea coming from remote parts converge converge and run together together as though though brought there by a conduit, pouring into these mysterious abysses of nature, they are as though devoured thereby and, should it happen that a vessel pass there, it is seized and drawn away with such powerful violence violence of the waves waves that this this hungry force immediately swallows it up never to appear again.” –Gerardus Mercator
Youtube Question, Comment, and Response Mercator seems to only make mention of the indrawing nature of this ‘conduit’. However, studying all of the other ancient sources which I will be sharing throughout throughout this book in connection to this northern vortex, I believe it apparent that the ocean waters are propelled powerfully powerfully with both an inward and outward thrust, thereby propagating the nature of the the tides.
346
I must also mention that because the ancient stories make mention of three daily reversals to high and low tide and contemporarily contemporarily there exists a daily pattern of tidal reversal every six hours, that perhaps some time and somehow in the ancient past, the alternating tidal cycle had a quicker pace? This conundrum leads me to the YouTube query asked of me regarding this phenomena: If you can confirm the exact reason, the Earth has two high tides per day you will go a long way towards solving this puzzle. I know this is going to sound crazy, however, in my opinion, it is true. I mention this topic in a show that I did on Paradise, the Throne of God, and the North Pole a few months back (January 2016). In that show I mentioned the Inventio Fortunata, a 14th-century book on the journeys of various explorers believed successful in their travels travels to the North North Pole and back. In that text, text, it mentions somewhere that the Whirlpool which surrounds Rupes Nigra changes directional directional flow every 6 hours. For one 6-hour period, it will suck in the ocean waters and then 6 hours later expel them in flood back onto the earth. This rhythm, in my opinion, creates the tides. This inward, outward exhalation is representative of the earth’s breath and indicator that Gaia is a living, breathing, organically conscious conscious being. being. I know this this sounds absolutely crazy but I believe this understanding to be reflected in the Book of Enoch where the earth appeals to the Most High for reprieve, when the fallen angels and their giant progeny instigate and propogate utter chaos. Calling for mercy, she lays accusation 347
against them for the slaughter and madness carried out by them upon her bosom. When they turned themselves against men, in order to devour them; 14. And began to injure birds, beasts, reptiles, reptiles, and fishes, fishes, to eat their their flesh one one after another, and to drink their blood. 15. Then the earth reproved the unrighteous. - Book of Enoch 7:13-15 I know my assertion that the earth is a living organism may certainly sound ludicrous and antithetical to common sense sense reasoning. reasoning. Yet when we consider that Christ being the light of the world is at the atomic level the source of all things and everything manifest in Him. Perhaps one of the inherent properties of light is consciousness consciousness being a manifestation manifestation of source and connecting link to the Creator. Perhaps consciousness consciousness and conscious being are just an overt part of the outward density of light as it slows in vibration to become sound, frequency, frequency , vibration. Which would mean that all things manifest by the Godhead contain within them the great mystery that is life. The stars are are in Scripture believed to be celestial hosts hosts and conscious conscious entities, entities, so why not not the earth? Just a thought. The 14th century writings of the Inventio Fortunata by Nicholas de Linna Linna and The Itinerium of Jacobus Jacobus Cnoyen also reference the structure of the northern region describing Rupes Nigra as a lodestone mountain with such overwhelming magnetic draw ‘that it pulled the nails right out of explorer’s boats!’ The four directional rivers connected to the central Whirlpool surrounding this 348
mountain, are described as the “naval of the Earth.” Changing direction direction every 6 hours this flow is asserted by them to be the “breath of God” and causation for the tidal rhythms which inhale and exhale the cosmic breath of the great seas. Mercator’s 16th century map informs us that the waters of the oceans are carried northward through these four rivers to the Pole with such great force, no wind can assist the ship in sailing against the current. Disappearing into an enormous eddy beneath the polar mountain, the ocean waters are said to be absorbed in dissipation into the bowels of the earth. Many others like Fridtjof Nansen have found mention of this great northern whirlpool in other ancient sources such as the Norse Eddas. In the Eddas it is called “Hvergelmer,” the world’s well which w hich pushing and pulling water water through its its subterranean subterranean channels induces induces the tidal tidal action. Isidore of Seville Seville (c.560-636), (c.560-636), likewise likewise mentions it in the Gesta hammaburgensis ecclesiae pontificum of Adam Bremensis (11th century), century), Mercator sites it’s description from the Topographia hibernica of Giraldus Cambrensis (1146-1220). The northern whirlpool is also cited in the Historia norvegiae (c.1180), the Speculum regale (c. 1250) of Einer Gunnarson, and another particularly interesting quote from the Langobard author Paulus Warnefridi (Diaconus c.720-790): “And not far from the shore which we before spoke of, on the west, where the ocean extends without bounds, is that very deep abyss of waters which we commonly call the ocean’s navel. It is said 349
twice a day to suck the waves into itself, and to spew them out again; as is proved to happen along all these coasts, where the waves rush in and go back again with with fearful rapidity… rapidity… By the whirlpool of which we have spoken it is asserted that ships are often drawn in with such rapidity that they seem to resemble the flight of arrows through the air; and sometimes they are lost in the gulf with a very frightful destruction. Often just as they they are about to go under, they they are brought brought back again by by a sudden shock shock of the waves, waves, and they are sent out again thence with the same rapidity with which they were drawn in.” In “Gesta Hammaburgensis Ecclesiae Pontificum” the Archbishop Adalbert speaks about a team of noble Frisians which setting sail in hopes to explore the north polar region in 1035-1043. Heading north beyond Greenland, “of a sudden they fell into that numbing ocean’s dark mist which could hardly be penetrated with the eyes. And behold, the current of the fluctuating ocean whirled back to its mysterious fountainhead fountainhead and with most furious impetuosity drew the unhappy sailors, who in their despair now thought only of death, on to chaos; this they say is the ‘abysmal chasm’ – that deep in which report has it that all the back flow of the sea, which appears to decrease, is absorbed and in turn revisited, as the mounting fluctuation fluctuation is usually described. As the partners were imploring imploring the the mercy of God to receive their souls, the backward thrust of the sea 350
carried away some of their ships, but its forward ejection threw the rest far behind the others. Freed thus by the timely help of God from the instant peril they had had had before their their eyes, they they seconded the flood by rowing with all their might. - What Causes Ocean Tides? Grasping in totality the concept for the structure of our enclosed world system, I believe one can then appreciate how extremely lucky those explorers which escaped the dangers of the earth’s central vortex were and how fortunate we are to have their stories as surviving witness to their adventures. Especially now that these regions seem to be heavily guarded by forces attempting to prohibit exploration exploration of these areas. areas. It is seemingly seemingly forbidden for people to make trip to these areas as measure to gain insight as to what actually lies at the northern and supposed southern pole of the earth. If the world’s elite wanted to confirm the earth as a globe conclusively, all one would need to do is send two expeditions expeditions to opposing sides of the earth's surface and then proceeding outwards show them coming together in crossing near the supposed southern pole, verifying to all that the land as a globe truly does join together there.
351
352
Chapter 18 – Eyewitness Accounts of the Northern Polar Regions Gerard Mercator, a world-renowned cartographer in a 1577 letter to John Dee, the occult advisor to Queen Elizabeth I describes the successful voyages of a Jacobus Cnoyen to to these far-off far-off regions. regions. His account is cited in the above article and repeated mostly intact below, minus the Belgian script from which which he derives his story. I will follow up this narrative with the partial account of the Inventio Fortunata, a 14 th century manuscript which takes its title from the meaning of "Fortunate, or fortunemaking, discovery." Considered a lost book, it is mentioned in Mercator’s narrative to Dee and contains in description eye witness account of the exploration of the North Pole, including reference to a magnetic island (the Rupes Nigra) surrounded by a giant whirlpool and four continents.
Gerardus Mercator 1577 Letter To John Dee Jacobus Cnoyen of Herzogenbusch travelling the world like Mandeville described described what he saw with better judgment. He wrote in the Belgic Belgic language. language. The ideas about the Northern Regions which some time ago I extracted from him follow word for word save where for the sake of brevity or speed I have translated into Latin when if not always his words w ords I have retained his meaning. In North Norway, which is called Dusky Norway, there are three months of darkness during which there is no sunlight but a perpetual twilight. This North Norway lies over against the country called the Province of Darkness 353
(or Obscure Province); in Latin Provincia Tenebrosa. Concerning it, however, there is nothing written in Marco (Polo). And this Province of Darkness is [the most western bound] of the Grand Cham’s land. And between this Province and Dusky Norway there is only 12 miles of sea. From North Norway you cannot reach the Indrawing Sea, which lies beyond Grocland. For it lies still further northward, this North Norway stretches as far as the mountain range which encompasses the North Pole, and borders on this this mountain range for about about 17 miles by land: the rest is all sea. And this is the same mountain range which (comes close) within about 15 French miles and then stands further off towards the East. And near here, towards the north, those Little People live of whom there is also mention in the Gestae Arthuri. And there borders it besides besides a beautiful beautiful open land. land. And this land lies between the Province Province of Darkness Darkness and the Province Province of Bergi, But between each of these Provinces and these lands lies an Indrawing Sea, And this Province (the open land) has a mountain border of over 72 French miles by land. These facts and more about the geography of the North are to be found found in the beginning of of the Gestae Arthuri etc. The islands adjacent to the North Pole were formerly called Ciliae (perhaps Thule), and now the Septentrionales: Septentrionales: among them is North Norway. And there are many small rivers, some two, some one, some three kennings" wide, more or less: and they are called “indrawing seas” because the current always flows northwards so strongly that no wind can make a ship sail 354
back against against it. And here itit is all ice ice from October to March. And in these latitudes the mountains reach up to the clouds, and are almost all rock bare of vegetation. And it is almost always misty and dull weather, And it is well known that beyond mentio-sned, and yet habitable / and inhabited. Perhaps, I at that time was none, there inhabitant:) inhabitant:) and the North Cape of Norway doth iye in 71} # whereabouts, now, is good habitation / * King Arthur his conques conquestt of all all the North Islands. Islands. J forté heeren 4000 of King Arthurs subjects consumed with the Indrawing seas. ** Ao. Dñi. 1364 .8. men, being of the the generation of thern / which went in King Arthur his tyme: / to these places discovering. I
** fortë. 25, i gradu. I mean in the 25 generation, at the I least, after King Arthur / his tyme allowing longer Ages, than now the general rate is: at between 25 & 30 years to a generation.
Note the Colonies sent / by King Arthur into all the north Islands / and by name into Grocland, which 3 yet suppose to be / the same which is otherwise anciently called Groenlamd and of that you had the word before out of the boke De Priscis Anglorjum Legibus. / *Geants in Groclandt / about a thousand | yeres sins. } - пеи'es: } ... be su... Report | ... Drowning: / and proper } to be declared / * Arthur sendeth's people to inhabit ye / iles, wherof all= |most half perished / ...ted. }
70 or 78 degrees of latitude there is no human habitation. Moreover this 78th parallel goes in a circle round the Arctic Pole, in the form of a high mountain range, (Lacuna) ... part of the army of King Arthur which conquered the Northern Islands and made them subject to 355
him. And we read that nearly 4000 persons entered the indrawing seas who never returned. But in A.D. 1364 eight of these people came to the King's Court in Norway. Among them them were two priests, priests, one of whom had an astrofabe, who was descended in the 5th generation from a Bruxellensis: One, I say: The eight (were sprung from?) those who had penetrated the Northern Regions Regions in the first first ships. That great army of Arthur's had Îain all the winter (of 530 A.D.) in the northern islands of Scotland. And on May 3 a part of it crossed over into Iceland. Then four ships of the aforesaid land had come out of the North. And warned Arthur of the indrawing seas, So that Arthur did not proceed further, but peopled all the islands between Scotland and Iceland, and also peopled Grocland. (So it seems the Indrawing Sea only begins beyond Grocland). In this Grocland he found people 23 feet tall, that is to say of the feet with which land is measured. When those four ships returned, there were sailors who asserted that they knew where the magnetic lands (?) were. - (Lacuna) [Arthur afterwards put on board a fleet of 12 ships about 1800 men and about 400 women. They sailed northwards on May 3 in the year following that in which the former ships had departed. And of these 12 ships, five were driven on the rocks in a storm, but the rest of them made their way between the high rocks on June 38, which was 44 perhaps, days after they had set out. (More precisely, perhaps, some of them made their way.)
356
The priest who had the astrolabe related to the king of Norway that in A.D. 1360 there had had come to these these Northern Islands Islands an English English the triumphant raigne of Edward three Franciscan} with some | men. * ... the Northern ) Countryes, Inventio || Fortunatae or / Fortunae, written for Edward the Third.
Minorite from Oxford, who was a good astronomer etc. Leaving the rest of the party who had come to the Islands, he journeyed further through the whole of the North etc., and put into writing all the wonders of those islands, and gave the King of England this book, which he called in Latin Inventio Fortunatae, which book began at the last climate, that is to say latitude 54°, continuing to the Pole, -
This monk said that the mountain range goes round the North like a wall, save that in nineteen places the indrawing channels flow through it, whereof the widest is not above 12 French miles across, the narrowest of, mile. And through the narrowest no ship would be able to go, because of the strong rush of the water. The mountain range is surrounded by sea except in North Norway, when the Norwegian mountain range reaches it for a width of about 17 miles. And right under the North Star, opposite Norway, there lies a fair level sand which is uninhabitated, uninhabitated, where many beautiful... (Lacuna), ... in the east there stretches out an arm of land which is nearly all wooded. And narrows continually, continually, (the farther north?) the more, so that it is not more than one mile wide where it meets the mountain range. Otherwise no land touches the circumference (of mountains) anywhere. But in many places the sea is so narrow that that one can see the far side. And the mountain range covers a breadth of eight miles. 357
And in the whole circle (said the Minorite) there is no habitation, except on the eastsidewhere in that narrowland (isthmus) already mentioned there were 23 people not above 4feet tall tall . . . whereof 16 were women. This Monk said that in two other places further inland he found a great piece of ship's planking and other balks which had been used in big ships besides many trunks of trees which at some earlier date had been hewn down. So that he could say with certainty that there had formerly been habitation habitation there but the people had had now gone, And And that the country where they (the pygmeys I believe he means) lived was more than 6 degrees broad (that is to say 20 days' journey) and one could cover the distance on foot, and it was 10 degrees long, that is 33 days’ journey. Also there lay there (said he] an Indrawing Sea of 5 channels gathered together which came through the mountain range out of the 19 channels mentioned. And this Indrawing Sea is 12 French miles wide, and measures across about 4 days’ journey,” * A day's journey is evidently reckoned as 18 French miles, i.e. in terms of average land travel. degree of longitude there! being but .40. of our myles. But a Degree of I latitude in all places is of s. 60 of our British myies. But it may be understood of a great Circle, as journeys by land I are made and discoursed { coñomly. * Notable Warning 1 of the making of the indrawing Seas: I which to pas and / which to shoñe, as being dangerous, I Much Brasill growing here. A Whirle Poole I in the Midst, I about under the l North Pole. } The Whirle Poole / 480 myles over, or wide, except sting the diameter! of the great Rock / in the middes. A wonderfuli (great and high / rock, right under the North Pole, and in the midst of the foresayd Whirle Poole. 358
And at the west of the aforesaid country is another Indrawing Sea into which 3 more channels go out of the aforesaid 19. And that channel which they (the ships I believe are meant) had entered also flowed therein. And all these channels which turn tortuously when they come out of the mountains drive ships immediately immediately ashore, But whatever channels flowed straight into the innermost seas, into which the 19 channels gather, in these ships must of necessity be carried current wise (i.e. inwards) and become lost. Also, saîd this Minorite, these innermost seas number four: and the one which lies on the west side was quite 34 French miles broad. And on the other side of this sea was the best and healthiest land in all the North. Also he said that the sea which lay on the east side could never be frozen because so many channels united othere. And it was narrow besides, so that the current was very strong, but that the one which ran on the west side used to freeze almost every year: and remained frozen sometimes for three months. And in that land he had seen no signs of habitation. But in a country which lay to the North opposite opposite it, he had recognized planks planks of ships ships and trée trunks, All these four countries äre high open lands (i.e. plateaus) except some mountains four fathom [sic] high. There are many trees of Brazil wood. When this Priest (with the astrolabe) . . . (Lacuna) in the midst of the four countries is a Whirlpool ... into which there empty these four Indrawing Seas which divide the North. And the water rushes round and descends into the earth just as if one were pouring it through a filter funnel. It is 4 degrees wide on every side of the Pole, that is to say eight degrees 359
altogether. Except that right under the Pole there lies a bare rock in the midst of the Sea. Its circumference is almost 33 French miles, and it is all of magnetic stone. And is as high as (the clouds?) so the Priest said, who had received the astrolabe from this Minorite in exchange for a Testament, And the Minorite himself had heard that one can see all round it from the Sea: and it is black and glistening. And nothing grows thereon, forthere is not so much as a handful of soil of it. That was the writing and words of the Minorite, who has since journeyed to and fro five times for the King of England on business. They are to be found in of which the Minorite a book called Inventio Fortunae, of which himself was himself was author. The foresaid Priest said also to the King of Norway that in the country where he dwelt not six times a year did it rain: and even that was drizzle, lasting not more than 6 or 7 hours. *No great / showers of rain / in these regions! **Fresh cool air always there, (Lacuna) the wind never blows hard enough to drive a corn-mill.
Furthermore the air there is always cool. And the other 7 that were with him testified that they had also heard such things (as he related] said by their elders, but had never seen them. This is word for word everything that I copied out of this author (Cnoyen) years ago, Farewell, most learned man, with my most affectionate esteem. 1577 Gerardus Mercator
360
Secondary Account – The Inventio Fortunata The earliest allusions to the lnventio Fortunata of Lynn is found upon the margin of a map by John Ruysch, which appeared at Rome in the Ptolemy of 1508. On this map is a legend somewhat to the following effect: " It is written in the Book of the Fortunate Discovery that, under the Arctic Pole, there is a high magnetic rock 33 German 361
miles in circumference. This is surrounded by the fluid sugenum sea, that as a vase pours out water by four mouths from below. Around are islands, of which two are inhabited. Mountains Mountains vast and wide surround these islands, 24 of which deny habitation to man." This would seem to indicate that the book written by Nicholas of Lynn was known to the mapmaker, while, w hile, also, it may have been known at Rome. It is evident that the polar region was drawn more or less in accordance with some plan by Nicholas, Nicholas, which was combined combined with later material. Around the magnetic rock, immedi-ately under the pole, are four islands, " Aronphei," " Insvla deserta," " Hyperborei Evropa " and " Insvle Deserta." Outside of these islands are smaller and mountainous mountainous islands, arranged in a semi-circle, while the peninsula of " Pilapelanti," Pilapelanti," with its base resting ifpon Europe, pushes out into this druidic arrangement of islands, bearing up what is intended to represent a church, with the legend " Sacte (Eastward of this peninsula is the " Provicia obscura," and the " Marc Svgenvm." Westward of " Bergi extrema " another peninsula enters the group of islands, which is pierced by " planora de 13erga "at the extreme west. The " Mare Svgenvm " also fills the west. South of " Grvenlant " is " Terra Nova," or New N ew Found-land. From the " Mare Svgenvm " the water flows northward through the four openings into the polar basin. The arrangement is curious, yet not wholly without resemblance to what is found in nature; for what is called the polar basin is fed by several vast vast streams pouring pouring into it from the warm regions at the south. These streams also create counter currents, which now southward, bearing enormous quantities of the heaviest ice. Nicholas of Lynn doubtless understood something something of this fact, but it would 362
appear from the use he made of Giraldus Cambrensis, who wrote in 1187, that, unfor-tunately, he gave the author of Topographia Hihernica the credit • of being better informed informed than himself. himself. The monk of of Lynn was clearly indebted to Giraldus for the description of the streams. In turn Giraldus refers to " the philosophers " who describe them.*
A Section of the biap of Raysch, 1505. *"Legere est I Libro de I% etione fortvnati, svb polo arctico evpe esse excelsfi ex lapide magnets 33 miliarvm germanorvrn ambits, bane coplectitvr mare evgenvm flvidvm instar oasis aqva deorsv per foramina emetettis, circv isvle svt & eqvihvs incolvtvr dye ambient avtem has insvlits continvi montes vasti latiq dictis. 24 363
qb negat hominvm habitatio " This is obscure and appears to have suffered in the hands of the engraver. Our translation may not prove very satisfactory.
This basin or whirlpool at the north, with the four entering streams, appears to be a venerable institution. Yet it may after all be founded upon what is observed today, in connection with the Gulf Stream and the Kuro Ciro, and may be connected with the observations observations of such navigators as Pytheas, who went to the north. The magnetic rock under the pole, on the map of Ruysch, or rather, we may perhaps say, of Nicholas, deserves attention, as it has been claimed that the monk bad applied his mind to one of the most difficult of problems and that the magnetic mountain stands for the solution thereof. The attention of Humboldt does not appear to have been drawn to Nicholas, but, in treating the history of the magnet, the great investigator calls attention to the fact that " on the remarkable chart of America appended to the edition of the Geography of Ptolemy. published at Rome in 1508, we find the magnetic pole marked as an insular mountain north of Grventlant." In 1545, Martin Cortez placed the magnetic pole further south, as did Sanuto in 1588.* That Nicholas entertained fanciful notions is not at all strange. Sanuto held that if men were ever so fortunate as to 'reach the magnetic pole, they would experience some miraculous effect. Columbus, likewise, was full of curious fancies, holding for instance, that, west of the Azores, A zores, ships sailed up hill towards the unapproach-able unapproach-able Paradise.f It would have been a happy thing if the false notions of Nicholas of Lynn had not misled others. First, however, it must be indicated that the magnetic mountain of Lynn was bor-rowed from the early philosophers and geographers. Galen reports 364
magnetic rocks on the coasts of the Indian ocean, and St. Ambrose echoes the idea; while the Arabic geographer Edrisi, of the twelfth century, author of a Map of the World, of the year 1154, reported a magnetic mountain at the mouth of the Red sea, it being 12 miles long and surrounded by islands, acting upon the iron in ships and holding them fast* In Hayneths Ptolemy of 1508 is found a similar account, the island being In the possesion of anthropopbagi, or Manioles. It is surrounded by ten other islands. The magnetic attraction was so powerful there that it was necessary in building ships to use wooden nai1s. In these accounts, as in the the map of Ruysch, Ruysch, the magnetic island stands in a circle of islands.
Edrisi's Map. A. D. 1154 365
et concurrent: qui in secreta aaturre penetralia se ibi transfudentes, quasi in abys-snm vorantur. Si vero navem hoc forte transire contigerit Uinta repitur et attrahitnr fluctnum violentia at earn statim irrevocabiliter vie varaeitatis absorbeat. Quatuor bajus modi oceani voragines, quatnor appositio mundi partibus, philosophi deserib. ant. Undo et tam merinos &pros, quam etiam relicos flatus cansaliter provenire non-nulli conjectant."--Top. Hibernica, c.xiv. * Cosmos, IL, 659; Examen Oritique. III., 60. + " Select Letters of Columbus," p. 133. " Life of Columbus," by Goodrich, p. 48. Ed. New York, 1874.
The map of Ruysch alone is tie authority for connecting Lynn's name with the magnetic mountain. The accounts preserved by Mercator Mercator and Dr. Dee do not mention mention the magnetic rock, the ships being driven by the currents or indraughts. Nicholas understood something of polar magnetism, and supposed that it was to be ex-plained by the aid of a magnetic island like that of Ptolemy, and accordingly created one. It was partially suggested suggested as hypothetical. hypothetical. Of the extent of his actual knowledge in connection with polar mag-netism it is impossible to speak. It will be necesaary, however, to notice the blunder into into which the map of Ruysch led Humboldt, who, contrary to his usual custom, hastily accepted a suggestion found in Biddle's Life of Cabot. Mr. Biddle, in seeking to exalt his hero, dwells upon what Cabot observed in connection with the variation of the compass, and says that his earliest transatlantic transatlantic voyage carried him " to the very quar-ter where it is exhibited in a manner so sudden and striking that modern navigators seem to concur in placing there one of the mag-netic poles." As respects the locality of the voyage in question, however, there is much doubt, the so-called map of Cabot being no authority on the subject.* Mr. Biddle nevertheless 366
continues : " There is a curious piece of evidence to show how early the north-ern region discovered by Cabot was associated with the alarm which this phenomenon [the variation] must, in the first instance, have excited," adding: "On the great map of the world which accom panies the edition of Ptolemy published published at Rome Rome in 1508, is the fol-lowing inscription," which he gives in Latin, but which is Englished as follows : " Here the ship's compass loses its property, and no ves-sel with iron on board is able to get away."t On this, the author *gignit illa traheret obg hoc sup trail) ea i sicco firmari assernt." (Ruysch's Ptolemy of 1058, Lib. VII., c. ii.) On map xi., f. 165, the islands are laid down, with a legend containing the idea already expressed. See also Bergeron's " Voyages faits principalement en Asie," Tome I., p. 25; and the Ptolemy of Rnscelli, Venice, 1574, p. 328. *See the author's article in the "Compte Rendu "of the Americanistes, Brussels, 1880. "A. Memoir of Sebastian Cabot," p. l'79, Ed. 1832. The Latin is as follows: "Hie compassu8 naviv. no tenet nec naves que ferrum tenent revertere valet." No vtich absurd statement could have come from either of the Cabots.
says that " it is impossible to doubt that the reference is to the well-known effect produced there on the compass. Beneventus, Beneventus, who pre-pared the supplemental matter for this edition of Ptolemy, professes to have a knowledge of the discoveries made by Columbus, by the Portuguese, and by the English." He also refers to Fournier, who says that Cabot marked exactly in various places the dipping of the needle.* Humboldt, in noticing this, says that Biddle " observes with justice, that a remark inscribed on the Mappemonde of Ptolemy" " appears founded on the 367
ideas of Cabot relative to the position and proximity of the magnetic pole."1 Nevertheless, Nevertheless, a more careful examination of the general subject, in connection with Nicholas of Lynn, Lynn, would have have shown Humboldt Humboldt that there was no reference whatever in the legend to the discoveries of Cabot, but that the reference was to the teaching contained in the monk's Inventio Fortunati, itself an echo of Ptolemy and the ancients. Biddle says that the inscription appears appears " far beyond terra nova," while Hum boldt loosely loosely says, "before "before or near (pres) (pres) New Foundland." Bath are quite wrong, as the legend stands north of Greenland and Ice-land, at the entrance of the polar sea, evidently evidently being being placed there there for the reason reason that there was not sufficient room nearer the magnetic mountain. Humboldt, by the aid of Mr. Biddle, simply fell into a • blunder, confusing a monastic hypothesis hypothesis with the supposed record of an actual observation by Cabot. This error does not appear to have been noticed hitherto. The arrangement of the land and water around the pole on Ruysch's map is conventional, and it may be questioned whether the great peninsula called " Grvenlant " was a part of Lynn's plan. At all events, he had ample opportunities opportunities of becoming acquainted with Greenland when making his voyage to the north, as in 1379 the Ice"Memoir," &c., p. 179. "M. Biddle, anteur du savant Memoir of Sebastian Cabot, qui a paru en 1831, observe avec juatesse (chap. 26, p. 177-180) qu'uue remarque inscrite dans la Mappe-monde de Ptolemee ajoutee a Pedition romaine de 1508, remarque d'apres laquelle • prem de Terre Neuve et l'ile de Bacalaurus, la boussole ne gouverne pas, nee naves gum fermi= tenentrevertere voient,' parait fond& sur les idees de Cabot relatives a la position et A, la 368
proxi'mite du pole magnetique boreal."—(" Examen Critique," 32.)
landers were still well informed respecting that country.* Indeed, there is good reason for supposing that the map of Ruysch shows less knowledge of Greenland than Nicholas possessed, possessed, as the the monk was a contemporary contemporary of the Zeni and Bardsen; for it was w as dur-ing the lifetime of Lynn, 1340, that Ivar Bardsen went from Nor-way to Greenland for the relief of the colonists there.t Next we pass to the the map of Orontius Orontius Fine, of the the year 1331, which
shows the influence of Nicholas, as exerted by Ruysch; for there is no evidence at hand proving that Fine had seen the book called In-radio Fortunata. Fine's map represents the circumpolar region complete, and retains the four inner islands shown by Ruysch. The outer circle of islands is broken, while "Grvenlant" appears as an island widely separated from Asia. Iceland and the Arcades appear in their proper relative positions ; 369
Baecalar," which included New Foundland and Labrador, being a part of Asia, in accordance accordance with the Columbian Columbian idea. The next trace of Nicholas, the monk of Lynn, is found in the work of Las Casas, written in 1552-61, where he speaks of floating islands, islands, and refers to those of Northern Italy, mentioned by Pliny, and where where he also mentions the floating pummice-stone described by " Islenzkir Annular," p. 330. + See "The Sailing Directions of Henry Hudson,' and Bardsen's Commission in " Arctike landes Guide Geographie," p. 47.
Seneca. Passing from these cases, he mentions " certain islands which swim on the water," saying " of this kind must have been those which are called Saint Brandon, in whose history, it is said, you may read of many islands that were seen in the sea surrounding the islands of Cape Verde and the Azores, which are always in a state of conflagration, conflagration, and which must be similar to those spoken of above," adding, " of the same mention is made in the book of In-v entio Fortunata."* Fortunata."* Nicholas of of Lynn also appears upon the map of Mercator, 1569, whereon the polar regions are delineated delineated more or less in accordance with the conceptions of the famous monastic voyager, while the map shows that Mercator obtained his information through Cnoyen. *A esto decia Cristobal Colon, que podian Her aqnellas isles de las que tracta Plinio, Lib. 2, c. 97, de su Natural Histories,' que hacia la parte del Septemtrion, socaba la mar algunas arboledas de la tierra, que tienen tan grandes rakes, que las Ileva como balsas sobre el aqua que desde lejos parecen islas. Ayuda a esto lo que dice Seneca en el lib. III. de Los Naturales,' que hay nature de piedras tan esponjosas y livianas, qua bacen dellas en la India unas como isles que van nadando por el ague, y desta manera dehian de sex las que dieen Sant Brandan, en cup' 370
Idetoria diz que se lee que fueron vistas muchas islas por la mar de las isles de (;abo Verde ti de Ins Azores, que siempre ardian y debian de see como las que arrant se ban dicho: de lo min►° se min►° se hace inencion en el libro llamado inventio fortunate." Historias de las Indias, in " Documentos ineditos," Tom. LXII, p. 99. For the passage of Seneca, see " CEuvres Completes," Tom. VIII., p. 230; for Pliny, Bohn's ed., p. 122. Mercator says; " Touching the description of the northpartes, I have taken the MIMIC out of the voyage of James Cnoyen, of Hartzeuau Buske, which alleageth, * * among the rest, he learned of a certaine priest, in the King of Norwayes court, in the yeere 1364. This priest was descended from them which King Arthur had sent to inhabit those Islands, and he reported that in the yeere 1360 a certain English Frier, a Franciscan, and a Mathematician of Oxford, came into those Islands, who leaving them, and passing further by his Magical' Arte, described all those plows,' that he save, and tooke the height of them with his Astrolabe, according to the form" 'but I, Gerard Mercator, have set down in my mappe, and as I have taken it MIL 41f the aforesaid Cnoyen. Hee say (' that those foure Judraughts were drawne into an Inward guile or whirlepoole, with so great a force, that the ships which once mitered therein, could by no meanes he driven back againe, and that there is never in part* No much winde blowing, as might he sufficient to drive a corn mill." I I Ito " Principal Nnvigations," by Hakluyt, 1., 122.) The Oxford friar referred to by Cnoyen, was none other than Nicholas of
Another reference to the subject is found in the Life of the Admiral, heretofore generally attributed to Ferdinand Columbus. The text runs as follows: "Juventius Fortunatus relates that there is an account of two islands towards the west, and a little southward than the island of Cape Verde, which skim along upon upon the water." water." *Now, if we are correct, the writer here alludes to the Inventio Fortunata of Nicholas of Lynn, though the editor of the Life of the Admiral, whoever he may have been, makes 371
the title of the book itself the name of the author. It is indeed possible that such a person as " Juventus Fortunatus "wrote on geographical subjects and hence was quoted, but the probabilities are against this view. At all events, no such work now exists in the Colombina Library at Seville, where we should expect to find it, for the reason that the library in question is none other than the library of Ferdi-nand Columbus, the reputed author of the Life of the Admiral. Nor does this library contain the Inventio Fortunata of Nicholas; which constitutes another argument, such as it is, to prove that Fer-dinand did not write the book attributed to him, or at least that he did not compose the work in its present form. The catalogue of the Colombina has been searched diligently for some indication of such work, but in vain. An inquiry has also been made respecting respecting the *Lynn, concerning whose work something more will be known when the fortunate antiquary draws out from its hiding-place the book of Cnoyen, which Mercator says contained his voyage " throughout all Asia, Africa and the North," a book which " was lent me in time past, by a friend of mine at Antwerpe." He adds: " After I had used it, I restored it againe; after many years I required it again of my friend, but he had forgotten of whom he bad borrowed it." (Principal Naviga-tions, "I., 445.) * " Et Inventio Fortunato narra, sarsi nientione di due altre [sole, volte all' occidente, & pin Australi, the le Isole de Capo verde; le quali vauno sopra l'acqua nutando." (Historic del S. D. Fernando Colombo," &c., 1571, c. viii.) The writer is under very great obligations to Mr. Charles H. Eder, United States Consular Agent at Seville, who, in February, 1879, carefully searched the catalogue of the Colombina. Though some of the books that once belonged to this valuable collection, which formed the library of Ferdinand Columbus, are missing, the Inventio Fortunata does not appear in the catalogue. Among the entries are the following: Inventus, Presbiter, Atlas de memo," 372
now lost ; "Fortunato fiol de Passamonte en Toseano "; " Fortunato perisumns gliliQ monies pietatis," &c ; "Fortanatus, Presbiter, Vita Sa Martini."
book of Knoyen, Knoyen, through which the author author of the Life Life of the Admiral might have learned the story of Nicholas. This work is also wanting in the Colombina catalogue. It is nevertheless clear that Columbus made a careful examination examination of the arctic question. In the course of his studies he might have seen the Inventio Fortuuata. That he had examined the subject is evident from his Memoir or Annotations upon the Five Zones, in which he sets forth the theory found in the " Imago Mundi," holding that the north was inhabitable, and proving it out of his own experience in 1477.* In 1589, Blundeville expressed an opinion derogatory to Lynn, holding that the voyage attributed to him could never have been performed without the aid of some " colde devil." We now pass to the celebrated Dr. John Dee, a large number of whose invaluable manuscripts were destroyed by a mob at Mortlake in 1583, who evidently knew the manuscript of Nicholas; and and Irak-luyt, in 1599, gives gives an additional additional testimony from the Astrologer. It runs as follows: " Ano 1360, (that is to wit, in the 34 yeere of the reigne of the triumphant King Edward the third), a frier of Oxford, being a good good astronomer, astronomer, went in companie companie with others others to the most Northern Islands of the world, and there leaving his corn*The "Imago Mundi" was studied and annotated by Columbus. The sixth " Inference" of Chapter VII. speaks of those who live under the pole, and of their condition. The writer has found no trace of the " Memoria " on the "Cinque Zone," mentioned by Humboldt (Cosmos, 11., 611), who appears to speak loosely in 373
saying that " it has now become extremely rare." See also " Examen Critique," II.,105; and V., 213. The following is Blundeville's account: " Moreouer, the north side of the promontorye Tabin bath 76 degrees of latitude, latit ude, which place, whatsoeuer Plinio said* thereof in his fourth booke of Histories, yet I beleeve that no Roman CARIti ever there to describe ye Promontory. Neither doe I beleeve that the Fryer of Ox-ford, by virtue of his Art Magicke, euer came so nigh the Pole to measure with his Astrolabe those cold parts together with the fours floods, which Mercator & Bernar-dus do describe both in the front, and also in the nether end of their maps, & nutcase bee had some colde devil out of the middle Region of the sire to be his guide, and therefore I take them in mime opinio to be meer fables." (A Briefs Description of Vniversal Mappes and Carder, and of their vse: and also the vse of Ptholerney bin Tables, by Thomas Blundeville, London, 1589, 4to, p. c. 2.) The work of Bernard an l'uteanns, of Bruges, 1579, does not appear to be known. See Voyages of John Davis, p. lxxxviii., 1880.
pany together, together, he travailed travailed alone, and purposely purposely described all the Northern Islands, with the indrawiiig seas: and the record thereof; at his returne he delivered to the King of England. The name of which book is Inventio Fortunata (Miter fortunes) qui Tiber incipit a gradu 54 vfque ad polum. Which frier for sundry purposes after that did five several times passe from England thither, and home again."* As late as 1659, the story of Nicholas of Lynn was echoed by geographers and cosmographers. Heylin wrote about the great rock at the pole, and the four indraughts or Euripi, which swallowed up ships, and added the story of the pigmies, mentioned on Mer-cator's map of 1542.f Among the maps which give more or less exactly the ideas repre-. seated by Ruysch, that made in 1572 for Munster, copies of which are found in Belleforest of 1575. Linschoten's map of 1595 faintly 374
shows the Euripi. The Ortelius of 1599 also shows them faintly. *Ilakluyt, 1., 122. " Under the Aretick Pole is said to be a Black Rock of wondrous height, about 3,3 leagues in compass; the Land adjoyning being torn by the sea into four great Hands. For the Ocean violently breaking thorow it, and disgorging itself by 19 Channels, maketh four Euripi, or fierce Whirlpools, by which the waters are finally carried towards the North, and these swallowed into the Bowels of the Earth. That Eurpius or Whirlpool which is made by the &ythsc Ocean, hath five Inlets, and by reason of his strait passage, and violent course, is never frozen: the other on the back of Greenland, being 37 leagues long, bath three inlets, and remaineth frozen three months yearly. Between these two lieth an Island, on the North of Lappia and Biarrnia, inhabited as they say by Pygmies, the tallest of them not above four foot high. A certain Scholer of Oxford reporteth, that these four Euripi are carried with such furious violence towards some Gulf, in which they are finally swallowed up, that no ship is able with never so strong a Gale to elm the Ourrent, and yet there is never so strong a wind as to blow a windmill." (" Cosmographie," B. IV., p. 191, Ed. 1659 ) On the next page, Ileylin adds : " But Blundeville our Country man is of another opinion (us indeed who is not ?) neither believing that Plinie or any other of the Roman, Writers came hither to describe this Promontory : or that the Oxford .Frier, without the assistance of some cold Devil of the middle region of the Aire (and consequently able to endure all weathers) could approach so near as to measure these cold countries with his Astrolabe, or to take the height of this Black Rock with his Jacob Staff."
The Mercator of Hondius, 1607, wants them; but the " Fascicvlvs Geographicvs," Geographicvs," of Matthew Quod, 1808, shows the Euripi fully, as does the Hondifis of 1619, in which there is an allusion to the " fab-ulous Knoyen," (Ce fabuleux Cnoxe.) In 1625, Purchas copied the map of Hondius, who repeats the then current account of Lynn (III., 624). Further on (p. 853) he says that Mercator " was abused by a map sent unto him, of foure Euripi 375
meeting about the North Pole." In all these accounts there is, however, nothing to impugn the gen-eral statement respecting the voyage of Nicholas into the far North. If correctly reported, he may have fancied that he knew all about the Pole and that he had solved the problem of the magnet, by putting one of the old magnetic mountains in the north. If he was deceived, it, may be said that he was not the first navigator who indulged imagination at the expense of truth. He is made to say that great tides drew ships into a fatal gulf, but if this is used to prove that he never saw the north, then the stories of the Norwegian sailors respecting the Maelstrom, found until recently on many maps, would indicate that later all they also never saw the sea. In the early times, what havoc could not the cosmographer have made of the statement of Davis, who yaw the northern sea "falling down into the gulf with a mighty over-fall"? What is needed is the narrative of Nicholas, which he presented to Edward III. This This may yet be drawn forth from from some musty and and forgotten collection. collection. In closing we may pause to inquire how far north the ancient navigators penetrated. The Icelandic colonists in Greenland may have reached, a very high latitude during the three hundred years that they visited there, but the highest point indicated indicated is that near Cape York, in 72° N. Upon an unpublished Spanish globe in the National Library at Paris, the date of about 1540, is an indication which possibly may prove that some navigator had pushed through through Smith's sound sound and Robeson Robeson channel. channel. Many unrecorded expeditions were doubtless made into the north, and this globe may contain the memorial of some French, Spanish or Portuguese voyage not far from the year 1500. In 1500 and in 1501, expeditions expeditions went 376
north under Contereal, who also went in 1502, never to return. On the east coast of Greenland, so far as our knowledge goes, exploration was not carried high up, though Columbus, in going three hundred miles beyond Iceland, must have sailed close to the northern border of Greenland. If he had persevered, he would have struck the New World in 1477. The early navigators appear to have pushed northward to the pack ice, but there is no indication indication of their having known either Jan Mayen, or Franz Joseph's Land, though they may have seen both. The map of the Zeno Brothers, the result of the voyage of 1380, stood unequalled down to 1558, no improvement in the cartology of Greenland being made until the voyage of John Davis, in 1585. The results of his observations in Greenland were indicated by Molyneux on his globe of 1592 and on his map of 1600, which was engraved by Wright, being projected on The plan attributed to Mercator. The map of 1600 appears to be the one referred to by Shakespeare in Twelfth Night, as " the new map with the augmentation of the Indies." In 1511, the Lenox Globe showed an open sea around the pole, and in 1529 the Verrazano Map left the sea still open, though in the Antarctic region a great continent was beginning to appear south of Cape Horn. Herein was w as the partial representation representation of a classic myth. On Mercator's map of 1569, the Antarctic continent exults in astounding proportions. proportions. Notwithstanding Notwithstanding the great great benefits conferred conferred upon geographical science by Mercator, the knowledge of the globe in some respects was retarded in his hands, owing to the weight of his reputation. reputation. The northern region also was in time filled up, and ever since geographers have been struggling to recover the original conception of a polar sea. Shall we succeed? Of 377
speculation on this point we have had enough, and the question remains to be decided by events. One thing, however, has become clear, namely, that the prospect of sailing to the pole by the way of Smith's Sound is far from encouraging. Manifestly, beyond a certain point, the route must be pursued by sledging. On the other hand, the route by Behring Straits is still to be fully tested. The Jeanette under Captain de Long, which last year passed within the ice belt, sailing for Wrangell's Land, is yet to be heard from. The The establishment establishment of the proposed proposed colony colony at Discovery Bay, in latitude 81° 44' N., also awaits its accomplishment. accomplishment. When this is done, as probably it will be done in the summer of 1881, explorers will be prepared to make fresh advances north of Smith's Sound, and thus enter seriously upon the work of reaching the pole. Captain Nares predicts that this can never be done, as, in his judgment, the ice is too rough for rapid sledging, while a powerful current is continually carrying the ice southward. The opinion of so brave and skilful an officer is not to be treated lightly; lightly; yet there is no proof that the current always acts as it did when Captain Markham made his great sledge journey to 83° 20' N., the highest point yet reached, reached, nor that that the ice is always in the same same rough condition that made his progress so slow. These are points that remain to be decided by a permanent colony. In that sledge journey, Captain Markham's Marty was prostrated by scurvy, the scourge of the north, though a disease which a proper supply of provisions wilt obviate. Evidently, too, the season passed in the north by the Nares expedition was one of unusual severity. severity. As it remained, Captain Markham reached a point, where the water had shoaled to 70 fathoms, indicating approaching land. They turned back when only 3994 miles from the 378
pole. It is not unreasonable unreasonable to suppose suppose that land land actually exists a short distance north of this point. If so, that land may be gained and used as a base of operations for the regions beyond. The question question of mashing the pole is how being resolved resolved into one one of equipment, equipment, while in this department something something is yet to be learned. The first thing to be achieved is the establishment of the permanent colony at Discovery Bay, after which must follow the use of every appliance that science and ingenuity can devise. In this respect, the Nares expedition was not altogether perfect. Indeed, Indeed, no temporary temporary expedition expedition can meet all the conditions. conditions. Permanence in operation must characterise any successful plan to reach the pole. The explorer must, be made independent independent of ships; ships; he must have adequate moans f resisting the cold, and antiscorbutics that will insure health. These things are certainly possible, and when secured the arctic adventurer can bide his time and await the favorable season; In meanwhile spending his time in those general observations that will prove of such incalculable incalculable scientific advantage. Haste will form no part in that great campaign which must conduct the oil 'dorm. to the pole. The work will require time, and the highest courage and perseverance. The explorer will have no assistance from natives beyond what he gains from those who live south Discovery Bay.
379
380
Chapter 19 – Russian Scientist Finds Paradise At The North Pole The following 11/29/2006 interview with a Russian professor also also discusses discusses the topography, topography, landscape, landscape, and mythology of the northern regions. Doctor of Philosophy Valery Dyemin, a researcher of the Arctic region, maintains that Hyperborea, a mythical land “beyond the north wind” that the Greeks thought located beyond Scythia, existed in reality. The legendary French scientist Jean Sylvin Baiae attempted to prove the existence of Hyperborea a few centuries ago. “Could you name any other scientists who also made a lot of effort trying to shed some light on the mystery of Hyperborea?” “Yes, there were many of them. Not only the geographers and historians worked on the problem, the linguists also made several contributions. The rector of the University of Boston William Warren published a book titled Paradise Found at the North Pole in late 19th century. In total, there were 11 editions of the book. Warren analyzed a large number of spoken stories and legends relating to paradise on Earth (Eden). According A ccording to him, all the information contained therein stems from vague recollections recollections of some ancient perfect land that lay somewhere in the Arctic region.” “What exactly are we talking about? Which part of the world should we look at?” 381
“I believe we should be looking for the traces of that civilization civilization in Eurasia and American arctic regions, in the islands and archipelagos of the Arctic Oceans, at the bottom of some some seas, lakes and rivers. It’s worthy of notice that Russia has the largest number of locations and artifacts that could bear relevance to Hyperborea. Some of the above have already drawn attention of specialists; specialists; others are yet to be discovered. Active explorat exploration ion is currently under way in the Kola Peninsula, in the Island of Vaigach, in Karelia, Ural Mountains, West Siberia, Khakasia, Yakutia, and a few other regions. There are good prospects for conducting research in Franz Josef Land, Taimyr, and Yamal. The geographic term “Hyperborean platform” is technical use. Scientists keep discussing the platform’s dynamics in order to find out the reasons why it sank to the bottom of the ocean.” “In other words, Hyperborea may have stretched over the lands that eventually sank into the water?” One of the charts by Gerhardus Mercator, the 16th century Flemish cartographer and geographer, shows a huge continent lying in the vicinity of the North Pole. The land is an archipelago composed of several islands divided by deep rivers. A mountain sits in the center of the land (according to legends, the ancestors of IndoEuropeans lived near Mount Meru). The question is: How did that land appear on the chart? There was no information whatsoever regarding the Arctic regions during the Middle Ages. We have some reasons to believe that Mercator had used used an ancient chart, the one one 382
that is mentioned in his letter dated 1580. That chart showed a continent located in the center of the Arctic Ocean, which was pictured ice-free on the chart. Mercator’s chart seems to be based on the ancient chart.”
Secret decree by Catherine II “Assuming that the ancient cartographic information was available for the chosen ones in days of old, has anybody tried to search for Hyperborea in the Arctic region?” “Some of our compatriots participated in the quest for Hyperborea. The Russia Empress Catherine II got some information of the ancient mythical land near the Arctic Circle via the Free Masons. Catherine II organized two expeditions with the help of Mikhail Lomonosov. She signed a secret decree on May 4th, 1764. The official documents indicated that the expedition headed by Admiral Vasily Chichagov had been dispatched to Spitsbergen to inspect the location for the renewal of whaling and fishing out there. However, the endeavor is referred to as an “expedition bound for the North Pole” in the memoirs by Chichagov’s son. The Master was ordered to open an envelope with detailed instructions only after his vessel had made for the open sea. According to instructions, the vessel was to head into the direction of the North Pool. Those instructions were penned by Lomonosov, by the bye. Unfortunately, Unfortunately, the expedition couldn’t break through the thick ice and had to turn back.” “Why was Catherine II so interested in finding Hyperborea?” 383
“I believe that Catherine, not unlike a few other kings and queens, was enchanted by the prospects of discovering the elixir of eternal youth, which is said to have been invented by the Hyperboreans. Pliny and Herodotus, as well as Virgil and Cicero reported that people in the land of Hyperborea lived to the age of one thousand and enjoyed lives of complete happiness. We shouldn’t forget that the Empress was a woman.” Argumenty i Fakty
Translated by Guerman Grachev - http://www.prav http://www.pravdareport.com/ dareport.com/science/mys science/mysteries/29-11 teries/29-11-2006/85697-paradise-0/#sthash.iUJ1Nafy.dpuf
384
385
If the woman had not separated from the man, she should not die with the man. His separation became the beginning of death. - The Gospel of Philip 386
Chapter 20 - Paradise – Our First And Former Estate In order to set the foundation for the following next few chapters, I will revisit the story of Adam and Eve, their fall from paradise, and banishment to the garden of Eden. This story when truly comprehended will establish the basis for where paradise actually actually is, where where the garden of Eden is located, and what are the differences between the two. This study study will also also explain explain our former former estate and and how Adam and Eve’s fall interrelates to each of us with regard to the collective fall of humanity and reason we are now housed in flesh form. If the woman had not separated from the man, she should not die with the man. His separation became the beginning beginning of death. death. Because of this, Christ came to repair the separation, which was from the beginning, and again unite the two, and to give life to those who died as a result of the separation, and unite them. Adam came into being from two virgins, from the Spirit and from the virgin earth. Christ therefore, was born from a virgin to rectify the Fall which occurred in the beginning. There are two trees growing in Paradise. The one bears animals, animals, the other bears bears men. Adam ate from the tree which bore animals. He became an animal and he brought forth animals. – The Gospel of Philip 387
This teaching will also explain the essence of why Yahushua had to come into the flesh Himself H imself to redeem humanity, clarifying clarifying what He was alluding to in Revelation when He said, ‘Remember from whence thou art fallen.’ The fullness fullness of this story story can be ascertained ascertained in a portion of Genesis excluded from the King James rendition of Adam and Eve’s fall. It is extent within the Aramaic Targum where the flaming cherubim are placed by the Lord God outside of the gates of of paradise, as a measure to protect the holy place from humanity, preventing them them infiltration, infiltration, reentrance reentrance into the garden garden paradise until until the end of days. days. The passage I will quote from should be located right after the punishments levied upon Adam, Eve, and the serpent in Genesis 3:15-16. Preceding their embodiment with ‘a coat of skins’ in Genesis 3:21, which I take to represent their transformation into human physicality. Once Adam and Eve lose their bright natures, the Lord God exiles them from paradise before they had a chance to eat from the tree of life. This action action on the part part of Yahweh Elohim was a merciful one to prevent them from being forever locked locked into a fallen state. state.
Targum Story of the Fall of Adam and Eve And Adam called the name of his wife Hava, because she is the mother of of all the children children of men. And the Lord God made to Adam and to his wife vestures of honour from the skin of the serpent, which he had cast from him, upon the skin of their flesh, instead of that adornment which had been cast away; away; and He clothed clothed them. 388
And the Lord God said to the angels who ministered before Him, Behold, Adam is sole on the earth, as I am sole in the heavens above; and it will be that they will arise from him who will know to discern between good and evil. Had he kept the commandments which I appointed to him, he would have lived and subsisted as the tree of life for ever. But now, because he hath not kept that which I prescribed, it is decreed against him that we keep him from the garden of Eden (Paradise), before he reach forth his hand and take of the tree of life: for, behold, if he eat thereof, living he will live and subsist for ever. And the Lord God removed him from the garden of Eden; and he went and dwelt on Mount Moriah, to cultivate the ground from which he had been created. And He drave out the man from thence where He had made to dwell the glory of His Shekina at the first between the two Kerubaia. Before He had created the world, He created the law; He prepared the garden of Eden for the righteous, that they might eat and delight themselves with the fruit of the tree ; because they would would have practised practised in their their lives the the doctrine of the law in this world, w orld, and have maintained the commandments: commandments: (but) he prepared Gehinnam for the wicked, which is like the sharp, consuming sword of two edges; in the midst of it He hath prepared flakes of fire and burning coals for the judgment of the wicked who rebelled in their life against the doctrine of the law. To serve the law is better than (to eat of) the fruit of the tree of life, (the law) which the Word of the 389
Lord prepared, that man in keeping it might continue, and walk in the paths of the way of life in the world to come. [JERUSALEM. And the Word of the Lord God said, Behold, Adam whom I have created is sole in my world, as I am sole in the heavens above. It is to be that a great people are to arise from him; from him will arise a people who will know how to discern between good and evil. And now it is good that we keep him from the garden of Eden before he stretch forth his hand and take also of the fruit of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever... And He cast out Adam, and made the glory of His Shekina to dwell at the front of the east of the garden of Eden, above the two Kerubaia. Two thousand years before He had created the world, He created the law, and prepared Gehinnam and the garden of Eden. He prepared the garden of Eden for the for the righteous, that they should eat, and delight themselves with the fruit of the tree, because they had kept the commandments commandments of the law in this world. For the wicked He prepared Gehinnam, which is like the sharp, consuming sword with two edges. He prepared in the the depth of itit flakes of fire and burning coals coals for the wicked, wicked, for their punishment punishment for ever in the world to come, who have not kept the commandment of the law in this world. For the law is the tree of life; whoever keepeth it in this life liveth and subsisteth as the tree of life. The law is good to keep in this world, as the fruit of the tree of life in the world that cometh.] IV. And Adam knew Hava his wife, who had desired the Angel; and she conceived, and bare Kain; and she said, I 390
have acquired a man, the Angel of the Lord. And she added to bear from her husband Adam his twin, even Habel. – Genesis 3:22-24, Targum Hidden within their dramatic recollection of being banished from from Paradise is the the real reason why Yahushua as a means to save humanity, had to be born of a virgin and physically incarnate into flesh form. Comprehending the necessity of his coming with the redeeming of humanity when understood one would be able to grasp then why the hope of eternal salvation can only come through a relationship relationship with Him as both the Son of God and the way, truth, and the light. It is also for this reason that no one can to come unto the Father unless they accept and know the Son as Savior Messiah. Christ came to the world to cleanse the genetic corruption of humanity’s bloodline polluted by both the hybrid children of Cain and their daughters intermixing with the sons of God. In the Dead Sea Scrolls Book of the Giants, Giants, this corruption is cited as the miscegenation of humankind and reason why the Lord God restored the balance and harmony of nature nature with a worldwide worldwide deluge, deluge, allowing Noah (pure in his generations) and family to repopulate the world. This knowledge is the one distinguishing factor which sets apart as faith the religion which has come to be known as Christianity. Christianity. For the prophetic prophetic story of the the first and second coming of the Savior Messiah as means to rectify the fall and redeem humanity is the core principle of this faith. faith. Those of us that that accept Christ Christ as King and Lord believe that Yahushua preexisted with the Father 391
and Holy Spirit before the manifestation of all things and creation of this world and that He is indeed the Son of God; sent here on a mission to defeat the forces of darkness. Legion recognized recognized Him as the Son of God and One who would judge them in finality at the end of days, which is why they asked Him specifically, specifically, ‘have You come to torment us before the time.’ Washed clean through His blood as the Passover Lamb, His dying on the cross brought to all everywhere, an opportunity for freedom through salvation, and return to our first estate. Resurrected to the right hand of the Father, He has defeated death and gone on to pave the way for our eternal inheritance inheritance through through Him. In heaven now, He is abiding time preparing a place for the righteous. When the times are fulfilled, fulfilled, He will will come again to separate the harvest, call the righteous wheat to a preservation and the wicked tares to condemnation. condemnation. Understanding the reason for Christ coming into the world in conjunction with the fall of Adam and Eve and the war between the bloodlines, bloodlines, the larger picture of why we are here becomes incredibly apparent. apparent. As well as why scripture alludes to the necessity of our being born again, and why at the end of days, the righteous are restored to glorified body and redeemed as bright nature immortal beings. I pray that all of us, us, myself and each one you reading this discourse now, are found worthy to be numbered among the elect and in a reception of this honored destiny.
392
The reason why God, may His holy names be sanctified! created Adam with His holy hand in His H is form and image was that he should receive wisdom and speech and animal motion, and for the knowledge concerning things. When the glorious and illustrious Angels saw one like Him in Adam, they were affrighted. The wondrous glory upon his face terrified them, his form appeared shining with divine light greater than the light of the sun, and his body was bright and brilliant like the wellknown stars in the crystal. When the figure of Adam drew itself up, itself up, he leapt standing; he was in the centre of the earth, he stretched out his right hand and his left hand and put his feet in order upon Golgotha, which is the place where was put the wood (cross) of our Saviour Jesus the Christ. He was dressed with a royal robe, he wore upon his head a diadem of glory and praise and honour and dignity, he was crowned with a royal crown, and there he was made king and priest and prophet. God set him upon a throne of honour, and gathered to what was there all the animals and beasts and birds and all all that God had had created, and made them stand before Adam. They bent their heads and did obeisance to him, and he called each of them by its name. He made all the creatures obey him and they responded to his command. The Angels and the Powers heard the voice of God, may He be glorified and exalted! saying to Adam, ‘O Adam, I have made thee king and priest and prophet and ruler and chief and governor over all creatures that are made. All creation shall obey thee and follow thy voice. Under thy grasp they shall be. To thee 393
alone I have given this power; I have placed thee in possession possession of all that I have created.’ When the Angels heard this saying from the Lord they redoubled honour honour and respect to Adam. When the Devil saw the gift that was given to Adam from the Lord, he envied him from that day and the schismatic from God set his mind in cunning towards him to seduce him by his boldness and his curse; and when he denied the grace of the Lord towards him, he became shameless and warlike. God, may His names be sanctified! deprived the Devil of the robe of praise and dignity and called his name Devil, he is a rebel against God, and Satan, because he opposes himself to the ways of the Lord, and Iblis, because He took his dignity from him. While Adam was listening to the speech of his Lord to him, and standing upon the place of Golgotha, all the creatures being gathered together that they might hear the conversation conversation of God with him, lo! a cloud of light carried him and went with him to Paradise and the choirs of Angels sang before him, the cherubim among them blessing and the seraphim crying ‘Holy!’ until Adam came into Paradise. He entered it at the third hour on Friday, and the Lord, to Him be praise! gave him the commandment, and warned him against disobedience disobedience to it. Then the Lord, to Him be praise! threw upon upon Adam a form of of sleep, and he slept a sweet sleep in Paradise. And God took a rib from his left side, and from it He created Eve. When he awoke and saw Eve he rejoiced over her and lived with her, and she was in the pleasant 394
garden of Paradise. God clothed them with glory and splendour. They outvied one another in the glory with which they were clothed, and the Lord crowned them for marriage, the Angels congratulated congratulated them, and there was joy there such as never has been the like and never will w ill be till the day in which the people at the right hand shall hear the glorious voice from the Lord. Adam and Eve remained in Paradise for three hours. The site of Paradise was high up in the air, its ground was heavenly, raised above all mountains and hills, that were thirty spans high, that is fifteen cubits, according to the cubit of the Holy Ghost. G host. This Paradise stretches round from the east by a wall from the hollow to the southern place of darkness where the cursed Prince was thrown, it is the place of sorrows. Eden is a fountain of God lying eastwards, to a height of eight degrees of the rising of the sun, and this is the mercy of God on which the children of men put their trust, that they shall have a Saviour from thence, because God, may He be exalted and glorified! knew in His foreknowledge what the Devil would do to Adam. Adam lived in the treasury of His mercy, as David the prophet said, ‘Thou hast been a fortress to us, O Lord, throughout all ages; cause us to live in Thy mercy.’ The blessed David said also in his prayer about the salvation of men, ‘Remember, Lord’ ( the tree was the Cross which was planted in the middle of the earth ), ‘Thy grace which thou hast wrought from all eternity’; I mean by this the mercy which God loved to extend to all men and to our weak race. Eden is the Church of God, and 395
the Paradise in which is the altar of rest, and the length of life which God has prepared for all the saints. Because Adam was king, priest and prophet, God caused him to enter Paradise that he might minister in Eden, the Church of God the holy Lord, as Moses the holy Prophet testifies about this, saying, ‘That thou shouldest minister and declare by noble and glorious service, and keep the commandment by which Adam and Eve were brought into the Church of God.’ Then God planted the tree of life in the middle of Paradise and it was the form of the cross which was stretched upon it, and it was the tree of life and salvation. Satan remained in his envy to Adam and Eve for the favour which the Lord shewed them, and he contrived to enter into the serpent, which was the most beautiful of the animals, and its nature was above the nature of the camel. He carried it till he went with it in the air to the lower parts of Paradise. The reason for Iblis the cursed hiding himself in the serpent was his ugliness, for when he was deprived of his honour he got into the acme of ugliness, till none of the creatures could have borne the sight of him uncovered, and if Eve had seen him unveiled in the serpent, when she spoke to him, she would have run away from him, and neither cunning nor deceit would have availed him with her; but he contrived to hide himself in the serpent, the cunning creature, to teach the birds with round tongues the speech of men in Greek and such like. He would bring a broad mirror with 396
much light sending out rays; he would put it between himself himself and a bird, and and speak what he he wished that the bird should know, and when the bird heard this this speech, it would glance around around and look in the mirror, and see the form of a bird like itself and rejoice at it, and not doubting that it was a bird of its species that was speaking to it would listen to it and attend to its language. And it would comprehend it in a moment and talk to it. But the cursed Devil, when he entered the serpent, came towards Eve, when she was alone in Paradise her name. away from Adam, and called her by her name. She turned to him, and looked at her likeness behind a veil, veil, and he talked talked to her, and and she talked to him, and he led her astray by his speech, for woman’s nature is weak, and she trusts in every word, and he lectured her about the forbidden tree in obedience to her desire, and described to her the goodness of its taste, and that when she should eat of it she should become a god; and she longed for what the cursed one made her long for, and she would not hear from the Lord, may His names be sanctified! what He had commanded Adam about the tree.
She hastened eagerly towards it, and seized some of its fruit in her mouth. Then she called Adam, and he hastened to her, and she gave him of the fruit, telling him that if he ate of it he would become a god. He listened to her advice because he should should become a god as she said. said. When he and she ate the deadly fruit they were bereft of their glory, and their splendour was 397
taken from them, and they were stripped of the light with which they had been clothed. When they looked at themselves, they were naked of the grace which they had worn, and their shame was manifest to them; they made to themselves aprons of fig-leaves, and covered themselves therewith, and they were in great sadness for three hours. They did not manage to continue in the grace and the power with which the Lord had endued them before their rebellion for three hours, till it was taken from them and they were made to slip and fall down at the time of sunset on that day, and they received the sentence of God in punishment. punishment. After the clothing of fig-leaves they put on clothing of skins, and that is the skin of which our bodies are made, being of the family of man, and it is a clothing of pain. The entrance of Adam into Paradise was at the third hour. He and Eve passed through great power in three hours, they were naked for three hours, and in the ninth hour they went out from Paradise, unwillingly, with much grief, great weeping, mourning and sighing. They slept towards the East of it near the altar. When they awoke from their sleep, God spoke to Adam and comforted him, saying to him, blessed be His names! ‘O Adam! do not grieve, for I will restore thee to thine inheritance, out of which thy rebellion has brought thee. Know that because of my love to thee I have cursed the earth, and I will not have pity upon it, on account of thy sin. I have cursed also the serpent by whom thou thou hast been led led astray, and I have made its feet go within its belly. I have made dust 398
its food. I have not cursed thee. I have decreed against Eve that she shall be at thy service. Know certainly that when thou hast accomplished the time that I have decreed for thee to dwell outside, in the accursed land, for thy transgression transgression of my commandment, I will send my dear Son; He will come down to the earth, He will be clothed with a body from a Virgin of thy race, named Mary. I will purify her and choose her, and bring her into power generation after generation until the time that the Son comes down from Heaven. In that time shall be the beginning of thy salvation and restoration to thine inheritance. Command thy sons when thy death approaches which I have decreed for thee that when thou diest they keep thy body in myrrh and cassia, and put it in the cave where thou art dwelling to-day till the time of the exit of thy children from the bosom of paradise and their passage to the the dusty land. land. When that time time comes, instruct the one of thy children who lives until then to carry thy body with him and put it in the place where I shall make him halt. This place where he shall put thy body is the centre of the earth; from it and in it salvation shall come to thee and to all thy children.’ God disclosed to him all the griefs and pains that should happen to him, and commanded him to have patience about this. When He put Adam and Eve out of Paradise, He shut its gate, and put in charge a fiery Angel. He caused Adam and Eve to dwell in the holy mountain on which is the foundation of Paradise, in the place known as Matarimôn. 399
They lived there in a cave at the top of the hill, hidden in it, and despairing of mercy, and they were then pure virgins. – Kitab Al Magalli The reason I wanted to share this little-known story with you as reader, is to highlight highlight that Adam after he was created, was placed into paradise and that it was in paradise that Eve was separated separated in individuality individuality from from him. Satan had to sneak into the garden after having possessed the the form of a birdlike birdlike feathered serpent as a means to succeed in beguiling Eve and causing the downfall of humanity. He had to disguise himself in approaching Eve to appeal to her desire to be like the Angels knowing knowing both good and evil. Eve’s want to to be a goddess, tempted her initially to eat fruit from the tree of knowledge. It was her eating of this fruit and sharing sharing it with Adam which lead to their losing their immortal bright nature. nature. Consequentially, Consequentially, once transformed into flesh they were then cast out of paradise, clothed in flesh, and exiled to the lower earth where the Rebel Angels had already been banished a long-time long-time prior. prior. It would be be on the restored restored earth and in flesh form that YHWH Y HWH Elohim’s prophetic utterances would be fulfilled, namely that Eve would as the mother of all living give birth to both Cain and Abel as the children of two separate blood lines that of the seed of the woman and the seed of the serpent. Likewise, Adam would have to work the soil to bring forth sustenance to feed his growing family. Adam inherited Qayin, Cain (meaning possession or acquired) as a step-child. He was in truth, the firstborn hybrid son 400
of the devil which is also the reason why Cain inherited his father’s isposition and murdered his half-brother, Abel. Adam’s bloodline bloodline would would be perpetuated perpetuated through through Sheth (whose name means Compensation, Replacement, Substitute). Substitute). Born in Adam’s likeness likeness and similitude, similitude, he would replace Abel (meaning breath), and become the progenitor of his genealogy. genealogy. The birth birth of Cain and Abel would begin the enmity between the seed of the serpent and the seed of the woman as foreshadowed in Genesis 3:15. It is important that people understand, that Adam and Eve were transformed into flesh, exiled to the earth, and that it was here that they lost the ability to communicate with the angels angels guarding guarding paradise. It was post-exile post-exile that the Lord God posted as depicted on the Ark of the Covenant, the two fiery cherubim before the portal of paradise to prevent them them from return. They would not not be allowed to to enter therein until redeemed by Christ, when dying on the cross He descended into sheol to free them. Restored to their former estate, they were dressed again in the glorified bodies they had lost when cast out to this fallen world. In the next next chapter, chapter, we will look look at the the scriptural scriptural differentiation differentiation between paradise and the garden of Eden to see how it connects to the sides of the north.
401
-
402
Chapter 21 – The Differentiation Between Paradise And The Garden Of Eden It is necessary to perceive how the fall of Adam and Eve links to paradise as their first estate as well as how the garden of Eden links to the north pole as cradle of humanity and place where they were banished to once cast out of the heavenly regions. The mythological accounts of various places like Atlantis, Mu, Asgard, Shambhala, Thule, and Hyperborea are also associated to the ‘sides of the north’ for it was there that the rebel Angels also establish residence residence when cast down to this dimensionality. dimensionality. This reason is why the Hebrew term for the ‘North’ alludes to a mystical location, a hidden or secret place. Understanding these connections one can then make sense of the underlying truth conjoining all of these seemingly disjointed stories. tsâphôwn, tsaw-fone'; or tsâphôn; from H6845;; properly, hidden, i.e. dark; used only of the H6845 north as a quarter (gloomy and unknown):— north(-ern, side, -ward, wind). north (of direction), northward north northward tsâphan, tsaw-fan'; a primitive root; to hide (by covering over); by implication, to hoard or reserve; figuratively figuratively to deny; specifically (favorably) to protect, (unfavorably) (unfavorably) to lurk:—esteem, lurk:—esteem, hide(-den one, self), lay up, lurk (be set) privily, (keep) secret(-ly, place). 403
to hide, treasure, treasure or store up (Qal) to hide, treasure, treasure up to lie hidden, lurk (Niphal) to be hidden, be stored up (Hiphil) to hide, hide from discovery The feminine noun tsâphôwn (North) comes from the verb form and primitive root of tsâphan meaning hidden, hoarded, reserved, protected, is steamed, laid up, treasured, stored up, and or secret place. Does not such connotation connotation add to the mystery? The mysticism surrounding the North was also written about by William Fairfield Warren, a distinguished Methodist minister, educator, educator, and president of Boston University when he in 1881 published a book called, “ Paradise Found, The Cradle of the Human Huma n Race at the North Pole.” Warren cites well-over 580 different sources from all cultures and beliefs systems in this 495 page tome. Like myself myself he postulates postulates that the garden garden of Eden, the initial home of modern humanity and legendary place of residence residence for the Rebel Rebel Angels during during the antediluvian Golden age had been previously established in the ‘far ‘far north.’ Believing in the Copernican model for world, he does postulate this premise from a heliocentric heliocentric slant trying to accommodate the information through such bias, but at least he is honest with these ancient references citing them in their original Geocentric context. We cannot fault fault him for such bias bias as there are are so few that know the truth when it comes to the question of whether we live in a geocentric or heliocentric heliocentric world. 404
Making this book an interesting read for those like myself who have seen through the delusion of the indoctrination indoctrination which comes with w ith supporting Copernican worldview. For those curious about investigating the connections of the north to these mystical places as I am disclosing here, it is a must read. Another very interesting book about the North is Arktos: Arktos: The Polar Polar Myth In Science, Symbolism, And Nazi Survival by Joscelyn Godwin. Many convolute the distinction between paradise and the garden of Eden because some stories associate paradise with the garden of Eden and vice vice versa. This overlap overlap makes it sometimes difficult to ascertain whether the mention of the garden of Eden in certain passages actually alludes to the third heaven or the earth as place where Adam and Eve were w ere exiled once cast out. The key to determining such disparity can be deduced by examining where the placement of the flaming cherubims occurs in story. In the Genesis timeline as event it always occurs after Adam and Eve are cast out of the third heaven and and banished to this world. And even though though some scriptures interchange the garden of Eden for paradise, one one can always conclude conclude which location location is being spoken spoken about by recognizing this variance variance in connection to the mention of one or the other. Just remember that the garden of Eden is where the fallen Adam and Eve are placed after their transgression transgression and it would be here on the earth that they fulfill the Genesis 3 prophecies as foretold by by the YHWH Elohim, Elohim, namely that of childbirth, work, toil, and finally death.
405
The messenger Paul knew this gate. He half opened it in a mystery and said that he had been seized by an angel and ‘taken to the second and third heaven, to paradise itself,’ where he saw what he saw and ‘heard ineffable words that a man is not allowed to relate.’ - From Corpse to God This passage like 2 Corinthians Corinthians 12:2-4 references Paul’s journey beyond beyond the atmosphere atmosphere (first heaven) heaven) and outer outer space (second (second heaven) to paradise paradise (third heaven). heaven). Which as I have been stating is located above the firmament as part of the structure structure of the celestial celestial kingdom, kingdom, New Jerusalem and incorporated into the heavenly temple where the Most Most High God resides. Like Paul many of the prophets and patriarchs taken taken before His very presence, speak of seeing Him seated upon His throne and that this throne is established upon a crystalline canopy. Moses references as paved work of sapphire and John as a sea of glass like like unto crystal. crystal. The firmament’s firmament’s association association with the throne room is conveyed in Exodus 24:10, Ezekiel 1:26, Isaiah 40:22, Revelation 4:6 and 15:2, Enoch 14, Zechariah 6 and so many other places within Scripture. All of these passages, when comprehended in unity and deciphered in profundity present present in clarity a picture of the design of creation lost to the world for over half a millennium now. It is the scope of this revelation that I am hoping to share within the chapters of this and my previous books. I pray the discernment I have been led by the highest God to comprehend over the last three years becomes evidentiary truth for you as well. My hope is that upon reading this trilogy that you like myself know with a certainty that it 406
is from the ‘sides of the north’, the top of the vaulted dome that from this strategic vantage point, the Lord God looks down upon and watches over the full extent of the earth spread in wide expanse before Him. To assert the differences between paradise and the garden of Eden, I will share a myriad of my most favorite biblical texts texts and passages. passages. One the apocryphal apocryphal Vision of Paul provides a remarkably crisp look at the layout of paradise with with surrounding surrounding rivers. It also incorporates incorporates within it the city of God, New Jerusalem and conveys at the opposite end of the spectrum an extraordinarily detailed accounting of sheol as the place reserved for the punishment punishment of the wicked. wicked. Like the Apocalypse of Peter, it shares judgment of why some suffer, and what they did to deserve sentence and punishment. punishment. I have read no no other text which which details in in elucidation elucidation an elaborate account of Paradise as contained within one single story. The content of these passages parallel in confirming witness witness the descriptions descriptions given given by Enoch, Isaiah, and Peter, who also privy to bearing witness to paradise, describe voyage through the different levels of heaven and just what they had seen located there. And there were by the bank of the river, trees planted, full of different fruits. And I looked towards the rising of the sun, and I saw there trees of great size full of fruits; and that land was more brilliant than silver and gold; and there were vines growing on those date-palms, and myriads of shoots, and myriads of clusters on each branch. And I said to 407
the archangel: What is this, my lord? And he says to me: This is the Acherusian lake, and within it the city of God. All are not permitted to enter into it, except whosoever shall repent of his sins; and as soon as he shall repent, and alter his life, he is delivered to Michael, and they cast him into the Acherusian lake, and then he brings him in the city of God, near the righteous. And I wondered and blessed God at all that I saw. And the angel said to me: Follow me, that I may bring thee into the city of God, and into its light. And its light was greater than the light of the world, and greater than gold, and walls encircled it. And the length and the breadth of it were a hundred stadia. And I saw twelve gates, exceedingly ornamented, leading into the city; and four rivers encircled it, flowing with milk, and honey, and oil, and wine...
And I looked, and saw in the midst of the city an altar, great and very lofty; and there was one standing near the altar, whose face shone like the sun, and he had in his hands a psaltery and a harp, and he sung the Alleluia delightfully, and his voice filled all the city… And after these things the angel says to me: Behold, thou hast seen all the torments: come, follow me, that I may lead thee away to paradise, and that thou mayst change thy soul by the sight of the 408
righteous; for many desire to salute thee. And he took me by an impulse of the Spirit, and brought me into paradise. And he says to me: This is paradise, where Adam and Eve transgressed. And I saw there a beautiful tree of great size, on which the Holy Spirit, rested; and from the root of it there came forth all manner of most sweet-smelling sweet-smelling water, parting into four channels. And I said to the angel: My lord, what is this tree, that there comes forth from it a great abundance of this water, and where does it go? And he answered and said to me: Before the heaven and the earth existed, He divided them into four kingdoms and heads, of which the names are Phison, Gehon, Tigris, Euphrates. And having again taken hold of me by the hand, he led me near the tree of the knowledge of good of good and evil. And he says to me: This is the tree by means of which death came into the world, and Adam took of the fruit of it from his wife, and ate; and thereafter they were cast out hence. And he showed me another, the tree of life, and said to me: This the cherubim and the flaming sword guard. – The Vision of Paul The following verses are an account of paradise as delineated in the Book of Enoch. In this testimony, Enoch shares a comparatively similar allusion to what Paul describes as the composition, composition, structure, and layout of the landscape reserved for the righteous: 409
those men took me thence, and led me up on to the third heaven, and placed me there; and I looked downwards, and saw the produce of these places, such as has never been known for goodness. 2And I saw all the sweet-flowering trees and beheld their fruits, which were sweet-smelling, and all the foods borne by them them bubbling with with fragrant exhalation. exhalation. 1And
3And
in the midst of the trees that of life, in that place whereon the Lord rests, when he goes up into paradise; and this tree is of ineffable goodness and fragrance, and adorned more than every existing thing; and on all sides it is in form goldlooking and vermilion and fire-like and covers all, and it has produce from all fruits. 4Its root is in the garden at the earth’s end. 5And paradise is between corruptibility and incorruptibility. incorruptibility. 6And
two springs come out which send forth honey and milk, and their springs send forth oil and wine, and they separate into four parts, and go round with quiet course, and go down into the PARADISE OF EDEN, between corruptibility and incorruptibility. 7And thence they go forth along the earth, and have a revolution to their circle even as other elements. (Oceanus) 8And here there is no unfruitful tree, and every place is blessed. 9And there are three hundred angels very bright, who keep the garden, and with incessant sweet singing and never-silent voices serve the Lord throughout all days and hours. – The Book of the Secrets of Enoch 8:1-9
410
These two passages provide explanation of paradise in greater clarity than the summation of most other texts together with regard to this topic. They clearly denote that paradise is located between heaven (incorruptibility) and the earth (corruptibility). This placement I believe absolutely absolutely affirms that there is much distinction distinction between a heavenly paradise and an earthly Edenic garden. Many texts attest that paradise is the place from which Adam and Eve as bright natured immortal beings, dwelt previous to to their exile from heaven. One text, text, The First Book of Adam and Eve describes in great elucidation exactly what their transition was like in being forced from their first estate. The shock and awe of finding themselves residing residing in the same place that the Rebel Angels were cast down to prior is explicitly conveyed within it. This text is part of the Forgotten Books Books of Eden and the series Lost Books of the Bible. It is a collection of 17 th, 18th-century English translations of some of the Old Testament Pseudepigrapha and New Testament Apocrypha published in 1926 by Rutherford Hayes Platt. Versions of the story of the life of Adam and Eve can be found translated into many languages worldwide. The rendition I’ve decided to share in this chapter, captures in conveyance the intense emotional subtleties subtleties of what they went through during their initial days of adapting to the challenges of life here upon the wilderness of the earth. Their assumption assumption of an animal nature is conveyed in great detail within it, more so than most other accounts.
411
Even just studying this one story it becomes obvious that there is indeed differentiation between paradise and the garden of Eden. Cast out of the heavens, their exile from paradise became became the reason why the the Father renewed covenant with them in promise to send His Son to redeem them. Yahushua would be born of Adam’s seed and dying on the cross, descend into the pit; delivering they and their ancestors everlasting life. His triumph would w ould forever defeat Satan and death. As Savior Messiah, Messiah, He would rectify the fall returning them to paradise. They would finally partake of the fruit of the tree of life and in full circle, return again to their former estate. “1 Thus spake the Lord and ordered us to be cast out of paradise. 2 But your father Adam wept before the angels opposite paradise and the angels say to him: "What wouldst thou have us to do, Adam?" 3 And your father saith to them, " Behold, ye cast me out. I pray you, allow me to take away fragrant herbs from paradise, so that I may offer an offering to God after I have gone out of paradise that he hear me. " 4 And the angels approached God and said: "JA'EL, Eternal King, command, my Lord, that there be given to Adam incense of sweet odour from paradise and seeds for his food." 5 And God bade Adam go in and take sweet spices and fragrant herbs from paradise and seeds for his food . 6 And the angels let him go and he took four kinds: crocus and nard and calamus and cinnamon and the other seeds for his food: and, after taking these, he went out of paradise. 7 And we were on the earth. ” - The 1st Book of Adam and Eve 29:1-7 412
Paradise as described by the fullness of scripture is clearly not the same place as the earthly garden of Eden where Adam and Eve were w ere expelled but a righteous abode that bears an abundance of fruit freely without necessary toil. The elect reside there awaiting the future remnant of those that like they, will prove themselves worthy of salvation and the inheritance of eternal life. Excluded from Paradise, Adam and Eve are forced to toil for the sustenance they would need to feed their family. Cursed the wilderness here is completely unyielding unyielding for the children and line of Cain. Whereas the trees of Paradise generate an overabundance of megafruit, some bearing a different different type and variety for each each calendar month of the year, the descendants of Adam and Eve must toil in in labor to yield sustenance. sustenance. Not only are the fruits of Paradise said to be grander in size they are more odiferous in fragrance overpowering in appeal the olfactory senses.
And the Lord showed me a very great country outside of this world , exceeding bright with light, and the air there lighted with the rays of the sun, and the earth itself blooming with unfading flowers and full of spices and plants, fair-flowering and incorruptible and bearing blessed fruit. 16. And so great was the perfume that it was borne thence even unto us. 17. And the dwellers in that place were clad in the raiment of shining angels and their raiment was like unto their country; and angels hovered about them there. 18. And the glory of the dwellers there was equal, and with one voice they sang praises alternately to the 413
Lord God, rejoicing in that place. 19. The Lord saith to us: This is the place of your highpriests, the righteous men. - Apocalypse of Peter Then Justice created Paradise, being beautiful and being outside outside the orbit orbit of the moon and the orbit of the sun in the Land of Wantonness, in the East in the midst of the stones. And desire is in the midst of the beautiful, appetizing trees. And the tree of eternal life is as it appeared by God's will, to the north of Paradise, so that it might make eternal the souls of the pure, who shall come forth from the modelled forms of poverty at the consummation of the age. Now the color color of the tree of life life is like like the sun. And its branches are beautiful. Its leaves are like those of the cypress. Its fruit is like a bunch of grapes when it is white. Its height goes as far as heaven. And next to it (is) the tree of knowledge (gnosis), having the strength of God. Its glory is like the moon when fully radiant. And its branches are beautiful. Its leaves are like fig leaves. Its fruit is like a good appetizing date. And this tree is to the north of Paradise, so that it might arouse the souls from the torpor of the demons, in order that they might approach the tree of life and eat of its fruit, and so condemn the authorities and their angels. The effect of this tree is described described in the Sacred Book, to wit: "It is you who are the tree of knowledge, which is in Paradise, from which the first man ate and which opened his mind; and he loved his female counterpart and condemned the other, alien likenesses and loathed them." – On the Origin of the World 414
The righteous of humanity would be given chance to return to their their imperishable imperishable roots at at the end of days. days. Evil has been granted only a certain period to exist and once that time has passed, Yahushua will return once more to execute judgment upon the unsuspecting peoples of this world. Those affirming themselves worthy in accepting the grace of salvation while embodied in flesh form, will in their glorified bodies be resurrected to the inheritance eternal rest in paradise. Condemned by the Most High, Lucifer and his minions given a reprieve of only 7000 years, have the length of this world age to tempt the hearts and minds of all those born into flesh during this time. Those able to withstand a temptation to sin and frolic in evil will with Yahushua’s return be allowed to join the rest of the saints in new Jerusalem where they have been since being rescued from the depths of sheol by the Son in first coming. Refer to the Acts of Pilate in the Gospel of Nicodemus and the Gospel of Bartholomew for a full accounting of the descent of Christ into the nether regions. When Satan was successful in seducing Eve and causing the downfall of humanity, a plan was put into place to organize the creation of a dualistic world where our Angelic spirits were coupled with the flesh. This state of being joined joined in unison unison the carnal flesh flesh with the imperishable spirit. Having lost their immortality, humanity has since that point onward whether born of the sons of Adam or Cain, incarnated into flesh upon the lower physical earth where Satan and his demon angels hold dominion. 415
From thenceforward, every soul incarnating into flesh will be tried by Satan, but guided by the conscience of our indwelling spirit until the consummation of the second world age ends with the return return of Christ. Christ. Until then we are all under the authority of death. For it is the earth that serves as proving ground for all of the preexistent spirits incarnating into the flesh who were sentenced in Psalm 82 to die the death of man. Here everybody would be given free will to choose serving both Yahuah and and good or Satan Satan and evil. There are only two choices and no one can serve two masters. For those that are content to make no choice one way or the other, remember the chastisement that Yahshuah gave to the Laodicean church, who living in comfort chose not to make a decision about faith and salvation and as such will be spewed out and counted among the wicked. Much of the the industrialized industrialized world especially here in America embody aspects of the Loadiciean church. So many are lax in complacency and indulgent in the luxury of comfort, that it will take tribulation to force people to make make choice on whether they truly truly want to serve the Father and the Son or or Satan and and the world. world. One must also decide whether salvation is in anyway important to one’s life life and being. being. And while itit is my belief that this this one decision decision is really really our whole whole purpose for being here on this plane and at this time, I know that many have not come to the same conclusion and that for most the kingdom has little if any priority in their lives at all. And whereas my whole focus focus in life life is to to fulfill my my role and mission here as servant unto the Most High God 416
and hopefully be counted worthy of being numbered among the elect, most care nothing about salvation and do not prioritize it. Those that choose to perpetuate evil while in the world, allowing self to be manipulated by the forces of darkness, know that your time is almost up and that we will all very soon receive receive our just just rewards. And though though the Father Father is longsuffering unto us all, unfortunately so much of the world have chosen to lead a life which will eventually lead to an inevitable end which will lead them to languish in hellfire and damnation until annihilated completely. Our choices will determine whom among us will be worthy of a return to paradise. paradise. I pray that we are all worthy and yet I know that the elect are but a few.
Some teachers say that Paradise surrounds the whole earth like a wall and a hedge beyond the ocean. Others say that it was placed upon the mount of Eden, higher than every other mountain in the world by fifteen cubits. Others say that it was placed between heaven and earth, below the firmament and above this earth, and that God placed it there as a boundary for Adam between heaven and earth, so that, if he kept His commands, He might lift him up to heaven, but if he transgressed them, He might cast him down to this earth. And as the land of heaven is better and more excellent than the land of Paradise, so was w as the land of Paradise better and more glorious and more excellent (than our earth); its trees were more beautiful, its its flowers more more odoriferous, and and its 417
atmosphere more pure than ours, through superiority of species and not by nature. God made Paradise large enough to be the dwellingplace of Adam and of his posterity, provided that they kept the divine commandments. Now it is the dwelling-place of the souls of the righteous, and its keepers are Enoch and Elijah; Elijah the unwedded, and Enoch the married man: that the unwedded may not exalt themselves above the married, as if, forsooth, Paradise were suitable for the unwedded only. The souls of sinners are without Paradise, in a deep place called Eden. After the resurrection, the souls of the righteous and the sinners will put on their bodies. The righteous will enter into heaven, which will become the land of the righteous; while the sinners will remain upon of the Bee, 15 earth. - The Book of the
State of the Dead before Judgment 75 I answered and said, “If I have found favor in your sight, O Lord, show this also to your servant: whether after death, as soon as everyone of us yields up the soul, we shall be kept in rest until those times come when you will renew the creation, or whether we shall be tormented at once?” 76 He answered me and said, “I will show you that also, but do not include yourself with those who have shown scorn, or number yourself among those who are tormented. 77 For you have a 418
treasure of works stored up with the Most High, but it will not not be shown to to you until until the last times. 78 Now concerning death, the teaching is: When the decisive decree has gone out from the Most High that a person shall die, as the spirit leaves the body to return again to him who gave it, first of all it adores the glory of the Most High. 79 If it is one of those who have shown scorn and have not kept the way of the Most High, who have despised his law and hated those who fear God— 80 such spirits shall not enter into habitations, but shall immediately wander about in torments, always grieving and sad, in seven ways. 81 The first way, because they have scorned the law of the Most High. 82 The second way, because they cannot now make a good repentance so that they may live. 83 The third way, they shall see the reward laid up for those who have trusted the covenants of the Most High. 84 The fourth way, they shall consider the torment laid up for themselves in the last days. 85 The fifth way, they shall see how the habitations of the others are guarded by angels in profound quiet. quiet. 86 The sixth sixth way, they they shall see how some of them will cross over into torments. 87 The seventh way, which is worse than all the ways that have been mentioned, because they shall utterly waste away in confusion and be consumed with shame, and shall wither with fear at seeing the glory of the Most High in whose presence they sinned while they were alive, alive, and in whose presence they are to be judged in the last times. 419
88 “Now this is the order of those who have kept the ways of the Most High, when they shall be separated from their mortal body. 89 During the time that they lived in it, they laboriously served the Most High, and withstood danger every hour so that they might keep the law of the Lawgiver perfectly. 90 Therefore this this is the teaching teaching concerning them: 91 First of all, they shall see with great joy the glory of him who receives them, for they shall have rest in seven orders. 92 The first order, because they have striven with great effort to overcome the evil thought that was formed with them, so that it might not lead them astray from life into death.93 The second order, because they see the perplexity in which the souls of the ungodly wander and the punishment that awaits them.94 them.94 The third third order, they see the witness that he who formed them bears concerning them, that throughout their life they kept the law with which they were entrusted. 95 The fourth order, they understand the rest that they now enjoy, being gathered into their chambers and guarded by angels in profound quiet, and the glory waiting for them in the last days. 96 The fifth order, they rejoice that they have now escaped what is corruptible and shall inherit what is to come; and besides they see the straits and toil from which they have been delivered, and the spacious liberty that they are to receive and enjoy in immortality. 97 The sixth order, when it is shown them how their face is to shine like the sun, and 420
how they are to be made like the light of the stars, being incorruptible from then on. 98 The seventh order, which is greater than all that have been mentioned, mentioned, because they they shall rejoice rejoice with boldness, and and shall be confident confident without without confusion, confusion, and shall be glad without fear, for they press forward to see the face of him whom they served in life and from whom they are to receive their reward when glorified. 99 This is the order of the souls of the righteous, as henceforth is announced; and the previously mentioned are the ways of torment that those who would not give heed shall suffer hereafter.” 100 Then I answered and said, “Will time therefore be given to the souls, after after they have been been separated from the bodies, to see what you have described to me?” 101 He said to me, “ They shall have freedom for seven days, so that during these seven days they may see the things of which you have been told, and afterwards they shall be gathered in their habitations.” Notice how the souls souls of the righteous and and the wicked go on to paradise or perdition to be held until the great white throne judgment. This judgement is is that which will will levy final determination determination on whether w hether one will be apportioned an eternal inheritance which grants one inclusion in the immortal age to come or suffer annihilation annihilation to be destroyed as if one had never been. This is the the second death. 421
No Intercession for the Ungodly 102 I answered and said, “If I have found favor in your sight, show further to me, your servant, whether on the day of judgment the righteous will be able to intercede intercede for the the ungodly or to entreat the Most High for them—103 fathers for sons or sons for parents, brothers for brothers, relatives for their kindred, or friends for those who are most dear.” 104 He answered me and said, “Since you have found favor in my sight, I will show you this also. The day of judgment is decisive and displays to all the seal of truth. Just as now a father does not send his son, or a son his father, or a master his servant, or a friend his dearest friend, to be ill or sleep or eat or be healed in his place, 105 so no one shall ever pray for another on that day, neither shall anyone lay a burden on another; for then all shall bear their own righteousness and unrighteousness.” 106 I answered and said, “How then do we find that first Abraham prayed for the people of Sodom, and Moses for our ancestors who sinned in the desert, 107 and Joshua after him for Israel in the days of Achan, 108 and Samuel in the days of Saul, and David for the plague, and Solomon for those at the dedication,109 and Elijah for those who received the rain, and for the one who was dead, that he might live, 110 and Hezekiah for the people in the days of Sennacherib, Sennacherib, and many others 422
prayed for many? many? 111 So if now, now, when corruption corruption has increased and unrighteousness has multiplied, the righteous have prayed for the ungodly, why will it not be so then as well?” 112 He answered me and said, “This present world is not the end; the full glory does not remain in it; therefore those who were strong prayed for the weak. 113 But the day of judgment will be the end of this age and the beginning of the immortal age to come, in which corruption has passed away, 114 sinful indulgence has come to an end, unbelief has been cut off, and righteousness has increased and truth has appeared. 115 Therefore no one will then be able to have mercy on someone who has been condemned in the judgment, or to harm someone who is victorious.”
Lamentation over the Fate of Most People 116 I answered and said, “This is my first and last comment: it would have been better if the earth had not produced Adam, or else, when it had produced him, had restrained him from sinning. 117 For what good is it to all that they live in sorrow now and expect punishment after death? 118 O Adam, what have you done? For though it was you who sinned, the fall was not yours alone, but ours also who are your descendants. 119 For what good is it to us, if an immortal time has been promised to us, but we have done done deeds that that bring death? death? 120 And what good is it that an everlasting hope has been 423
promised to us, but we have have miserably failed? 121 Or that safe and healthful habitations habitations have been reserved for us, but we have lived wickedly? 122 Or that the glory of the Most High will defend those who have led a pure life, but we have walked in the most wicked ways? w ays? 123 Or that a paradise shall be revealed, whose fruit remains unspoiled and in which are abundance and healing, but we shall not enter it 124 124 because we have lived in perverse ways? 125 Or that the faces of those who practiced self-control shall shine more than the stars, but our faces shall be blacker than darkness? 126 For while we lived and committed iniquity we did not consider what we should suffer after death.” 127 He answered and said, “ This is the significance of the contest that all who are born on earth shall wage: 128 if they are defeated they shall suffer what you have said, but if they are victorious they shall receive what I have said. 129 For this is the way of which Moses, while he was alive, spoke to the people, saying, ‘Choose life for yourself, so that you may live!’ 130 But they did not believe him or the prophets after him, or even myself who have spoken to them. 131 Therefore there shall not be grief at their destruction, so much as joy over those to whom salvation is assured.”
424
Ezra Appeals to God’s Mercy 132 I answered and said, “I know, O Lord, that the Most High is now called merciful, because he has mercy on those who have not yet come into the world; 133 and gracious, because he is gracious to those who turn in repentance to his law; 134 and patient, because because he shows patience toward those those who have sinned, since they are his own creatures; 135 and bountiful, because he would rather give than take away; 136 and abundant in compassion, because he makes his compassions abound more and more to those now living and to those who are gone and to those yet to come— 137 for if he did not make them abound, the world with those who inhabit it would not have life— 138 and he is called the giver, because if he did not give out of his goodness so that those who have committed iniquities might be relieved of them, not one ten-thousandth of humankind could have life; 139 and the judge, because if he did not pardon those who were created by his word and blot out the multitude of their sins, 140 there would probably be left only very very few of the innumerable innumerable multitude. – 2 Esdras 7:75-140 I will end this chapter with one final New Testament story which an examination also adheres to the biblical cosmology that I have brought forth throughout the chapters of this book. That paradise is located above the ball to dome dome in the third third heaven and and that sheol sheol is located located in the interior of the Earth. 425
19There was a certain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: 20And there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, 21And desiring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man's table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. 22And it came to pass, that the beggar died, died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died, and was buried; 23And in hell he lift up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom. 24And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water, and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. 25But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented. 26And beside all this, between us and you there is a great gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. Luke 16:19-26 In this story, we are shown that the meek inherit paradise and are comforted by the blessings of paradise so long as they lived a righteous life. The rich man looks up from his torments in hellfire unto Abraham’s bosom and seeing there there Lazarus. He then begs begs Abraham to send Lazarus to him to ease his suffering and quench his thirst. Abraham reminds him that it is the life that the rich man lived which brought to him condemnation condemnation and also that 426
there is this great gulf fixed between them separating the home of the righteous from that of the wicked. And that one cannot cross into the other. As I have shown paradise resides above the vaulted dome with the heavenly temple and throne throne room of the Most High God. Sheol is located located within the interior of the Earth and temporary ruled over by Satan and Legion.
427
“Among the tribes of earth in sooth I was born; and of the conception of man and woman I have been conceived. This is my ‘name:
428
Chapter 22 – The Ever New Tongue Re-examining the many ancient texts out there available from all cultures of the world which comment on the ancient cosmologies now lost to modern interpretation, the Holy Spirit led me to an Irish New Testament apocryphal text called The Ever New Tongue. It receives its name from the apostle Philip, who in doing the outreach of sharing, spreading the good news of the gospel, is claimed in this text to have had his tongue cut asunder from mouth nine different times to prevent him from speaking his testimony to large gatherings of people. It is cited in in this story story that following following each of these occurrences with the blessings of the Most High God, it is said to have grown back time after time in allowing him to continue his work on behalf of the kingdom. That reason is not however, why I decided to include it as the concluding chapter of this book. What is most intriguing, revealing, and pertinent to this manuscript, is it includes in its dialogue just like Genesis, the description description of the creative process which established the cosmology of the present-day present-day Earth Earth and Heavens. The manner of its conveyance highlighting the premise that I have brought forth in great deliberation throughout the flat Earth and firmament trilogy. But because most people have have never heard or had had chance to read read this text in its entirety as it is difficult to find an extent version even published on the Internet, Internet, I decided to to replicate itit here in full. In going through through it I will will then share commentary in emphasizing emphasizing the most critical aspects of it as it pertains to the topic of the design of creation. 429
After discovering this text, I have been careful over the last few months to not greatly speak about it until the release of this this book. The first time time I read this this account, I felt like I did when w hen I revisited the Book of Enoch’s exposition on the courses of the heavenly heavenly luminaries. luminaries. For it is only in applying knowledge that the earth is a flat circular plane covered over by the solid structure of the firmament that one can then unlock the many verses that can only be understood understood when applied to an interpretation interpretation of the cosmology as I have interpreted through-out through-out this trilogy. And while so many Heliocentrists reference Isaiah 40:22 as their biblical support that the earth is a globe, when understood correctly this chapter and those verses actually bring forth an idea that the level expanse of the circle (two-dimensional) (two-dimensional) of the earth encapsulated by a vaulted dome and that together the the earth and the heavens form the shape of a tent or Tabernacle is really what Isaiah was alluding to as concluded in chapter 11-13 of The Flat Earth As Key To Decrypt The Book Of Enoch. It is he that sitteth upon the circle of the earth, and the inhabitants thereof are as grasshoppers; that stretcheth out the heavens as a curtain, and spreadeth them out as a tent to dwell in: - Isaiah 40:22 The conception of the geocentric cosmology cosmology as referenced by Isaiah in the above quote will be greatly elaborated upon in the description of the creative process which led to the establishment of the earth and heavens as shaped in tent or Tabernacle-like formulation. 430
The Ever New Tongue - Edited by Melita Cataldi “In Taking Bithnua is an Irish text probably composed between the ninth and tenth centuries, the age of full bloom of Hiberno-Christian culture. This dating is possible on the basis of Linguistics and comparative, but the oldest editorial staff there was handed down only by a 15th-century code: the book of Mac Carthaig Riabbhach, known as the Book of Lismore, preserved today in the library of Chatsworth in Derbyshire. He gives here a translation translation using the appendix the Irish text according to the only existing print edition edition edited by by Whitley Stokes and published published in the periodical "Eriù" in 1905. There are two other later editors, respectively respectively of the 12th and 15th centuries, which were found in a number of codes, since it long retained a wide reputation. reputation. It is plausible that the anonymous author of this biblical Apocrypha has had in mind and to some extent used a Filippo Apocalypses Syriac-Egyptian origin, arrived in Ireland through the Visigothic Spain around the 7th century, then lost. It is also possible that an early version of the text was composed in Latin. In the rich rich body of Hiberno-apocrypha Hiberno-apocrypha Christians, Christians, written written both in Latin and in Irish between the 7th and 12th centuries, Taking Bithnua is perhaps the most accomplished literary.”
The New Language 1. In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth, etc., the High-king of the world Who is mightier than any king, higher than any Power, fiercer than any dragon, gentler than any child, brighter than suns, holier than any saint, more vengeful than men, more 431
loving than any mother, the only Son of God the Father, hath given to the many tribes of the world this account of the form and creation of the universe. Since the shape that aught visible in the universe possesses was unknown save only to God: since for Adam’s race it was ‘a head in a bag’ and ‘being in a dark house,’ never having known what shape was on the world, nor Who created it, until this account came from heaven to open every one’s sense and intellect, so that the way of life and of salvation might be ascertained and found by souls.
2. For everything was obscure to the eyes of Adam’s race, save that they used to see the course of the stars, to wit, of the moon and sun and the other stars, which used to go round every day continually without resting. So they used to see the world’s wells and rivers flowing without cessation always at every time. So they used to see the sadness of the earth, and the trance and sleep of the light and the fruits at the coming of winter. So they used to see the resurrection of the world, with its warmth and light, with its flowers and fruits, at the rearising of summer. 3. Still they knew not who wrought (that) until there came this story of the creation of the world, with its shapes and services as God had arranged them. Obscure, then, was all this until this tale was set forth, until it was revealed by the Evernew Tongue who spake from the roof of heaven above the assembly of Mount Zion. For the concourse of the east of the world was gathered together, to wit, all that were from the mountains of Abian as far as the shores of the Red Sea, and from the Dead Sea as far as the islands of Sabarn. And this was the number of the congregation, three thousand four hundred and eighty-five bishops, and fifty-four thousand nine hundred and sixty-nine kings of the world. 4. Now that assembly lasted to the end of four months and a year, to wit, summer, winter, spring, autumn, under nine hundred awnings of white sheets, with golden diadems, on the summit of Mount Zion. Five thousand nine hundred and fifty tower-torches and precious stones were kindled for the illumination of the 432
concourse, so that no storm should at any time hinder it. Two hundred and fifty bishops and five hundred priests, and three thousand [other] ecciesiastics, and thrice fifty innocent children, and five hundred high-kings with their army before them. At midnight they would enter Jerusalem with musical voices, and at every nocturn they would come together with melodies of the gladness that is sung in the holy clouds, Gloria in ezcelsis Deo, etc. Then the hosts of the concourse were going between two plains before them, as this expedition and and the hosts on Mount Zion turned turned with the music of the gladness, with melodies of angels according to the lawful ranks of the High- King. 6. Suddenly thereafter, when it was the end of Easter-eve, somewhat was heard, the sound in the clouds like the noise of thunder, or it resembled the crash of the fire of an oak. Meanwhile there was a thunderous blast, and suddenly was seen the solar glow like a radiant sun in the midst of the sound. That radiant solar glow turned round and round, so that eyesight could not overtake it, for it was seven times more radiant than the sun. 7. Suddenly after that somewhat was heard, when the eyes of the host were expecting the sound; for they thought that it was a sign of the Judgment—somewhat was heard, the clear voice that spake in the language of angels: “Hc1i habia,” etc., that is: “Hear ye this story, 0 sons of men! I have been sent by God to hold speech with you.” 8. Suddenly thereafter swooning and fear fear fell upon the hosts. It was not a ‘frightening without cause,’ the resonance of the voice was . . . like the shout of an army; save that at the same time it was clearer and plainer than the voices of human beings. It sounds over the multitude like the cry of a mighty wind, which yet was not greater than the converse of friends among them in the ears of each other; and it was sweeter than the melodies of the world. 9. The sages of the Hebrews answered and said: “Let us know from thee thy name and thy substance and thy appearance.” Somewhat was heard: the Evernew Tonguc spake with an angelic voice: 433
“Nat/tire,” etc., that is: “Among the tribes of earth in sooth I was born; and of the conception conception of man and and woman I have been been conceived. This is my ‘name: Philip the Apostle. The Lord sent me to the tribes of the heathen to preach to them. Nine times hath my tongue been cut out of my head by the heathen, and nine times I continued to preach again. Wherefore this is my name with the house-hold of heaven, the Evernew Tongue.” 10. The sages of the Hebrews spake: “Let us know from thee what language thou speakest unto us.” I said: “That there is the speech of angels,” quoth he, “and the language which I speak to you is that of all the ranks of heaven. As to beasts of the sea and reptiles and quadrupeds and birds and snakes and demons, they know it, and this is the language which all will speak at the Judgment. 11. “This, then, is what has driven me to you: to explain to you the wondrous tale, which the Holy Ghost declared through Moses, son of Amram, of the creation of heaven and earth with all that exists therein. For ‘tis of the making of heaven and earth that that tale tells: even so and of the formation of the world, which has been effected by Christ’s Resurrection from the dead on this eve of Easter. For every material and every element and every nature which is seen in the world were all combined in the Body in which Christ arose, that, in the body of every human being. 12. “In the first place is the matter of wind and air. Hence came to pass the afflation of breath in the bodies bodies of men. Then there there is the matter of heat and boiling from fire. ‘Tis this that makes the red heat of blood in bodies. Then there is the matter of the sun and the other stars of heaven, and ‘tis this that makes colour and light in the eyes of men. Then there is the matter of bitterness and saltness; and ‘tis that which makes the bitterness of tears, and the gall of the liver, and abundance of wrath in the hearts of men. Then there is the matter of the stones and of the clay of earth; and ‘tis this that makes the mingling of flesh and bone and limbs in human beings. Then there is in it the matter of the flowers and beautiful hues of 434
earth; and ‘tis this that makes the variegation and whiteness of the faces and colour in cheeks.’
13. “All the world arose with Him, for the nature of all the elements dwelt in the Body which Jesus assumed. For unless the Lord had suffered on behalf of Adam’s race, and unless He had arisen after death, the whole world, together with Adam’s race, would be destroyed at the coming of Doom; and no creature of sea or of land would be reborn, but the heavens, as far as the third heaven, would blaze. Save only three heavens of the high welkin, none would abide without burning. There would be neither earth nor kindred, alive or dead, in the world, only hell and heaven, had not the Lord come to ransom them. All would have perished thus without renewal. 14. “For this,” says Philip, “I have come unto you, that I may declare to you these tidings; for obscure to you is the making of the form of the world, as it hath been recounted of old.” “Vell, then,” say the sages of the Hebrews, “relate to us some of the innumerable wonders which have happened there; for it is dark to us, unless it be diligently declared to us.” 15. Somewhat was heard, the Evernew Tongue, which spake in the language of angels, saying, “La uide,” etc., “In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth,” and it saith: “Ambile bane,” etc. “Slow it were to recount through the Hebrew all that is there uttered: that there was no ordering of the colours, that there was no earth with its mountains and its tribes, nor sea with its islands, nor hell with its torments, before He said that these elements should exist: that there were no circuits of the seven heavens, nor clouds to irrigate the earth, nor spark, nor dispersal of storms: that there were no lands whereon they would pour: that there was neither rain nor snow: that there were neither lightnings, nor blast of wind, nor thunders; that there was neither course of sun, nor vicissitude of moon, nor variation of stars: that there were no marine monsters: that there was no sea in which they would swim: that there were no 435
streams, nor herds, nor beasts, nor birds, nor dragons, nor serpents.” 16. The sages of the Hebrews answered: "A query: what was there at that time, since that nothing he has hitherto mentioned existed?" The Evernew Tongue answered: " Every creature was with a marvel, to wit, God without beginning, without end, without sorrow, or age, or decay. There was no hour, nor time, nor space that He existed not. He is not younger or older (now) than at first. There was nothing that was hard for Him to do, (but) He thought a thought, and to that thought there was no beginning. He thought of somewhat nobler that His power might be seen, and His dignity indescribable that was not in any other things, although He Himself was it. 17. "Suddenly then, after the thought, He created Light. This was the light He created, to wit, the circuit of the celestial vault with nine ranks of angels. Seventy was their number of tribes, with the six hundred and twenty-four sunny plains, with melodies and beautiful colours such such as are upon the seven shapes of the celestial vault. So, in the same day, He made the circuit of the shapes, to wit, the matter whereof the world was fashioned. For of the shape of the world God first made the shape of a round circle." 18. Then said the sages of the Hebrews: "Tell us now diligently what arrangements are in the universe, for we are in ignorance and darkness concerning every one of them." 19. The Evernew Tongue answered: "Though ye see it not," quoth he, "'tis in roundness everything created has been cast according to the shapes of the world. For 'tis in circularity of roundness the heavens have been made round about, and in circularity the seven seas have been made, and in circularity the earth has been made. And in circularity of roundness the stars traverse the round wheel of the universe, and in roundness of form the souls are seen after issuing from the bodies. And in roundness is seen the circuit of the high celestial vault, and in roundness is seen the orbit of sun and moon. Reasonable is all that, for circular without beginning or end is the Lord, who bath ever been, who will 436
ever be, and who made all those (things). Therefore the world has been embodied in a round shape." 20. Said the Hebrew populace: "A question: What was there in the round multiform circuit, which was the material of the universe?" 21. The Evernew Tongue answered: " There was," it said, in the orbital circuit the material of the universe, to wit, cold and heat, light and darkness, heavy and weightless, wet and dry, high and low, bitterness and mildness, strength and feeble-ness, feeble-ness, roaring sea and noise of thunder, odour of flowers, chant of angels, and pillars of fire. 22. "All these, then," quoth he, " were in the round, multiform cloud which was made of the material of the universe: and 'tis there that the stuff of hell was produced; for Hell was not made at once; not until the archangel transgressed (God's) will and forsook the law of the King who had created him, together with the innumerable crowd of the angels. Till then," quoth he, "hell was not made; but its material was stored away in the round, multiform mass out of which the universe was separated, with all the kindreds which exist therein. And if the angels who sinned had remained in the nature in which they had been created, and in the angelic radiance, the material of hell would have been turned into a beautiful, bright kingdom, like unto the kingdom of the holy angels. 23. "This, then, is the work of the first day on which God began the making of the world, although it hath been written, ‘He that liveth for ever created all things at the same time.' 24. "Artibilon alma," etc. "God also made the firmament between the waters, and divided the waters which were above the firmament from those that were below the firmament. 25. " Then," quoth he, "on the second day, God made the wall of the seven heavens round about with the heavenly waters. For the Lord knew when He created the world that man would transgress the commandment which was declared to him. 437
Therefore, the veil of heaven has been set overagainst the faces and eyes of men, so that they might not see the blessedness of heaven and the throne of God." 26. The populace of the Hebrews asked: "Point out to us the hidden natures and the mysteries of the seven heavens, and the five zones that surround them." 27. The Evernew Tongue answered: "The seven heavens, in sooth, around the world (as to) which ye ask (are): first, the radiant, bright, cloudy heaven which is nearest to you, whereout shines the moon and the scattering of stars. Over this two gleaming, flamy heavens with . . . of angels in them and out-break of winds. Over these is a cold, icy heaven, bluer than any beautiful colour, and seven times colder than snow, out of which shines the sun. Two other gleaming, flamy heavens on these, whereout shine the fiery stars that put fruitfulness into clouds and sea. 28. "A high heaven, fiery, splendid, is above these. 'Tis the highest of them all, on which the circuit of the welkin has been set. A sunny and fiery heaven is that, wherein there arc labour at harmony of melodies, and choirs of angels. 29. "Now in the zones of the seven heavens are hidden the twelve shaking-beasts with the fiery heads above them in their heavenly bodies: they blow twelve winds about the world. In the same zones, too, sleep the dragons with breaths of fire, dragons, tower-headed, with diseases on them in their flanks, who bring forth the crash of the thunders and blow lightnings from pupils of eyes. Thus traverse," he says, " the zones round the heaven and the heaven hath seven circuits round about the earth.
30. "A frigid, icy zone, in the first place, by which seas go down under the convexities of the heaven to the north. "Another cold, icy zone which unites the beasts of the sea under seas and under the sides of the earth to the south in the place where the nine fiery pillars were put to the south of heaven supporting it." A splendid zone ... the great flame of the world's assembly, which 438
nourishes many fruits of the earth, so that it rises around the world on its breasts to the west. "Two beautiful mild zones which are the arenas of the animals that give cold and heat, (and) which cast abundance of diseases to the flanks of earth on every side. 31. "Aibne fisen," etc., that is, " On the third day God made lakes and many seas, and many kinds of water, and many forms of salt seas, and the circuit of the earth with its plains, and its mountains, and its forests, and its precious stones, and its many kinds of trees." 32. The sages of the Hebrews asked: "Tell us the many kindreds and secrets of the sea." 33. The Evernew Tongue replied: "In sooth," he says "there are three waters of sea around the world, to wit, first, a sea with seven shapes under the flanks of the earth, against which Hell makes a mighty noise; and against which it raises a cry round the valley. An ocean green (and) luminous round about the earth on every side, which brings forth flood and ebb, (and) which casts up many fruits. Then there is the third water, to wit, a flamy sea. Out of the heavens are let nine winds which arouse it from its sleep. Four hundred and seventy melodies its waves sing after it has been awakened. It makes a noise like thunder out of its wavevoice. From the beginning of the world it never ceases from flooding, and (yet) it was never full save on a Sunday. On Sunday it falls asleep until the thunders of the winds are awakened by the coming of God's Sunday from heaven, and by the harmony of the angels above it. 34. "Besides that, there are many kinds of seas around the flanks of earth on every side. A red sea, in the first place, with many precious stones, with the brightness of blood, blood, with gilded colours, between the lands of Egypt and the lands of India. A sea sea bright, sandful, with the hue of snow in the north, around the islands of Sabarn. So great is the might of its flood that its waves disperse to the lofty course of the clouds. A black, waveless sea, with the colour of a stagbeetle, so that no ship that has reached it has escaped from it, save only one boat by the lightness of its course 439
and the strength of its wind. And battalions of beasts (men) have found there. 35. Then there is a sea that is set in the ocean south of the island of Ebian. On the first of May its flood grows high, until in winter it goes to ebb. For half the year it is in flood, for the other half always ebbing. Its reptiles and its monsters wail at the time when it takes to ebbing; and they fall into sadness and sleep. At the flood they awake and rejoice; and the wells and rivers and streams of the world increase. Through glens they go, and after a while they come. 36. " Now," saith he, "there are on earth two and seventy kinds of many-shaped wells. In the first place, the well of Ebion, which always turns to many colours at the time of every single day. From sunrise to terce the hue of snow is on it. A green colour, with the changeful hue of serpents, from terce to none. From morn to vesper it is turned into the colour of blood. On any mouths that taste it comes neither smiling nor laughter in life. 37. "The well of Assian in Lybia causes pregnancy to women (who drink of it), though previously they are barren. barren. “The well of Presens in the lands of Darath: it boils up against parricides and idolaters and all kinds of evil-doers. All the mouths that taste it it has impelled to anger and insanity. They speak not afterwards, so that they perish in grief and sadness. “The well of Zion here in the lands of the Hebrews has not . . . without increase. It flows full on Sunday always. It beams at night like the blaze of a sun. More than one can tell and say is the beautiful colour which which it displays from one one (canonical) hour hour to another. Never entered entered the world the taste of oil or wine or honey that is not found there. It resteth not from flood. Its outflow has not been seen on any any side. To whomsoever whomsoever tasted it neither sadness nor grief of mind has come; and he has not been given for death. 40. “Then there is a river of water which . . . the island of torments, and it rises against all the truthless who go round it; they do not escape from it. 440
41. “Four golden streams (are) in the glens of Mount Nabuan, with the flavour of wine, with the red colour of blood, with the bitterness of sea-salt, sea-salt, with sands of gold. 42. “The stream Alien in the islands of Tebe: it always makes a mighty noise like thunder on the night that the Saviour of the world was born in the lands of the Hebrews, and as ye should hear tonight in the night that Christ has risen from the dead. Three hundred and sixty-five kinds of melodies, this is what resoundeth there. Whoever has beheld it anear hath not spoken of it in any night for long afterwards. Tis shown that it is from heaven it makes a noise. 43. “Then,” quoth he, “there are four kinds of precious stones in the same stream with the sense and likeness of humans. 44. “The stone Adamant in the lands of India, though it be taken in winds and ice and snow, not the colder is it for this. Though fires and embers be let fall upon it, there is no heat therein. Though it be struck with axes and sledge-hammers, nothing breaks off it in consequence. consequence. Save the Blood of the Lamb with at the Mass, there is nothing at which it breaks. Every king who has taken it in his right hand before going to battle has routed his foe. 45. “The stone Hibien in the lands of Hab flames in the pitchdarkness of night like a torch of fire. It spills every poison out of the vessel into which it is put, if it find the poison there before it. Every snake that approache approachess it, or goes across it, dies forthwith. 46. “The stone of Istien in the lands of Libya is found in the brains of dragons, to wit, after their death. It seethes the waters and the great lakes into which it is put, so that they boil over the lands. It shines against water, and in winter it resounds like thunder. On the first of May it makes a noise like winds. 47. “The stone of Fanes in the lands of Aurol out of the stream of Dara. Twelve stars are seen in its side, and the orbit of the moon, and the fiery circuit of the sun. It is always found in the hearts of the dragons that pass across under the sea. Whoever 441
holds it in his hand, till he has put it from him, utters no falsehood. Neither number nor multitude is capable capable of bringing it into a house wherein there is a parricide or an idolater. At the hour of every matins it sounds a sweet melody the like whereof is not under heaven.” 48. The wise men of the Hebrews and the populace asked: “We pray thee to tell us us the diverse kinds of trees which were planted by God at the creation of the world.” 49- The Evernew Tongue answered: “Good right ye have to put that question, for there are four of those trees into which soul and reason are gone like the life of angels. 50. “The tree Sames, in the first place, at the meeting of Jor and Dan, produces three crops of fruit every year. A bright green crop is its first crop, red is its middle crop, shining is the last. When the first crop is ripe, then grows another out of its flowers. Every demented person who has tasted that fruit becomes sane in his mind. Since it was created, no leaf has fallen from it Every one with a blemish or a disease who lays himself in its shade puts his ailments from him. 51. “The tree of Life in Adam’s Paradise: whatever mouths have tasted its fruit have not afterwards gone to death; wherefore because of that tree Adam and Eve were exiled from Paradise; for if they had tasted the fruit of that tree, death would not at any time have visited them, but they would have been alive for ever. Twelve crops it produces every year, to wit, a beautiful crop in every month. A journey of seven summerdays the odour of Paradise extends, and its shade covers. 52. “The tree Alab in the islands of Sab, its state is like unto the form of man. The flower that it weareth quells every disease and every poison. A journey of six summer-days the odour and the scent of its flowers extend before they are reached. Precious stones (arc) the kernels of its fruit. It quells anger and envy from every heart over which its juice has passed. 442
53. “The tree Nathaban, in the lands of the Hebrews here in the south of Mount Zion, not far from you is it on the south of the mountain on which ye are. Hitherto from the beginning of the world no sons of men found it save on the one day when a tree was sought for crucifying Christ—so that from its branches was brought the shaft of the Cross by which the the world has been been saved. 54. “Seven crops it yields and seven flowers it changes in every year. To any man who has tasted its fruit neither disease nor tribulation came: provided he eat it before death no . . . attended him in his bed, but ‘a head in sleep.' Never came on earth aught of honey or oil or wine that would attain to resemblance of its savour. The radiance of moon and sun and the shining of stars shines out of its blossoms. From the beginning of the world its leaves and its blossoms sing together two and seventy kinds of melodies at the approach of the winds. Three hundred and sixty-five birds with the lustre of snow, with all-golden wings, with shining eyes, wrhich from its branches sing many melodies in many tongues. We know that it is lawful language that they sing together; save that the ears of men do not recognise it.” Said the sages of the Hebrews: “O Lord, save that we dare not, it is hard to believe much of what is announced to us.” Somewhat was heard: the Evernew Tongue: “Abia fcble” etc., that is, “A patient thing,” quoth he, “is the gracious heart of the King of Heaven in that He doth not spill the earth for the deed of every hour into the depths of torments, after all the blasphemy of Him, and the insults and hostilities which everyone’s tongue lets forth before Him. “Why see ye not,” quoth he, “that it was harder to believe in the horned beast which the sea brought to the strand of Ceaphas on the eve of Christ’s Nativity in the lands of the Hebrews? Streams of wine flow from its lips before death. The hosts of the island, who looked upon it, supposed that it was a mountain or a high island that lighted on the strand. A stream burst out of the cheek as if out of a vessel, and mead out of its lips. . . . Fifty and three hundred white-faced white-faced horns out of its head in front. Six and fifty times as far 443
as the eye could reach was the length of the shape on the strand of Ceaphas. There is room in each of those horns for the drink of a hundred and fifty: they remain till to-day in your cities,” quoth he. “It were no harder to believe this tale than to believe and accept His commandments.” 58. “A bird of enormous size named Hiruath, is in the lands of India. Such is the size of its form, that the shadow of its wings, when it expands them, extends to a journey of three winter-days by seas or lands. It speeds on the wing a-hunting for the monsters in the sea. Mountains of sand and gravel are what warm the egg that it deposits (therein) after laying. A galley with sails and oars is built out of the half of that egg after breaking it. Seven thousand soldiers with their weapons and their provisions is what it carries over sea. And there is a great multitude of this host in this assembly here, which came in the half of that egg over the Red Sea. Do not, like a child in a dark house, show any unfaith to God concerning the abundance of His miracles.” Suddenly then, afterwards, afterwards, a warrior of the tribe of Judah rose up out of the assembly in the east, to wit, the son of Habes, son of Gomer, son of Sala, son of Judas Iscariot, who betrayed his Lord— the son of malediction from old times. He arose and said: “A false thing,” quoth he, “is the tree with the birds of golden wings, and with the melodies, of which this person has told us. Meseems that it never came to pass. A question: what would have hidden from everyone’s eves the tree in the middle of the field ? ” He turned withershins before the host of the assembly, southwards in the southern part of Mount Zion; and forthwith he saw somewhat, the fiery cloud. That cloud dissolved before his eyes; and (then) he saw the tree with its beautiful fruits. Its blossoms were shining like a sun. After this he heard the harmony, in the many languages, of the all-golden radiant birds and of the beautifully coloured coloured leaves against against the voices of the winds. Suddenly then the sinful eyes endured not to look at the holy hues. His eyes burst in his head. Again, then, goes to him the blast of a 444
fiery wind; and it went into his breast and into his face, so that they became as black black as a stag- beetle beetle ; and it struck him half dead again again in the middle of the assembly; and he said: “ Eni jalia faste,” etc., that is: " I am a rod twisted, faithless.” And he said: “Hard are the torments that are before me and that await me. A thing of longing is the fair plain I beheld, that no one ever saw before. Blasphemy we have uttered: woe to him that has done it!” Scarcely had he spoken when he falls dead on the earth. Thereat all the hosts of the assembly arise; and they did penance, and this they were saying: “O my holy Lord, for sake of Thy mercy, and because of the fragility of the matter whereof we have been made, let let not wrathful reproach reproach fall upon our unfaith! unfaith! Wilful crimes we have committed; but dark before our eyes was the strange thing we knew not.” Somewhat was heard, the Evernew Tongue: “Na itho” etc. “If all your relatives, both sons and daughters, mothers and fathers, were put to the sword, and and then placed on cooking-hearths cooking-hearths that that you might eat their flesh, it flesh, it were seven times easier to forgive that (crime) than any blasphemy of God and unfaith as to His elements and His miracles. For if there be any reviling of God and unfaith as to His elements and the Trinity and the marvels that God has wrought, there is neither in heaven nor on earth a turning of repentance which heals anyone from it, but abiding ever and endlessly in the depths of torments." 64. The sages of the Hebrews asked, saying: “Tell us what Thou hast begun." Somewhat was heard: the Evernew Tongue: “Alta fas," etc, that is, “God created, on the fourth day, the two and seventy kinds of the wandering stars of heaven, with the fiery circuit of the sun, which warms the world, with the swiftness of wind, with the sense and flanks of earth it splendour of angels. Twelve plains under the flanks of illumines in the . . . of every night that circuit against which the fiery sea fiery sea laughs; and a circuit at which troops of angels meet and rejoice after the brightness of night." 445
The sages of the Hebrews asked: “Tell us of those twelve plains flanks of the earth and against which the sun that are under the flanks of shines for light every night: since knowledge thereof is obscure to us.” 66. Then the Evernew Tongue answered: “This is [the way] the sun goes in the eve of every night." 67. “In the first place he illumines the transmarine stream with tidings of the eastern waters. 68. “Then he illumines the ocean of fire at fire at night and the seas of sulphurous fire around fire around the red tribes. 69. “Then he shines on the hosts of the children in the pleasant fields, who fields, who send the cry towards heaven for dread of the beast that kills many thousands of hosts under waves in the south. 70. “Then he shines on the mountain with streams of fire which fire which traverse the . . . plains, with the hosts of guardian (demons) in them. 71. “Then shine the ribs of the great beast at which the four and twenty champions arise . . . glen of the torments. 72. “Thereafter he (the sun) shines over against the awful, manytrooped fence which has closed round . . . of the hell-dwellers in the north. 73. “He shines in the dark glens with the sad streams over their faces. 74. "So he illumines the ribs of the Beast that distributes the many seas around the flanks of flanks of the earth on every side, that sucks in the many seas again till it leaves the shores dry on every side. 75. “Then he illumines the fiery mountain) fiery mountain) which has been formed of the fire of fire of Doom . . . every element. 446
76. “Then he illumines the many beasts who, from the beginning of the world, sleep the tearful sleep in the Glen of the Flowers. 77. “Then he shines on the gloomy tearful plain with the dragons that were set under the mist. flocks of the birds, which sing together 78. “Then he illumines the flocks of the many melodies in the Glens of the Flowers. 79. “Thereafter he shines on the radiant plains with the wineflowers that flowers that irradiate the Glen. 80. “After this he shines against Adam's Paradise, till it rises up from the east in the morning. 81. “Now if the sun had a tongue to make them manifest there would have been many tidings which he would relate on his journey." 82. “A question,” say the folk of the Hebrews and the many kindreds: “the stars that thou hast shown to us previously, what nature is in them? and the nature of all the stars is alike, as seems to us.” 83. Then the Evernew Tongue replied: “Truly the nature of the stars is not alike. In the first place the ten stars of Gabuen, fire are put over their face to trembling takes them, and manes of fire are foretell a plague or mortality on earth. 84. “The other stars that surround the world from the hour of terce to none. Then it falls into a trance until the same hour comes. 85. "Other stars, too, bring great heat or great cold or great moisture on earth. 86. “Other stars, then, they run to urge on the dragons that blow on the world.’ 447
fifty years and (then) 87. “Other stars, then, they run to the end of fifty years seek a time for sleeping. When they fall asleep, they let... fiery sea fiery sea in the glens of the tears. To the end of seven years they sleep, when they awake at the shout of the holy angels and at the voices of the dragons that dwell near the glen. 88. "Other stars run the six days and the six nights until the Sunday comes. When the beginning of Sunday arrives, they commence many melodies and fall asleep until God’s Sunday follows from heaven. Then they wend upon the same course. 89. “Aliméea fantx," etc., that is, "On the fifth day God created two flocks of birds, and two and seventy kinds of and seventy kinds of flocks of beasts of the sea: sea: each kind of them with with its form and custom and and nature separately. 90. “In the first place, the birds of the island Naboth. There shineth not on the floor of earth a colour or splendour that they do not radiate from their wings. They let their tears fall at cold and snow. They rejoice at the heat and beauty beauty of summer. They always awake at midnight, and chant together string-sweet melodies. 91. “The birds of Sabes, their wings shine at night-time like torches of fire. Whatever fire. Whatever disease their wings when flying or flying or their shadow visits is left cured. In the season of winter and cold they fall into a trance of deadness till they awake at Mayday. In their sleeps they sing a gentle high song, like the thunder of wind. 92. “The birds of Abuad in the islands between the east of Africa and the sky. Never came on earth a beautiful colour that they do not radiate out of their pinions. Never from the beginning of the world has fallen a quill or a feather out of their wings, and never has their complement or their number been increased. The odour flowers and the taste of the seven wine-rivers and fragrance of the flowers and satisfies them from the that traverse the bright plains, this is what satisfies them beginning of the world. world. They rest not from from chanting melodies, and and they were never weary till midnight came with the song of the angels out of the cloud. 448
93. “Then the three bird-flocks three bird-flocks are are divided—two birds and seventy first flock and seventy thousand in each bird-flock. each bird-flock. At At midnight the first flock upraise their cry; and they chorus praise to God in melody, and tell of the marvels, mystic, innumerable, hidden which not even the angels of heaven know. 94. “Then the middle bird-flock middle bird-flock arises arises with the threefold melody, in admiration of the wonders which the Lord has wrought from the beginning of the world world till Doom. 95. “Thereon, at the end of the night, comes the last bird- flock. They describe with a song of sevenfold melody the noises that will enter the world at the dread of Doom; and after this they relate the septuagenary distribution of the punishments with those that shall deserve them; and they tell of the two and seventy seats of the beautiful houses in the heavens [which will be given) to all that shall deserve them. 96. "Et divesir, alba," etc., that is, “Adam's race, if they should hear the music of those birds, would not be in gladness or gratitude if they were severed from hearing it, but . . . and longing and grief till they die in wailing. 97. “Efi Zia," “Efi Zia," etc., that is, “Let us make man in our own image and likeness, and let him rule over the fishes of fishes of the sea and the birds of heaven, and the beasts of all the earth. Such is the versatility of the might of the Lord that, after the trespass, there are four and twenty forms in Adam’s race. 98. “In the first place, the champions of the island Ebia. Six and fifty feet fifty feet are laid in the length of each shape of them. They awake not from their sleep, except for a sea-storm, or the shout of a battle or an army, or the sound of melodies. When they arise out of their sleep, their eyes shine like the radiance of stars. They . . . in the seas wherein they are, so that the beasts and monsters of (these seas) are cast ashore to satisfy them.’ 99. “Fair, very flamy tribes flamy tribes in the islands of Odab. Flames of fire come out of their months at the fury of anger. Their eyes shine like 449
fire at night; their hair and their bodies beam like snow torches of fire at which is cast into great whiteness. Fish from many seas, without cooking, without broiling, this is what feeds them. 100. “The tribes of Ithier north of Mount Caucasus. Their mouths (are) in their breasts: there are four eyes in their backs. Lust and great heat (arc) in their bodies, so that (the womankind of) no other nation has endured them. 101. “Other radiant tribes in the lands of Asser. Nobler than every kindred is the sight of their faces. So great is the harmony of their utterances that the noise of their host is sweeter than (any) melodies. 102. “The tribes of the south of India, with the smallness of their shape. The longest of them only attain (to the length of) I03. “The women that are in the mountains of Armenia, greater are their forms than (those of) any humans. They bring forth daughters only. Harder than (those of) any men are their angers and their valours in going to battle. At midnight they rise from their sleep: flashes of fire; their beards reach as out of their mouths they loose flashes of far as their navels. After their birth, gold that is brighter than every blaze is always found in their right hands. hands. 104. “The tribes of [Ar]fones in the lands of Lybia. The pupils of their eyes flame in flame in anger like sparks of fire. Not fire. Not enough of men can oome about one of them to overpower him by force. So great are the loudness and sweetness of their voices that they are louder than (any) voices and horns. At death they pour forth from their mouths a stream of wine. In their sleep they sing a plaintive melody to which nothing like has been found. ‘The Irish of this passage is obscure. The meaning of the verb forberat (leg. farbmat P) being unknown. The Rennes us, has: buaidhrit an mhuir re re ailled a 5111 co (emit (emit nu hlcdhmhih a tir sfil, 7 ithit sin iad mar bladh, ‘they disturb the sea by cucu lc‘ nert I sfil, 7 the glancing of their eyes, so that the monsters come ashore to them through the strength of their eyes, and (then) they eat them as food.’ 450
105. “Many shapes besides those have been set on Adam's race after the Fall. For the first man that God made at the beginning He created in His (own) form and likeness, and so would have been the children born of Adam had he not transgressed." 106. The sages of the Hebrews asked, “Tell us in order the number of the kinships which God has put upon His creatures.’ I07. “That in sooth shall be reckoned for you," quoth he, “to wit, two and seventy kinships of beasts under seas: two and seventy flocks of flocks of birds in the air: two and seventy kinships of beasts under forest‘: two and seventy kinships of snakes that crawl on mould: two and seventy kinships of fruits of the woods: two and seventy kinships of the faces of stars that have been cast around under heaven; two and seventy kinships of troops of angels in heaven; two and seventy kinships of the anguishes of the torments in the hells; two and seventy kinships of the melodies and bright abodes in heaven; two and seventy kinships of the languages in the tongues of men; two and seventy kinships of humans of Adam's race. Insomuch that, according according to the number of tribes, this is their number—an hundred and fifty-seven tribes fifty-seven tribes throughout the world. And under the world are many submarine tribes.” I08. Said the sages of the Hebrews: “Tell us of the place of confinement in confinement in hell which God has designed for punishing the sinners.” 109. The Evernew Tongue answered: “Tis hard, indeed,” quoth he, “to declare it. Even though I should commence from the beginning of the world to announce it, I should not have related before Doom all the trouble about which you ask as it (really) is. First, such is the size of the glen and its depth, though the bird whose flight is flight is swiftest and strongest should set out, it could hardly reach its bottom at the end of a thousand years.’ years.’ 'So in the Drum in clufimt Culvt, Celt. Zeits. iv. :35. The number 72 (= b x 12) occurs often in Middle-High-German Middle-High-German literature, Lg. Zwén und sibcuzig lriinige; mit zwein und sibenzig kielen, Orendel, 402, 411. For these quotations I am indebted to Prof. W. P. Ker. "CI. The Tidings of Dnanuday, Rev. Cell. iv. 236. 451
110. "Elestia libon," etc., "I know not," quoth he, " which of the two is the more numerous, all the sands under seas, or all the kinds of monsters for mangling the souls in hell. I11. "So vast is the greatness of the despair in the pains that they are unable to utter the name of God, for grief and hopelessness through the immensity of the pains and through their multitude.' 112. "So vast is the greatness of the fire and the burning and the heat that if all the waters of the world, both clouds and streams and rivers and seas around the earth, were poured into the Glen of the Pains they would not quench it, for it is the wrath of God that seethes in the hells. 113. "So vast is the greatness of the exceeding cold that, if a breath of cold like it were cast into the world by the hole of a pipe, all the birds in the air, and the beasts under seas, seas, and every living living animal it would find on earth would die. 114. "Such is the splendour of the fire that, if some of it were cast by a pipe, all the waters waters found on the earth would ebb before before it, and the animals found there it would burn with the… of the ground all about them. 115. " Such is the extent of the darkness that, if some of it were cast into the world—as much as the pupil of a man's eye, all the birds in the air and the human beings and and the beasts on the earth earth would see neither splendour nor light for death. 116. "Such is the greatness of the stench in the lakes of the torments, if one particle of it were placed on the breasts of the world, all the beasts it would find in the world, both in sea and on land and in air, would all perish. 117. "Such is the greatness of the hunger and the thirst there that, if some of it were cast for a single hour into the world, all that it would find therein, both beasts and men and birds, would perish at the same hour from hunger and thirst. 452
118. "Such is the greatness of the fear which the souls suffer before the torments that, if a particle of fear like it were to come into the world, all the animals found in the seas and airs and earths would be thrown into insanity insanity and sense-lessness sense-lessness by terror, so that they they would die thereof. 1 According to the Duan in choicat Ceist, they are 72 in number. 119. "Such is the greatness of the grief and the sorrow and the sadness, that if some of it were cast through a pipe into the world there would be no warmth nor pleasure therein, nor faces of friends, nor welcome, nor wine which would . . . them, so that every heart which it would visit would die with grief and wailing. 120. "Though then I should undertake the labour, but even though I should not cease declaring it, I should not declare (it) all before Doomsday. A place wherein no voice was heard in ears, save woe and fear and grief. A place wherein there was no pause for consolation, nor appearance of joy on face. A place wherein there has not been honour, nor respect, nor a friend's comforting, nor a gentle word,' but abundance of sulphurous fire, and of stinking winds, and plenty of fiery dark snow with bitter cold: chattering of teeth: smothering of faces : stifling of breaths : abundance of fits of coughing : affliction of hand-smitings : dropping down of tears : sadness of groans : fearfulness of hearts : horror of forms : ministration of torments, and their unmercifulness and their shamelessness and their disgrace. There is burning on every side: there is threatening on every side: on every side there is wailing and screaming." 121. The sages of the Hebrews asked: "Tell us of the Day of Judgment, and how the world will be destroyed, and at what time?" 122. The Evernew Tongue answered: "The Judgment about which ye ask," quoth he, "it is unpleasant even to mention it. For even angels of heaven are won’t to have trembling and terror when it is remembered remembered and kept in mind. For matter of great trembling and terror is the bursting of the three hundred and sixty-five ranges of 453
fiery mountains on earth before the face of the great King whose might will destroy the world. 123. "The tottering and crashing of the five heavens at bowing them to earth. 1. Love is everywhere but in hell, minne itt allenthalben wan se helle, Titurel, 5i, cited by J. Grimm in his Deutsche Mythologic. 124. "The rising and roar of the seven fiery winds out of the poles of heaven at the noise and approach of thunder and lightning on every airt. 125. "The thundering of the falling of the three thousand three hundred and seventy-five stars out of heaven. 126. "The moon turning into the colour of blood. The sun destroying its light. 127. "Such will be the number of the host of heaven on that day that no one, save God only, will have power that his eye should comprise them or be able to count them. 128. "The laying low of the forests and the mountains by the fiery tempest on every side. 129. "The crying of the beasts and of all the living creatures of the earth. 130. "The hurling down of fire on every land. 131. "The screaming of the birds in the air at the streams of fire. 132. "The roaring of the monsters and the fish in the seas at the ebbing of the oceans and before the heating of the fire. 133. "The coming of the nine ranks of heaven,' and the shout and chorusing of the souls as they go to meet their bodies out of the mould. 454
134. "The wailing and shout of the sinners complaining to the Lord whom they have tormented; and for them it will be 'a cry to the waste'; it will be ' repentance too late.' 135. "The shout of the dwellers in hell at casting forth the souls to the assembly, that judgment be passed on everyone according to his merit. 136. "The crashing together of the seven heavens at being thrown down through blasts of fire. 137. "The shaking of the earth at being turned up and over. 138. "The wailing and shout of the devils and the souls of the sinners, when hell is locked upon them to the end of Doom." 139. The sages of the Hebrews asked at what time, by day or by night, the world was created, or will be destroyed, and the Lord arose from the dead. 140. The Evernew Tongue answered: "At midnight," quoth he, "the Lord arose, and the world was created; and at midnight was made the circle that was the material of the world; and at midnight the Enemy, even the Devil, was banished from heaven; and at midnight was made the shape of man in paradise. 1 Sec infra, p. 162, note on § 17. 141. "At midnight Cain committed the first parricide that was committed in the world. 142. "At midnight sulphurous fire was cast on the five cities on which the sea of fire is inflicted for ever. 143. "At midnight the Flood began to pour upon the world. 144. "At midnight the… of the Lamb was celebrated celebrated at Ramesses in Egypt. 455
145. "At midnight God's people went through the Red Sea, and Pharaoh with his hosts was drowned. 146. "At midnight Babylon was overcome. 147. " At midnight the Saviour of the world was born at Bethlehem of Judah; and at midnight He was crucified because of the sin of Adam and his race: for great darkness of night came over the world from terce to none. 148. "At midnight a troop of angels came over the islands of Sab, and scattered mortality over the world. 149. "At midnight the Lord came to harry hell, arid loosed the souls from the anguish and the misery wherein they had been, and bound the Enemy and and the Destroyer of the elements, and the the Robber and the Thief, and the Old Plunderer, even the Devil, in the depths of hell. 150. At midnight the material of the world was formed; at midnight it will be destroyed. 151. "As to the Lord who arose from the dead on this eve of Easter, unspeakable is His power and His might, and His dignity, and His deeds, and His services in His creatures from the beginning of the world to the end of Doom. For all the beasts under seas, and birds in the air, and cattle and [wild] animals and men on earth, and angels in the heavens, and devils in hell, though they should commence from the beginning of the world, they would, not, before the Judgment, Judgment, have declared declared one seventh seventh of the works of God. 152. "Such is the fearfulness of His wrath, in the first place, that if His mind were vexed and rose up against the household He has made, the earth-dwellers would not endure that wrath. For if He should shew His face with anger, the heavens would be cast on the earth, and the seas around the world would ebb, (and) the earth would perish so that nothing would remain thereon. The kingdom of heaven and the angels would be cast into a trance so that they would not appear in any place. Hell would increase, so that its 456
torments would be seven times greater than they are; for it is the wrath of God that seethes in the hells. 153. "Of (all) things what were more marvellous than the Infant sleeping between the Virgin's arms, while the elements, and even the angels, trembled, and the heavens and earth with its inhabitants, and the monsters in the seas, and the dwellers in hell, for dread of His might and for exemption from being tormented. 154. "Such are the beauty and effulgence of His face that if all the souls in hell were to look on the splendour of His countenance they would not perceive trouble, nor pain, nor punishment in hell. Such is the holiness of His form that no one who would look at His countenance would be able to sin afterwards. 155. "Such are the effulgence and splendour and light of His face that when the nine ranks of heaven shine forth, and every one of those angels is seven times more radiant than the sun, and the souls of the saints shine with the same likeness, and when the sun is brighter seven times than now, the effulgence effulgence of the face of the great King Who has made every element will angels and stars of heaven, and the souls of the saints, even as the light of the sun and his radiance surpass the other stars. 156. “Such is the versatility of His power that, though all the angels in heaven, and devils in hell, and men on earth and beasts and whales under seas were to speak to God, and the language which each of them spoke were different, it would be easy for God in the same hour to answer each of those creatures in its own several tongue and in its own nature. 157. Such is the beauty of the Lord’s form that, if it were manifested, and if it were cast into the hells, they would be turned into the radiances and into the lustre of heaven, like the celestial Kingdom. 158. “Such then are the hue and effulgence of His face that were it told to every impure soul to which God has given in reward of his desire his death-step into the infernal abode, harder would it be 457
than any torment which the souls suffer, to wit, faring forth from God’s countenance, and eternal separation from beholding His face— (harder than all the crosses and many torments of hell. 159. “As the Lord is unspeakable, so His kingdom and His blessedness are as unspeakable as He is. Sweetness Sweetness of melodies; welcome of faces; beauty of forms; splendour and flaminess of the hosts; purity of thoughts; innocence of souls: a place in which was heard no voice of anger, nor envy, nor grief, nor trouble. 160. “Long-lived, then, are they who are called to that realm when the Lord will say to them: ‘Come, ye blessed ones of my Father, possess the Kingdom that that has been prepared prepared for you since the beginning of the world: world: where the light of the sun or the moon or the stars is not seen; but the Lord will be the light, because He Himself is the Fountain of Light: where will be health, and calm of seas, and great peace and unconquerable charity: where life is eternal: where old age will not appear: where delight will be received: where feelings will be made clear: where there is a paradise sweet sweet and abundant: and splendour splendour of angels, and brightness of justice: and and a royal palm, and and golden rivers, and and melodious praise of angels, and meetings of all the saints; where there is the heavenly Jerusalem, and neither grief nor sadness after joy, but everlasting happiness: happiness: where good good never has been, been, is, or will be absent. 161. “To man what will be more wondrous than that Kingdom where neither poverty, nor nakedness, nor hunger, nor thirst will be seen: where no eager desire or compulsion of raiment or food will degrade, but he will be at the great ordained banquet for ever and ever in the presence of the Father and the Son and the Holy Ghost; where there are the three lights the best we read of, the light of the King who bestows the Kingdom, the light of the saints on whom it is bestowed: the light of the Kingdom that is bestowed there. 162. “May we all attain to that Kingdom! may we deserve it! may we dwell therein in saecula saeculorurn. Amen!” 458
163. Said the Evernew Tongue to the tribes of the Hebrews: “A danger to you is the rivalry which ye have with God, and 0 wretched ones, ye will turn from your rivalry when ye are, body and soul, pledged to Him in the stinking, fiery prisons of the torments. For the perfect, all-golden very God has made all the marvels and many various kindreds we have mentioned, both man and birds and sea-monsters and animals, and has established the seven heavens and the whole world, both air and earth, lire and water. And ‘tis He that banished Lucifer with his legions of angels, owing to his arrogance and their pride, and ‘tis He that saved Adam with his children from hell; and mighty Christ has saved the people of Moses from Egypt, and David from Goliath, and Joseph from the prison. And ‘tis He that saved all the ghostly fathers and prophets and bishops and martyrs and confessors and saintly women from torments at the hands of the Pharisees and the Jews, with whom they were in captivity. 0 wretched ones,” it said, “it is impossible for me to reckon all the marvels and many various kindreds in the world which the King of the Angels has recounted.” 164. The Evernew Tongue was holding long converse with the tribes of the Hebrews during the day; and it seemed to them all that during that time not a single hour of the day had come, because of their delight in listening to it. For the sound of the sweetness of the utterance was such that every speech that it made to them was likened to the music of angels. 165. Thereafter the Evernew Tongue said to them: “For your instruction I have been sent by Christ.” The tribes of the Hebrews said: “For having hearkened to you, we give glory to God.” The Evernew Tongue said: “If (all) the tongues of the world were at it, they could not cover the greatness of the Creator’s goodness; and, 0 wretched men, do not attempt to understand the powers of the High King.” 166. Thereafter the Evernew Tongue bade them farewell; and the tribes of the Hebrews departed to their cities with exceeding gladness and with great joy. And everything that had been said to 459
them was written down by them. And that instruction which the Evernew Tongue gave was the beginning of the Faith. Finu’.
Epilogue: I trust that this manuscript has been a great blessing to you as it was me when I first encountered encountered it. it. Having now read it multiple times, I believe it to be most relevant to not only the topic of the biblical geocentric cosmology but also for its prophetic end of days commentary on the second advent of Yahushua as linked to the harvest of souls and determination of whether one will be counted in number amongst the elect or that of the children of perdition. This distinction, in my opinion, is what predicates whether one will go forth to join in company the the wheat or the tares. Another trilogy trilogy which I have been working on and will complete following following the publication publication of this book, book, I call the Great Contest. This three-book set unifies in theme the first world age spiritual election election of humanity as it ties together with the angelic rebellion, war in heaven, and concludes with the second world age, physical incarnation of we as the sons of God into fallen flesh form. The battle of light and darkness, good and evil, and Yahweh Elohim with Satan and legion is contained within the unified concept of this theme as it plays out even now between the masses and New World Order elites. elites. I pray that the the contents of the the flat Earth, firmament, and paradisiacal cosmological trilogy help you to understand just how grand the delusion of our indoctrination into the matrix really is and how, why the children of the devil went to such lengths to counterfeit the worldview, calendar, and holy days as means to prepare the world for the coming of the Antichrist. May Yahweh Elohim bless you in your seeking 460
. 15 Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the sides of the pit. 461
462
